GIFT OF 
 Professor Whitten 
 
 7*3 
 
A GRAMMAR 
 
 GREEK LANGUAGE 
 
 BY 
 
 REV. D. YENNI, S.J. 
 
 PROFESSOR OF GREEK AND LATIN IN SPRINGHILL COLLEGE 
 
 NEW YORK 
 D. & J. SADLIER & CO., 73 MURRAY STREET 
 
 MONTREAL 
 1669 NOTRE-DAME STREET 
 
COPYRIGHT, 187S, 
 BY D. YENNI. 
 
 lA 
 
 TYPOGRAPHY BY J. S. CUSHING & Co., NORWOOD, MASS. 
 
PEEFACE. 
 
 THE object of the present Work is to simplify and facili- 
 tate the study of Greek in the middle and higher classes 
 of our colleges and academies. Its plan, which is sub- 
 stantially the same as that of the author's Latin Grammar, 
 has been successfully tried for many years in the school- 
 room. The leading modern treatises on Greek Grammar 
 have been freely consulted, among others those of Butt- 
 man n, Curtius, and especially the profound and accurate 
 work of Kiihner. Their labors were submitted to a 
 careful analysis, and everything that could prove of real 
 use to the student, and which is practically attainable in 
 an undergraduate course, has been selected and adapted 
 to the simple and uniform method here pursued. The 
 formation of the tenses, which usually proves a stumbling- 
 block in the path of the learner, will be found treated in 
 a simple and methodic manner, and based on a thorough 
 study of the Greek Verb. Kiihner's Syntax has chiefly 
 been followed, but the arrangement of the Concords is 
 that of the well-known Latin Grammar of Alvarez, and 
 will be found logical and easy in practice. The Greek 
 Accents, the Dialects, and the Greek Prosody, have been 
 treated of in the form of appendices at the end of the 
 Grammar. A number of appropriate Exercises with a 
 
 M44296 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 Vocabulary have been added, which serve to test the 
 accuracy of the pupil's knowledge, and to facilitate his 
 first labors. 
 
 Finally, no pains have been spared to produce a 
 systematic, and, for all practical purposes, a complete 
 exposition of the Grammar of the Greek language. 
 
 THE AUTHOR. 
 
 SPRINGHILL COLLEGE, NEAR MOBILE, ALA. 
 August 16, 1877. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 ELEMENTARY PART. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 The Greek Alphabet 1 
 
 Vowels, Diphthongs, Consonants 2 
 
 Breathings, Accents 2 
 
 Euphonic changes . 3 
 
 Crasis 4 
 
 The Article 6 
 
 The Declensions 5 
 
 First Declension 7 
 
 Second Declension > 8 
 
 Third Declension . , 9 
 
 Exceptions in Declension .10 
 
 First Declension 10 
 
 Second Declension 10 
 
 Third Declension ,11 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 Contracts and Irregular Nouns 16 
 
 Contracts of the First Declension 16 
 
 Contracts of the Second Declension Ifi 
 
 Contracts of the Third Declension 16 
 
 Irregular Nouns 20 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Adjectives of Three Endings 22 
 
 Adjectives of Two Endings 25 
 
 Adjectives of One Ending 28 
 
 Irregular Adjectives ... .29 
 
 Comparison of Adjectives .31 
 
 Irregular Comparison 33 
 
 Numeral Adjectives . . . 34 
 
vi CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Personal Pronouns 37 
 
 Reflexive Pronouns 37 
 
 Reciprocal Pronouns 38 
 
 Possessive Pronouns . . .38 
 
 Demonstrative Pronouns . 38 
 
 The Relative Pronoun 40 
 
 Indefinite and Interrogative Pronouns 40 
 
 Correlative Pronouns . 41 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 THE VERB. 
 
 Division of Verbs 43 
 
 Voices and Tenses . . .44 
 
 Augment 45 
 
 Reduplication . .45 
 
 Attic Reduplication .46 
 
 Augment and Reduplication in Composition 47 
 
 The verb ct> , 49 
 
 Table of the Personal Endings . .50 
 
 Conjugation of Regular Verbs in w 52 
 
 Remarks on the three Voices 56 
 
 Formation of the Tenses 58 
 
 Present and Imperfect 58 
 
 Future and Aorist 59 
 
 Attic Future 60 
 
 Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-Perfect 63 
 
 Notes on the formation of the Tenses 71 
 
 In Pure Verbs 71 
 
 In Mute Verbs . 73 
 
 In Liquid Verbs 75 
 
 Formation of the Second Tenses ....... 77 
 
 Second Aorist act., mid., and pass 77 
 
 Second Future pass 79 
 
 Second Perfect act 79 
 
 Contract Verbs 80 
 
 Paradigms of Contract Verbs 82 
 
 Verbs in /u 84 
 
 Formation of the Tenses of verbs in fu . . . . . .85 
 
 Paradigms of verbs in (u 86 
 
 Remarks on the Paradigms .90 
 
CONTENTS. Vli 
 
 PAGE 
 
 The verb </>r?Aif, to say 91 
 
 The verb efyu, to go 91 
 
 The verb Tij/, to send 92 
 
 The verb o?5a, to know 93 
 
 The verb eot/ca, to seem . . . , 93 
 
 The verbs /ce^ai, jaceo, and /j/xo, sedeo 93 
 
 The2d Aorist of jSaiW, o^eV^^/, and -jiyrwo-Kw . . . . .94 
 
 Deponent Verbs .1)5 
 
 Active Verbs with Middle Future .95 
 
 Formation of Verbal Adjectives in -ros and -re'os . . . .96 
 List of Irregular Verbs .97 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 PARTICLES. 
 
 Adverbs 110 
 
 Comparison of Adverbs . . .110 
 
 List of Adverbs Ill 
 
 Prepositions 112 
 
 Conjunctions 113 
 
 SYNTAX. 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 THE FOUR CONCORDS. 
 
 Of the Finite Verb with its Nominative . . . . . .114 
 
 Of the Adjective with its Subst.uitive . . . . . . .115 
 
 Of the Relative with its Antecedent . . . . . . .115 
 
 Of a Substantive with another Substantive . 116 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 The Article 117 
 
 The Particles OVK and ^ . . .120 
 
 The English Conjunction THAT . . . . .... 121 
 
 The Accusative with the Infinitive . . . . . . .. 124 
 
 Questions and Answers . . . . . . . ... 125 
 
 Simple questions 126 
 
 Double questions . . . . 127 
 
viii CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTEE III. 
 
 SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 fAOE 
 
 A Substantive answering to the question whose ? .... 129 
 
 A Substantive denoting price, material, etc 129 
 
 A Substantive denoting cause, manner, instrument .... 129 
 
 A Substantive limiting tin; meaning of another Substantive . . 130 
 
 A Substantive denoting; measure or space 130 
 
 A Substantive denoting tlie time ivhen, etc. 130 
 
 A Substantive denoting place ........ 131 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Government of Adjectives 132 
 
 Use of the Comparative . 133 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 Personal Pronouns . . . , . , .. ' / . 135 
 
 The Pronoun a-Wos . . .V '* - 1^5 
 
 Relative Pronouns * . . . . 136 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 THE VERB. 
 
 Government of Verbs . .^ ../... . . . 138 
 
 Verbs with two Nominatives , . , ." . 138 
 
 Verbs governing the Genitive . . r . . . 138 
 
 Verbs governing the Dative . . . . . . . 140 
 
 Verbs governing the Accusative . . . . . . . 142 
 
 Moods of Verbs 144 
 
 Subjunctive and Optative .: . . . . . . ;; . 144 
 
 in independent propositions .' . 144 
 
 in temporal clauses . . . . V . . . . 145 
 
 in relative clauses 146 
 
 in conditional clauses . . 147 
 
 Infinitive without the Article 149 
 
 Infinitive with the Article . 150 
 
 Conditioned Infinitive 151 
 
 Participles . 161 
 
 Construction of Participles . . . . - . .154 
 
CONTENTS, ix 
 
 APPENDIX I. 
 
 ACCEISBTS. . 
 
 PAOK 
 
 Change of the Accent by Inflection 167 
 
 Change of the Accent by Contraction 158 
 
 Change of the Accent in Composition . 169 
 
 Change of the Accent in Crasis, Elision 159 
 
 Atonies and Enclitics . . . . 160 
 
 Inclination of the Accent 160 
 
 Enclitics accented .101 
 
 Accent in the Declensions . . 162 
 
 Accent in Verbs 165 
 
 V 
 
 APPENDIX II. 
 
 DIALECTS. 
 The Digamma . . . . . . . . . .167 
 
 The Aeolie Dialect 168 
 
 The Doric Dialect 169 
 
 The Ionic Dialect 169 
 
 The Attic Dialect 171 
 
 THK EPIC or HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 Change of Vowels .......... 171 
 
 Change of Consonants . . . . . . . . . .178 
 
 Substantives. . . . . . . . . . . . 173 
 
 The suffix 4>i 173 
 
 First Declension 173 
 
 Second Declension . . . . . . . .174 
 
 Third Declension . 174 
 
 Adjectives ............ 175 
 
 Comparison . . . . . . . . . . .175 
 
 Numerals 176 
 
 Pronouns . . . . . . . . , . . .176 
 
 Personal Pronouns . .176 
 
 Possessive Pronoun;? 170 
 
 Demon str.itive and Relative Pronouns . . . . . 176 
 
 Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns ...... 177 
 
 The Verb. 
 
 Augment and Reduplication 177 
 
 Personal endings 178 
 
 Contract Verbs 179 
 
 Formation of the Tenses .....*.. 180 
 
 Verbs in M ' 181 
 
 The verb ciuf, to be . . 182 
 
 The verb efyu, to go 182 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 APPENDIX III. 
 
 PROSODY. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Generalities . . .183 
 
 Final Syllables 184 
 
 Increments 187 
 
 Penults ... 188 
 
 Derivatives 190 
 
 READING LESSONS. 
 
 Sentences , , , . 19 1 
 
 Witticisms ....../... 197 
 
 Fables . I9t 
 
 .o . , 204 
 
A GBA : MMAK.. -,,;.., 
 
 OF 
 
 THE GHEEK LANGUAGE, 
 
 ELEMENTARY PART. 
 
 ~* V^fcu 
 
 v X* IX. Owfc WV\ 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 THE GREEK ALPHABET. 
 
 A 1. The Greek Alphabet consists of twenty-four 
 inters. 
 
 Name. Sound. 
 
 Nu n 
 
 Xi x 
 
 Omicron o (short) 
 
 Pi p 
 
 Rho r 
 
 Sigma s 
 
 Tau t 
 
 Upsilon u 
 
 Phi ph 
 
 Chi ch 
 
 Psi ps 
 
 Omega o (long) 
 
 NOTE 1. r before 7, K, , x-> nas tne sound of ng in angle; as, 
 d77eXos, pronounced ang-gelos ; ayicibv, pronounced ang-kon. 
 
 NOTE 2. The form a- stands at the beginning and in the middle, the 
 form s at the end of words and also at the end of the first part of com- 
 pounds. Thus <rei(T/u6s, irpos<j>tpu. 
 
 B 1 
 
 Bbrm 
 
 Name, 
 
 Sound. 
 
 Form. 
 
 A a 
 
 Alpha 
 
 a 
 
 N v 
 
 B ft 
 
 Beta 
 
 b 
 
 H f 
 
 r 7 
 
 Gamma 
 
 g 
 
 O 
 
 A 8 
 
 Delta 
 
 d 
 
 n TT 
 
 E e 
 
 Epsilon 
 
 e (short) 
 
 p p 
 
 Z f 
 
 Zeta 
 
 z 
 
 S a 9 
 
 H r) 
 
 Eta 
 
 e (long) 
 
 T T 
 
 
 
 Theta 
 
 th 
 
 T u 
 
 I i 
 
 Iota 
 
 i 
 
 o 
 
 K K 
 
 Kappa 
 
 k 
 
 x X 
 
 A X 
 
 Lambda 
 
 1 
 
 M* i/r 
 
 M p 
 
 Mu 
 
 m 
 
 n o> 
 
. .GREEK; GRAMMAR, 
 
 < t / i ;< 
 
 f | DIPHTHONGS, CONSONANTS. 
 
 2. There are seven Vowels : e o (short), r; co (long); 
 a 6 v (either short or long). 
 
 The Diphthongs are either proper, eu, et, 01 ; av, eu, ov, 
 or improper, a, 77, a>, which have the t subscript. The 
 diphthongs vi, rjv, (ov, but rarely occur. 
 
 The Consonants are divided into mute, liquid, and double 
 consonants. 
 
 The mutes are nine in number. They are subdividec 
 into three classes : 
 
 
 P-mutes. 
 
 K-mutes. 
 
 T-mutes. 
 
 
 smooth 
 
 7T 
 
 K 
 
 T 
 
 1st class 
 
 middle 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 2d class 
 
 aspirate 
 
 * 
 
 X 
 
 e 
 
 3d class 
 
 They are also divided into P-mutes (TT /3 <), K-mutes 
 (^ 7 X)-> an< ^ T-mutes (T 8 0). 
 
 NOTE. Every smooth has its own kindred middle and aspirate ; every 
 middle, its own kindred aspirate and smooth ; and every aspirate, its own 
 kindred smooth and middle. Thus TT has /3 for its kindred middle ; and 
 for its kindred aspirate, and so on. 
 
 The liquids are four, \pvpi the double consonants, 
 three, ^r % . 
 
 i/r stands for TTO-, fia, <<r, 
 I " " /c<r, 70-, %<7, 
 f " " o-S, as in ' 
 
 BREATHINGS, ACCENTS. 
 
 3. 1. There are two Breathings : the soft (') and the 
 aspirate ('). The latter is sounded like A, as in /TTTTO?, 
 pronounced hippos. Any word beginning with a vowel or 
 
LETTERS BREATHINGS. 3 
 
 diphthong, takes either the one or the other. With diph- 
 thongs, the mark is placed over the second vowel. Thus, 
 
 aUT09, 0^09; OUT09, 0609. 
 
 All words beginning with v or /o, take the rough breath- 
 ing, and when the p is doubled, the former takes the soft, 
 the latter the rough ; as, vScop, peco, jroppco. 
 
 2. There are three Accents : the acute ( ' ), circumflex ("), 
 and the grave ( N ). 
 
 The acute may fall on any of the last three syllables of 
 a word ; as, TL/JL^ \dyos, 7ro'Xe/i09. 
 
 The circumflex stands upon the last or last but one ; as, 
 KaXco9, oZ/co9. The circumflex stands only over diphthongs 
 and long vowels (77 &>). 
 
 The grave falls on the last syllable only. It denotes a 
 softened acute in continued discourse ; e.g., cnyrj vew 
 
 A word accented on the last syllable, is called Oxytone. 
 
 A word not accented on the last syllable, is called 
 Barytone. 
 
 3. The Marks of reading are: the COMMA (,), the 
 PERIOD (.), the COLON (), and the note of INTERROGA- 
 
 EUPHONIC CHANGES. 
 
 4. 1. A p-mute (TT /3 $) with a is changed into i/r. 
 A k-mute (/e 7 %) with cr is changed into |. 
 A t-mute (r S 0) before a is dropped. 
 
 2. Only mutes of the same class can stand together, that 
 is, a smooth only can stand before a smooth, a middle before 
 a middle, and an aspirate before an aspirate. Hence, 
 
 Any p- or k-mute before 6 must be changed into its own 
 kindred aspirate ; before r, into its own kindred smooth ; 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 and before S, into its own kindred middle. But a t-rnute 
 before another t-mute is changed into or. Thus, 
 
 \6-\/c-raL for \e-\ey-rai 
 
 avvcr-6ek for avvr-Oek 
 etyeva-rai " efa 
 
 NOTE 1. The same aspirate is not doubled, but in place of the former, 
 its own kindred smooth is used. Thus, Bd/cxos, Za7r0i6, instead of Bd^xos, 
 
 NOTE 2. When a word ends in a smooth (TT K T), and the word follow- 
 ing begins with an aspirated vowel, the preceding final smooth is changed 
 into its kindred aspirate ; e.g., d<f>' ov for air* ov (and this for dird ov) ; 
 dvd" u>v for O.VT* <2v (and this for dvrl uv). 
 
 3. When of two successive syllables each begins with an 
 aspirate, the former aspirate is changed into its own kin- 
 dred smooth in the following cases : 
 
 (a) in the reduplication of verbs, and 
 
 (b) in the first aorist and future passive of Ovco and 
 
 Thus, 
 
 (j)-(pv/ca (from <f>vco') becomes Tre-c 
 
 ^e-^v/ca ( " % 6/ft) ) u 
 
 0e-0v/ca ( " 0va>) " re-0vica. 
 
 TV0f)V, TvSr](jo^ai\ ereOrjv, TeOricrofjiai, for 0v0r)i>, eOeOrjv, etc, 
 
 NOTE. Qpi, hair, has voc. 0pL t dat. plur. 0ptl ; the rest being formed 
 on the stem rpix~- 
 
 CRASIS. 
 
 5. CRASIS is the blending of the final and initial 
 vowels of two successive words into one long syllable. It 
 most frequently occurs with the article. The syllable formed 
 by Crasis is marked by a sign ('), called Coronis. Thus, 
 
 for rov az/8/oo? 
 
 TO 
 TO 
 
 for a> a<ya0 
 " KOI eicelvos 
 
 OovSaros a rov 
 
 NOTE. The t is usually subscribed when it occurs in the second word. 
 Thus tyw oida becomes ^y<a, /cai elra = KTCI ; but at dyaQal = dyaOat, 
 Kal fireira = K&Treira. 
 
EUPHONIC CHANGES CRASIS. 
 
 The EUPHONIC v. To avoid the concurrence of two 
 vowels in two successive words, the euphonic v is often 
 added to certain syllables, viz. : (1) to the dative plur. in 
 at $ (2) to the verb eari (esi) ; (3) to the 3d pers. sing, and 
 plur. in ai ; (4) to the 3d pers. smg. in e, and (5) to the 
 numeral elicoori (twenty). 
 
 NOTE. QVTU, thus, and /x^XP till* before a yowel, become ourws and 
 - Ov, not, stands before a consomant ; owe, before a vowel ; and 
 , before an aspirated vowel. 
 
 ARTICLB. 
 
 
 ^S Siiigi^r. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 6 97 co 
 
 N. A. 
 
 ol ai rd 
 
 G. 
 
 TOV Try? TOV 
 
 TO) (T) TO) 
 
 TO)V TWV TO)V 
 
 D. 
 
 TO) TJ) TGJ 
 
 G. D. 
 
 TOZ? T6U9 TOZ? 
 
 A. 
 
 TOV TrjV - TO 
 
 TOLV TCLlV TOIV 
 
 TOI;<? ra? ra 
 
 NOTE. Instead of the feminine dual form rd, the form rw is generally 
 used ; as, TO> rx va i T <*> nb^ee, instead of rd r^x va -> e ^ c> 
 
 The Article has no vocative of its own : it is supplied in that case by 
 the sign w. 
 
 THE DECLENSIONS. 
 
 6. The Greek has three numbers (the singular, plural, 
 and dual), five cases (the Nominative, Genitive, Dative, 
 Accusative, and Vocative), and three declensions. 
 
 The dual is used when two objects only are spoken of. 
 Its use is limited chiefly to the Attic writers. The dual 
 has only two case-forms, one for the nom., ace., and voc., 
 the other for the gen. and dat. 
 
 i^~ In the following Paradigms, the upper line of the 
 dual exhibits the forms of the nominative, accusative, 
 and vocative ; the lower line, those of the genitive and 
 dative 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 CASE-ENDINGS OF THE THREE DECLENSIONS. 
 
 
 I. 
 
 U. 
 
 III. 
 
 S. N. 
 
 77 a a 
 
 779 a9 
 
 09 or 
 
 0)9 COV 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 779 a? 779 
 
 Of Of 
 
 Of 
 
 CO 
 
 09 
 
 D. 
 
 V <} V 
 
 17 ? 
 
 ? 
 
 V 
 
 I 
 
 A. 
 
 r)V av av 
 
 77^ az/ 
 
 ov ov 
 
 cov cov 
 
 a 
 
 V. 
 
 77 a a 
 
 77(a) a 
 
 0^ 
 
 ft)9 cov 
 
 
 
 P. N. 
 
 cu 
 
 ot a 
 
 CO CO 
 
 9 a 
 
 G. 
 
 <wz> 
 
 ft)Z^ 
 
 cov 
 
 cov 
 
 D. 
 
 a9 
 
 Ot9 
 
 0)9 
 
 o-<*>) 
 
 A. 
 
 a9 
 
 Of9 a 
 
 ft)9 ft) 
 
 a9 a 
 
 V. 
 
 cu 
 
 OL a 
 
 ft) ft) 
 
 9 a 
 
 Dual. 
 
 a 
 
 CO 
 
 ft) 
 
 
 
 
 aw 
 
 OLV 
 
 ft)Z> 
 
 OLV 
 
 Words of the first declension in pa and a pure (that is, 
 a preceded by a vowel) retain a throughout : those in a 
 impure (that is, a preceded by a consonant) retain a in 
 the accusative and vocative, but take 77 in the genitive 
 dative. 
 
THE DECLENSIONS. 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 7. Words of the first declension end in rj and a 
 (feminine); in ??? and a? (masculine). 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 Honor. 
 
 Land. 
 
 Fame. Collector. Treasurer. 
 
 (*) () () 
 
 S. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 TifJL-TjV 
 
 So'-?79 Te\oi)v-ov rafjii-ov 
 SO^-T; Te\(&v-r} rafJLL-a 
 Sdg-dv T\a)V-7)V Tapi-av 
 
 P.N. 
 
 G. 
 D, 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 TdfJLl-WV 
 
 Tl/JL-aS 
 
 So^-a? 
 
 rafjLi-at, 
 
 Dual. 
 
 tf, virtue, 
 ditty, right, 
 ydovr}, pleasure. 
 K60aX?7, head. 
 XUTTTJ, sorrow. 
 , fountain. 
 
 moon. 
 , silence, 
 art. 
 soul. 
 
 Thus decline : 
 
 &Kav8a, thorn. 
 7Xwrra, tongue. 
 X^at^a, lioness. 
 /i^pt/Ara, trouble, 
 rpdirefa, table. 
 aMa, cause. 
 0la, violence. 
 
 ', queen. 
 
 , p^e^y. 
 K(ip8ia, heart. 
 
 olKla, house. 
 (ro<f>la, wisdom. 
 760vpa, bridge. 
 ty/A^pa, doiy. 
 /xdxatpa, sword, 
 rtypa, ashes. 
 is, judge. 
 
 , scholar. 
 7roXr?7S, citizen, 
 veavtas, a youth. 
 
 Decline together: f H Od\arra Pa6eia (mare profundum). 
 'H ptfa Tritcpd (radix amara). 'H p\awa %O\T; (a<^ra bilis). 
 f H iiaicapid a8eX<t; (felix soror). 'H TrvX?; cn^pd (porta 
 ferrea). 'H /jbeydXrj /cal \afji7rpa vi/crj (magna et insignis 
 victoria), and the like. 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 | 8. Words of the second declension end in 09 (mostly 
 masculine); and in ov (neuter). 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 
 Word. 
 
 Rose. 
 
 Hare. 
 
 Hall. 
 
 
 (o) 
 
 (r6) 
 
 (o) 
 
 (r6) 
 
 
 (Common form.) 
 
 (Attic form.) 
 
 S. N. 
 
 \dy-os 
 
 poS-ov 
 
 \ay-d)S 
 
 avcjL)y-(t)v 
 
 G. 
 
 \dy-ov 
 
 pdB-ov 
 
 \ay-&> 
 
 civ(t)y-(0 
 
 D. 
 
 \dy-a) 
 
 pdS-a) 
 
 \ay-(p 
 
 avcoye-a) 
 
 A. 
 
 \6y-ov 
 
 pdS-ov 
 
 \ay-a>v 
 
 avciiye-cov 
 
 V. 
 
 \6y-e 
 
 pdS-oy 
 
 \ay-d)<$ 
 
 avojyc-cov 
 
 P.N. 
 
 \dy-oi 
 
 pdS-a 
 
 \ay-a> 
 
 CLVti>y-(t) 
 
 G. 
 
 \dy-cov 
 
 pd$-o)v \ay-(0v 
 
 av(oye-wv 
 
 D. 
 
 \dy-ois 
 
 poo-ois 
 
 \ay-q><? 
 
 avoiye-ws 
 
 A. 
 
 Xcty-ov? 
 
 OOu-CL 
 
 Xay-co? 
 
 avcoye-co 
 
 V. 
 
 \dy-oi 
 
 p6S-a 
 
 \ay-(p 
 
 a^ye-w 
 
 Dual. 
 
 \dy-co 
 
 po$-a) 
 
 \ay-a> avd)ye-ct) 
 
 \ay-(t)v ct,v(0y-wv 
 
 ..... ' ,~.. j 
 
 
 \dy-oiv 
 
 p6S-OLV 
 
 
 Thus decline : 
 
 
 d5eX06s, brother. 
 
 vS/jios, laid. 
 
 06/3os, fear. 
 
 fi/oros, bread. 
 
 diKos, house. 
 
 %p6pos, time. 
 
 S^yaos, people. 
 
 5^os, ass. 
 
 dtvdpov, tree. 
 
 5i5<<ncaXos, teacher. 
 
 ol^os, wine. 
 
 d&pov, gift. 
 
 5oOXos, slave. 
 
 7r6Xe,aos, war. 
 
 fwoj>, animal. 
 
 97X105, sun. 
 
 7r6vos, labor. 
 
 iep6v, temple. 
 
 Odvaros, death. 
 
 Trora^s, river. 
 
 tfXop, wood. 
 
 tTrTros, horse. 
 
 o-rpar6s, army. 
 
 oTrXof, weapon. 
 
 /c<5o-/xos, world. 
 
 <t>06vos, envy. 
 
 Trpo'jSaroi', sheep. 
 
 \l0os, stone. 
 
 <f>l\os, friend. 
 
 TKVOV, child. 
 
 Decline together: 'O avOpcoTros Si/caio? (homo Justus). 
 f O o-TrofSaZo? veavias (dilif/ens juvenis). f O o-rpaTLcor^ 
 (miles for tis). f H evpela 0809 (lata via). f H tca\r) 
 (pulchra insula). To ^aXevroV epyov (difficile 
 and the like. 
 
THE DECLENSIONS. 
 
 THIKD DECLENSION. 
 
 9. Words of the third declension end variously and 
 generally increase in the genitive. 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 Wild beast. Giant. 
 
 Lion. 
 (o) 
 
 Body. 
 (TO) 
 
 S. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 f 
 #77/3-0? 
 
 yfyavr-a 
 
 XeW 
 
 XeWr-09 
 \eovT-i 
 \eovr-a 
 \eov 
 
 (TcoyLtar-09 
 
 P. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 \eovT-wv 
 
 aco/jLar-a 
 
 #77/0-69 
 
 yfyavT-es A,eoi>T-? 
 
 Dual. 
 
 0rjp-olv 
 
 Xeo^r-e 
 \eovT-ow 
 
 Thus decline : 
 
 -cDi>os, 6, age. x 64 /*^ -wwy, 6, winter. 
 
 v, -6j>os, 6, leader, a, 0/765, ^7, goat. 
 K\I>, -WPO'S, 6, branch. XatXa^, -a?ros, ^, storm. 
 *6Xa, -a/cos, 6, flatterer. Xa/X7rds, -<5os, ^, Zorcft. 
 nopal;, -a/cos, 6, raven. /xepfo, -5os, ^, share. 
 Kuvd)\l/, -WTTOS, 6, gr?^a?. veorris, -r/Tos, ^, youth, 
 v, -evosj 6, harbor. 
 
 , -rj/cos, 6, a?i?. 
 65oi^j, -O'J/TOS, 6, tooth. 
 7rc67wi', -wi'os. 6, beard. 
 
 Decline together : 'O yepwv 
 
 ' f O 7T4CTT09 TTOI/JLTJV ( fiduS pastor^) . 'H 
 
 gallina). 'H aXa>7r?7 SoXe/oa (vulpes 
 Troirjjjia (pulchrum carmen). To Sopf 
 mortifera), and the like. 
 
 6j>, -oVos, ^, drop. 
 , -70's, %, flame. 
 
 7(Xa, -aicTos, T6, mi7^. 
 76^, -aTos, T6, &7&ee. 
 i, -aTos, TO', Wt?cr. 
 ,, -aTos, TO', wonder, 
 
 -aTos, TO', name. 
 TrpdyfjLa, -aTos, TO', thing. 
 o*To'/xa, -aTos, TO', mouth. 
 Tpavyua, -aTos, T6, wound, 
 vdwpi -aTos, TO', water. 
 
 (fortunatus senex). 
 Tricov opws ( pinguis 
 astuta). To /eaXoz> 
 Oavarrjfyopov (Jiasta 
 
10 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 EXCEPTIONS IN DECLENSION. 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 10. 1. The word a\a\d, war-cry, and some proper 
 
 names, as 'A^S/oo/Ae'Sa, AtjSa, ^Xo/i^Xa, etc., though thej 
 have not a pure, retain the a throughout. 
 
 2. Words in TTJ^, national names in 779, and compound 
 of a noun and a verb, make the vocative in d ; as 
 
 voc. Trpo^rjrd! Hepcrr]?, a Persian, voc. Hepcrd! 
 rprjs, voc. fyeco/jierpd! 
 
 3. The words 7rarpa\oias, patricide,; fjLrjrpaXoias, matri- 
 cide; opvi() 06 ij pas, fowler contracts in a?, as /Soppas (from 
 /3o/?e'a9), north wind, and foreign proper names in a?, e.g., 
 'AzW/3a9, FaSara9, etc., make the genitive sing, in a. Gre- 
 cian proper names, as K/oma?, KaXXta?, etc., usually have ov. 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 11. 1. The vocative of words in 09 generally ends in 
 e, though sometimes in 09. eo?, Gf-od, always has & eo9. 
 
 2. Words in 09 of the second declension are mostly 
 masculine, but some are feminine ; as, 
 
 j) a//7reXo9, vine. fj TrapOevos, virgin. 
 
 j3c/3\o<?, book. 7r\iv6o<$, brick. 
 
 SmXetfT09, dialect. pd/3Sos, staff. 
 
 Sta/xer/009, diameter. 0-770809, ashes. 
 
 So/co9, beam. rd(f>pos, ditch. 
 
 S/3ocro9, dew. vaXo9, glass. 
 
 j^}cro9, island. ^77709, oak. 
 
 vdcros, disease. t/ra/z/>io9, sand. 
 
 o8o'9, road. i/rr}^>o9, pebble, etc., 
 
 together with the names of countries, towns, and islands; 
 as 97 Al / 7f7TT09, "H7ra/oo9, f) }L6pw6os, "E(/)eo-o9, 37 Ar)Xo9, 
 
 'Po'809. 
 
 3. The Attic second declension differs from the common 
 declension in making the vocative like the nominative, 
 
DECLENSIONS. 11 
 
 and in retaining the & throughout. Like \aycty; are 
 declined : 
 
 Xeo>9 (o), people. /eaXo>9 (77), cable. 
 
 z^eft)9 (6), temple. Hw? (97), dawn. 
 
 rack (6), peacock. aXa>9 (37), threshing-floor. 
 
 Words in a>9 sometimes drop the final v in the accusa- 
 tive sing. ; as, rov \a<y<0v arid TOP \ayco. This is especially 
 the case with the words eo>9 (Ion. 77069, -009), aXo>9, 77 KeW, 
 9, and 6 v A0o>9. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 12. MASCULINE: (1) All words in ew; (2) all those 
 that make the genitive sing, in zm>9; and (3) words in 771^ 
 and 77/0. 
 
 Exc.: 77 ^>prjv, mind; 6, 77 ^771^, goose; 77 jaa-rtjp, Idly; 
 fj fcrfp, fate; and neuter contracts in 77/3, as TO /cijp, 
 heart. 
 
 FEMININE: (1) Words in o> and 069 (gen. -009); (2) words 
 in a9, -aSo9, and (3) words in 9 and abstracts in T779. 
 
 Exc.: 6 e'^9, viper; 6 oc/>9, serpent; 6 /cdpw, bug; 
 6 6eX(/u9, dolphin; o, 77 opms, bird; and 77, 6 riypis (gen. 
 -w and -^809), ^er. 
 
 NEUTER: (1) Words in a, , v; (2) words in 09, a/>, </>; 
 (3) contracts in 77^0 from -eap. 
 
 Exc.: 6 T/rap, starling; 6 a^cop, scurf; and o ^c&/?, 
 lymph. 
 
 Accusative Singular. 
 
 13. The accusative sing, of the third declension gen- 
 erally ends in a; as, /3a<Xev9, -eW, king, ace. ftacriXea. But 
 
 1. Words in ^9, f9, au9, and ow, that have 09 pure in 
 the genitive, change in the accusative the final 9 of the 
 nominative into v; as, 
 
 7ToXi9, G. 7ToXft)9, City, AcC. 7TO\iV. 
 
 /3oV/oi;9, " /3oT/)uo9, cluster, " ftdrpw. 
 
 " 7/oaoV, o/c? woman, " ypavv. 
 
12 GREEK GRAMMAR, 
 
 2. Barytones in 49 and t>9, whose stems end in a t-mute 
 (r S 0), have in the accusative both v and a, the former 
 in prose, the latter in poetry. Thus, 
 
 %a/M9, G. 'xapiT-os, favor, Ace. 
 
 " epiS-os, quarrel, " 
 
 " icdpvff-os, helmet, " Kopvv, 
 
 and (poet.) %dpiTa, epiSa, /copvOa. -But oxytones in 19 and 
 i>9, and the word Xa/>9, when used as a mythological proper 
 name, make the accusative in a only; as, Trayk, -1809, 
 ace. TrarytSa; x\a/jLvs, -uSo9, cloak, ace. 
 
 Vocative Singular. 
 
 14. The vocative sing, is generally like the nomi- 
 native; as, e\/A>9, -^#09, worm, voc. &> \fjuv$. But 
 
 1. Words in ew, and those in *9 and f9 that have 09 pure 
 in the genitive, and also Trafr, -^09, child ; y8oD9, /3oo9, oa;; 
 and ypavs, -ao9, 0M woman, drop in the vocative the final 
 9 of the nominative; those in eu9, moreover, take the cir- 
 cumflex. Thus, 
 
 /36rpv$, u /3or/of09, cluster, " /3drpv. 
 
 <^>o^ev9, " c^o^eW, murderer, u <f>ovev. 
 
 2. Words in a9 and ^9 that make the genitive in 
 
 9, or e^ro9, drop in the vocative the endings 09 and T09 
 of the genitive ; as, 
 
 G. pe\av-o<;, black, V. p,e\av. 
 
 giant, " yiyav. 
 
 graceful, " %apiev. 
 
 3. Words that have in the last syllable of the nominative 
 a long vowel (?; ) and the corresponding short one (e o) 
 in the genitive, take the short vowel also in the vocative; as, 
 
 (ra<f)r}<;, G. o-a^>eo9, clear, V. o-ac^e?. 
 
 Safacov, " &a(povo?, divinity, u Sai/Jiov. 
 
 ptfr&p, " prjTopos, orator, " {rijrop. 
 
EXCEPTIONS IN DECLENSIONS 13 
 
 4. Words in cS and o>9 (gen. -009), make the vocative in 
 o; as, 
 
 ?7%a>, G. ^009, echo, V. ^01. 
 
 770)9, " 17009, dawn, " 7704. 
 
 a6&09, u aZ&o'o9, modesty, " euSot. 
 
 5. "Kva%, -a/cro9, /a^, has in the vocative <S am (by 
 crasis &va%); but in addressing a deity, o> az/a or awa/ 
 Ff i^;, -a/c09, woman, has &> yvvai. 
 
 NOTE 1. Words in ts, us, and ous, whose stems end in a t-mute (as 
 fyms, Kopvs, TTOUS, etc.), make the vocative like the nominative. Those in 
 ts, -ivos sometimes make the vocative in v\ as, 5e\0s, -ti/os, dolphin, voc. 
 8e\(f)iv and 5eX0/s. 
 
 Bary toned proper names in is, -i5os, as ndpis, Ad^vts, "I/>ts, etc., in the 
 Ionian dialect, make the genitive in ios (see 7r6prts, 20), and then have c 
 m the vocative ; as, w Hd/ot, etc. 
 
 NOTE 2. Oxytoned substantives (not adjectives) that have a long 
 vowel in the last syllable of the nominative, retain the long vowel in the 
 vocative, though the genitive takes the short one ; as, TTOI^V^ -^os, shep- 
 herd, voc. w -WQLIL^V. But avf)p, man (vir) ; Trar^p, father, and fonfo -ty>os, 
 brother-in-law, have J dvep, irdrcp, ddep. 
 
 The words > A7r6\\wi' (-wz/os), noo-etSujf (-w/'os), Neptune; arid frorr/Jp 
 (-^/>o$), savior, have in the vocative w "A-TroXXor, n6<rei5o', trwrep. 
 
 Dative Plural. 
 
 15. The dative plural is formed from the dative 
 singular by inserting o- before i ; as Grip, wild beast, dat. 
 sing. Orjpi, dat. plur. Orjpai. 
 
 1. When the stem ends in a mute, the euphonic changes 
 ( 4, 1) take place. Thus, 
 
 </>Xe\/r, vein, Dat. s. <Xe/3t, Dat. pi. 
 
 flame, " 
 
 s, favor, " 
 
 2. N before <r is dropped, as //,?;*> (-09), month, dat. pi. 
 for firjvai. When z>r or ^ go before <r, both are 
 
 dropped, but then the preceding short vowel is lengthened, 
 e into et (in participles only), o into ov, and a i v into 
 a Z u. Thus, 
 
 TU7T69, struck, Dat. So rvTrevri, Dat. pi. rwjrtlcn. 
 
 ye'pcov, old man, u <y<=povn, yepovcri. 
 
 worm, u 
 
14 
 
 G&EEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 3. Words ending in 5, with a diphthong before it, retain 
 the diphthong in the dative plural ; as, 
 
 <ypavs, vetula, Dat. s. ypaf, 
 /3ot)9, ox, " fiot, 
 
 evs, murderer, " 
 
 Dat. pi. rypav<r(. 
 
 " 
 
 44 
 
 But Krek (/crew), comb ; ou9 (o>To'9), ear ; TTOW (770809), 
 foot ; and vteu? (v/eb?), scm, have areai, wai, iroai, viea-i. 
 
 4. The words Trarrjp, fJLtjrrjp^ Ovydrrjp, avr^p, <yaaTr)p, belly, 
 and Arj/jLrjrrjp, Ceres, in prose, regularly drop e in the geni- 
 tive and dative singular and dative plural, and insert a 
 in the dative plural before en. The word avrjp drops e 
 throughout, except in the vocative sing., but inserts 8 in 
 its place. 
 
 Sing.N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 Father. 
 (o) 
 
 Mother. 
 
 Daughter. 
 
 Man. 
 
 (o) 
 
 Trar/3-09 
 Trarp-L 
 Trarep-a 
 Trare/o 
 
 fjbrjrep-a 
 
 Ovydrrjp 
 
 Owyarp-os 
 
 0v<yarp-i 
 
 0v<yarp-a 
 
 Ovyarep 
 
 avp 
 
 avSp-i 
 dvSp-a 
 dvep 
 
 Flur. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 Trarep-es 
 Trarep-cov 
 
 Ovyarep-cov 
 
 a^8/o-e9 
 avSp-wv 
 
 Trarep-as 
 jrarep-es 
 
 Ovyarep-as 
 Ovyarep-es 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Trarep-oiv 
 
 fjbrjrep-e Ovyarep-e av$p-e 
 /j,r]Tp-oiv Bwyarep-ow ( 
 
 NOTE. '0 dffT^p (W/>os), star, though not syncopated in the genitive 
 and dative sing., has likewise dative plur. da-rpaa-t. Thus 'APH'N (the nom. 
 supplied by dui/6s), lamb, gen. apv6s, dat. dpvL, ace. &pva, etc., dat pi. 
 
CHAPTER II. 
 
 CONTRACTS AND IRREGULAR NOUNS. 
 CONTRACTS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 16. 1. Final aa is contracted into a; as, ' 
 Minerva, contr. 'AOrjvd, -a?; the rest like %a>pa. 
 
 2. Final ea and erj are contracted into 77; as, crvicea, fig- 
 tree, contr. av/crj, -7)9; yea, earth, contr. 777, 777?; ya\rj, cat, 
 contr. 7aXr), -7)9; the rest like TL/JLIJ. 
 
 3. Final ea? and e??9 are contracted into 7)9; as, f E/o/ie'a9, 
 Mercury, contr. f E/>/A7)9, -o>; 'ATreXXeT/9, Apelles, contr. 
 
 A7reXX7}9, -oO; the rest like reXcovrjs. 
 
 8^~ Contracts of the first declension are circumflexed 
 through all the cases and numbers. 
 
 CONTRACTS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 17. A few words in 09 and 009 of the second de- 
 clension are contracted in the following manner. 
 
 
 Mind. 
 
 Voyage. 
 
 Bone. 
 
 
 (o) 
 
 () 
 
 (TO) 
 
 
 contr. 
 
 contr. 
 
 contr. 
 
 Sing. N. 
 
 P009 Z'OW 
 
 77X009 77X01)9 
 
 oareov OCTTOVV 
 
 G. 
 
 voov vov 
 
 TrXoou TT\OV 
 
 oareov ocrrov 
 
 D. 
 
 VOto VCD 
 
 TrXoo) vrXft) 
 
 b<JT(p OCTTCO 
 
 A. 
 
 VOOV VOW 
 
 7T\OOV 7T\OVV 
 
 ocrreov ocrrovv 
 
 V. 
 
 voe vov 
 
 7r\6e TrXoO 
 
 oareov ocrrovv 
 
 Plur. N. 
 
 VOOL VOL 
 
 7T\OOL 7T\OL 
 
 ocrrea bcrra 
 
 G. 
 
 VOCOV VO)V 
 
 7T\6c0V 7T\0)V 
 
 0(7TCOV OCTTWV 
 
 D. 
 
 VOOLS VOLS 
 
 7rXoo69 ?rXoZ9 
 
 ocrreoL? OCTTOLS 
 
 A. 
 
 VQOVS l/o09 
 
 7rXoou9 7rXoi)9 
 
 oarea oara 
 
 V. 
 
 VOOL VOI 
 
 7T\OOL 7T\OL 
 
 bcrrea ocrrd 
 
 Dual. 
 
 VOQ) VCt) 
 
 TrXoft) ?rXft) 
 
 oareo) OCTTCO 
 
 
 VOOLV VOLV 
 
 7T\OOLV 7T\OLV 
 
 ocrreoLV OCTTOLV 
 
 16 
 
16 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 CONTRACTS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 1. 
 
 Words in 175, 09 (gen. -eo?) and o>, &>9 (gen. -009). 
 
 18. Words in 779 and 09 (gen. -09) are contracted in 
 all the cases, except the nominative and vocative singular 
 and the dative plural. 
 
 Words in o> and &>9 (gen. -009) suffer contraction in the 
 genitive, dative, and accusative singular : in the plural 
 and dual they follow the second declension. 
 
 Evident. 
 
 (*,) 
 
 Kind. 
 (ro') 
 
 Echo. 
 
 Sing.N. 
 G, 
 D, 
 A, 
 V, 
 
 76^09 
 
 (crafy-e'C) aafy-el 
 
 yev-ei 
 
 7^09 
 
 Plur.N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 (aafy-eatv) craty-wv 
 
 (jyev-ea) yev-rj 
 yev-wv 
 
 Like \6yoi. 
 
 (jyev-ea) 
 (jyev-ea) 
 
 Dual. 
 
 (cra^-eie) o-cup-fj 
 afy-eoiv) cra<f>~olv 
 
 (^ev-ee) yev-rj 
 
 Like \6<ya). 
 
 Thus decline : 
 
 s, true. 
 i>r)s, weak. 
 dtr^aX^s, safe, 
 cvyevfy, noble. 
 &v0os, flower. 
 Otpos, summer. 
 
 ^0os, sword. 
 #pos, mountain. 
 at'Sws, modesty. 
 ^^>s, dawn. 
 Aiu>, Dido. 
 Ai;rt6, Latona. 
 
CONTRACTS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 17 
 
 NOTE 1. Words in 775 and os pure usually contract ea into a ; as, 
 needy, rbv and TO. evded ; 1*74775, healthy, rbv and TO. vyia (rarely 717?) ; rd 
 X/oeos, debt, neut. pi. TO. xP^ a - Adjectives in -^i^s have both 77 and a, as 
 
 'irpw/is, dull, d<j>vfj and dfyva. 
 
 NOTE 2. Proper names in -7^77*, -KpdTijs, -o-^^s, -(f>dvrjs, etc., have in 
 ihe accusative sing, both 77 and 77? (77 after the third, 77? after the first decl.). 
 In the plural, they generally follow the first declension ; as, ol ' Api<TTo<f>dvai, 
 
 Proper names in -/eX?)9 (contr. from -/cXer/?) undergo a 
 double contraction in the dative sing. 
 
 N. Aioyevrj? ('Hjoa/eXe?;?) 
 
 G. AiO7eVov9 
 
 D. Aioyevei, 
 
 A. Afc07eV?7 and -77 1> 
 
 V. 
 
 NOTE 3. Neuters in os are often uncontracted in the genitive plur. , as 
 r&v 6pu)v, avtitw, etc. 
 
 Polysyllables in ws (gen. -wos) are sometimes contracted in the accusa- 
 tive both singular and plural ; as 6 ijpws, hero, rbv ypua, and ypu, rofo 
 and 
 
 2. 
 Words in fc and us (gen. ecos) and in eik, a09, or}^. 
 
 19. Words in fc and 1/9 (gen. 9) contract e into et, 
 ec9 and 9 into e^9. Those in eu9 undergo the same con- 
 tractions. 
 
 Words in -av9 and -01)9 are contracted only in the accusa- 
 tive plural, very rarely in the nominative plural. 
 
18 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 City. Cubit. King. Old woman. Ox, cow. 
 
 W (o) (6) W (o, 
 
 TTOXfc 
 
 ypavs 
 
 f3aai\ea 
 ySacriXeO 
 
 <ypa 
 
 ypavv 
 
 ypav 
 
 POVV 
 
 P.N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 7TOXe<i)Z> 
 
 /Sow 
 
 /3acn\a$ (-efc) ypavs 
 
 Dual. 
 
 TroXee 
 
 7TO\OIV 
 
 jpae poe 
 
 <ypdoiv ftoolv 
 
 ei;s, umpire. 
 iepcus, priest. 
 Koupeus, barber. 
 po/x,ei5s, shepherd. 
 
 Thus decline ; 
 
 0oveus, murderer. 
 TrAeicus, -ews, a^e. 
 Ao-KTjffis, exercise. 
 ETrauXts, stable. 
 
 Klvirjffis, motion. 
 /cp<ns, decision. 
 Trpa^is, action. 
 <rrdVis, sedition. 
 
 NOTE. Substantives in ei5s, and those in is and us whose stem ends in e, 
 take the Attic genitive -ews, instead of -cos. Those in etfs sometimes con- 
 tract -<?es (in the nom. pi.) into 775 instead of ets. In the accusative plur. 
 they have oftener -<?as than -eZs ; but uieus (the nom. sing, always supplied 
 by uJ6s), son, has regularly gen. i;i<?os and accus. pi. wets. 
 
 Words in -eus pwre, as x l ^ a liquid measure, contract -<?o>s, -eW, -^a, 
 and 6xs, into -ws, -w^, -a, and as, respectively ; but the uncontracted forms 
 are found also. The word a'Xteus^ a fisherman, is never contracted ; hence 
 always a Aie'ws, a'Xi^a, dXi^as. 
 
 3. 
 
 Words in 49 (gen. -109) and 9 (gen. -09), and 
 Neuters in i and v (gen. -609). 
 
 20. Words in -9 (gen. -#09) sometimes contract -ua9 
 into -t>9. Monosyllables usually make the vocative like the 
 nominative ; as, 0-1)9, swine, gen. 0-1/09, voc. o-fc. The word 
 
CONTRACTS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 19 
 
 (-fo?), eel, is in the singular declined like 
 the plural like 7r?)%f9. 
 
 Neuters in i and v contract el into et, and ea into rj. 
 
 
 Calf. 
 
 Sheep. Fish. Mustard. 
 
 City. ' 
 
 
 (M) 
 
 (6, (6) | (r6) 
 
 (r6) 
 
 S. N. 
 
 / 
 
 049 fyOvs (TivaTrl 
 
 acrru 
 
 G. 
 
 Troprios 
 
 olo$ . fyOvos cnvaTreos 
 
 V 
 
 D. 
 
 iropr-u ) 
 and -Z ) 
 
 out lyOvi crii>ci7ri 
 
 ao-ret 
 
 A. 
 
 Tropriv 
 
 OLV LVyW (TIVCL7TI 
 
 acrrf 
 
 V. 
 
 Tropri 
 
 * ' /J-^ / 
 
 069 L X v (JivaiTi 
 
 dcrrv 
 
 P.N. 
 
 and -49 f 
 
 ole9 l^Oves (TivaTrrj 
 
 acrrr) 
 
 G. 
 
 TTOpTlCOV 
 
 olwv fyOvoov (TivaTrdcov 
 
 acrrecov 
 
 D. 
 
 Tr6pTLcri(v] 
 
 xx /X vx V ^ 
 
 ) aa-re(Ti(y) 
 
 A. 
 
 and -49 ) 
 
 ola9 and) , -Q, . , , , 
 
 aarrj 
 
 V. 
 
 TndJ } 
 
 049 lyOves cnvaTTT] 
 
 aarrj 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Troprte 
 
 t */)'/' ^N ' 
 
 ote fyu-ve (-V) a-ivairee 
 /v \ y 
 
 acrre 
 
 
 TTOpTiOLV 
 
 ololv l^jdvoiv crivaTreoiv 
 
 acrreoiv 
 
 Like l%0vs decline : 
 s (6), cluster. dpvs (^), oak. 
 
 juOs (6), mouse. fox^'Wi strength. 
 
 <rrdxvs (6), ear of corn. virus (^), pine. 
 
 7cVu$ (^), chin. X^ us (^) tortoise. 
 
 4. 
 
 Neuters in a?. 
 
 21. The neuters yepas, reward of honor; 7>)/oa9, old 
 age; and /epea?, flesh, drop r and then suffer contraction. 
 To /eepa?, Aorw, has both the contract forms and those with 
 T. To re/>a?, wonder, retains r in the singular and dual, 
 but is usually contracted in the plural. 
 c2 
 
20 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 S. N. 
 
 /cpeas, flesh. 
 
 ice'paSi horn. 
 
 rejoa?, wonder. 
 
 G. 
 
 (/cpe'ao?) /c/9ea>9 
 
 tcepaTO? and /cepcos 
 
 Teparo? 
 
 D. 
 
 (icpeat) Kpea 
 
 /cepari and /cepa 
 
 repari 
 
 A. 
 
 fcpeas 
 
 /cepas 
 
 repas 
 
 V. 
 
 fcpeas 
 
 Kepas 
 
 repots 
 
 P. N. 
 
 (^Kpeaa) /cped 
 
 /cepara and /cepd 
 
 repara^ usu. rep^ 
 
 G. 
 
 (^tcpedwv) tcpewv 
 
 /cepdrcov and /cepwv 
 
 reparcov, usu. repwv 
 
 D. 
 
 Kpeacn(y) 
 
 Kpa(n(y) 
 
 Tepa<ji(yy 
 
 A. 
 
 (tfpe'aa) /cped 
 
 /cepara and /cepd 
 
 repara, usu. re/oa 
 
 V. 
 
 (^Kpead) /cpea 
 
 fcepara and icepa 
 
 repara, usu. repa 
 
 Dual. 
 
 (/epe'ae) /cped 
 
 /cepare and /eepa 
 
 repare 
 
 
 (^Kpedotv) Kpe>v 
 
 /cepdroiv and KepS*v 
 
 rep draw 
 
 IREEGULAB NOUNS. 
 
 22. 'ArjSwv (97), nightingale; gen. a^So'zw (and 
 a^SoD?, dat. ar/SoZ, Sophocles). 
 
 'ATTO'XXCO^ and noo-etSw^, Neptune, drop z> in the accus. 
 sing, and then contract wa into co. Thus, TOP ' 
 rbv HocretSw. 
 
 (6), laughter; ace. ye\cora and 
 (TO), r0; dat. plur. both SevBpois and Sev 
 
 Elrctbv (97), image, has, besides its regular forms, also 
 gen. e^/coO?, ace. sing. e/o, and ace. plur. el/covs. 
 
 Zevs, Jupiter, gen. Ato?, dat. Aiif, ace. Ata, voc. Zev. 
 
 KXet? (97), A^y; ace. sing. /cXeiSa and /cXeZ^; iiom. and 
 ace. pi. /cXeZSe?, /cXeZSa?, and /cXefc. 
 
 Ki^ft)^ (6, 77), df0#; gen. tcvvos, etc., voc. /eiW; plur. icvves^ 
 KVVWV, KV<TI(V)I etc. 
 
 Av%zw, light; crZro?, corw, and Secr/^cfc, fetter, are in the 
 plural generally neuter. Sra^o?, station, has both o^ 
 araOfjiOi and ra trraQpa. 
 
 Mdprvs (6), -f/309, witness; dat. plur. /j,dprv(n(v~). 
 
 MtW? and 7rar/o&)9 (/^r/T/oa)?), wwcZg % ^7i6 father's 
 (mother's) side, are of the third declension, but in the 
 
CONTltACTS- 21 
 
 gen. and accus. sing, tney have also the forms of the Attic 
 second decl. ; as, gen. Trdrproos and Trdrpco, ace. Trdrpcoa and 
 'jrdrpwv. Mow lias in the ace. MtVcoa, Ma/aw, and MtW>. 
 
 New (?;), sldp, ^eo)9, vrjf, vavv, no voc.; dual only veolv ; 
 plur. ^9, z^eo)^, vavcri(y), vavs. 
 
 , -0809 ; ace. -oSa and -ouz^ ; voc. <w QtStirov. 
 (o, 77), -^09, Jirc?; nom. and ace. plur. o/?^et9 and 
 6pvi0&) opviOas ; gen. bpviOwv and opvecov. 
 
 II pea Bus (6), in the sense of oM wa/i, is supplied by 
 o Trpeoftvriis, -ov in the sense of ambassador, it has the 
 plural forms Trpea-fteis, Trpeafacov, 7r/oecr/3ccrt(z/), but is sup- 
 plied in the singular by Trpecr/Seimfc, -ov. 
 
 Xei'/o (97), hand; gen. and dat. dual %epolv ; dat. plur c 
 
 
22 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Adjectives are divided into three classes ; namely (1) 
 adjectives of three endings ; (2) adjectives of two end- 
 ings, and (3) adjectives of one ending. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF THREE ENDINGS. 
 
 23. Adjectives of three endings end chiefly in 
 
 05 
 65 
 
 v 
 
 eia 
 
 Adjectives in 05 pure and /oo5 make the feminine in a. 
 Those in 005, however, have 77, unless p precede ; as, 
 078005, -o'?;, -oof, eight; but a#/oo'o5, -o'a, -oW, crowded. 
 
 Adjectives in t>5 make the genitive in -eo5 (not -e&>5). 
 Tliey contract el' into 6, ee5 and ea5 into ^5 ; but ea of the 
 neuter plural generally remains uncontracted. 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 
 (Beautiful.} 
 
 S. N. 
 
 fca\-ds 
 
 KCL\-r) 
 
 Ka\-6v 
 
 G. 
 
 fca\-ov 
 
 Ka\-f]S 
 
 KCL\-OV 
 
 D. 
 
 KO\-O> 
 
 Ka\-rj 
 
 /ca\-a> 
 
 A. 
 
 tca\-6v 
 
 KO\.-J]V 
 
 Ka\-6v 
 
 V. 
 
 ,/ca\-e 
 
 /ca\-ij 
 
 Ka\-6v 
 
 P. N. 
 
 Ka\-o( 
 
 ica\-ai 
 
 ica\-d 
 
 G. 
 
 /ca\-a)V 
 
 Kd\-U)V 
 
 KO\-0)V 
 
 D. 
 
 /caX-065 
 
 ica\-als 
 
 /caX-065 
 
 A. 
 
 /caX-ov5 
 
 /ca\-a5 
 
 /ca\-d 
 
 V. 
 
 fca\-oi 
 
 K.a\-ai 
 
 & 
 
 Ka\-d 
 
 Dual. 
 
 /caX-co 
 
 /ca\-d 
 
 /ca\-(!> 
 
 
 Ka\-olv 
 
 Ka\-alv 
 
 Ka\-olv 
 
ADJECTIVES. 
 
 23 
 
 PARADIGMS continued. 
 
 
 (Holy.} 
 
 S. N. 
 
 a<yi-o$ 
 
 dyi-d 
 
 ayi-ov 
 
 G. 
 
 dji-ov 
 
 dyi-ds 
 
 dyi-ov 
 
 D. 
 
 ayi-q) 
 
 a^i-a 
 
 dry(-a> 
 
 A. 
 
 ayi-ov 
 
 cvyi-av 
 
 ayi-ov 
 
 V. 
 
 ayL-e 
 
 ayi-a 
 
 ayi-ov 
 
 P. N. 
 
 dyi-oi 
 
 ayi-ai 
 
 aji-a 
 
 G. 
 
 ayi-cop 
 
 ayi-cov 
 
 dyi-cov 
 
 D. 
 
 dyi-ois 
 
 d<yi-ai$ 
 
 dyi-ois 
 
 A. 
 
 dyi-ovs 
 
 dyi-ds 
 
 ayi-a 
 
 V. 
 
 ayi-oi 
 
 ayt-ai 
 
 ayi-a 
 
 Dual. 
 
 dyi-Q) 
 
 d<yi-d 
 
 dji-co 
 
 
 f / 
 
 f / 
 
 r / 
 
 
 ayi-oiv 
 
 ayi-cuv 
 
 ayi-oiv 
 
 
 (Heavy.) 
 
 S. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 Pap-vs 
 
 pap-el 
 Pap-vv 
 Pap-v 
 
 Pap-ela 
 
 pap-eia 
 pap-elav 
 pap-ela 
 
 Pap-v 
 pap-eos 
 Pap-el 
 pap-v 
 Pap-v 
 
 P. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 Pap-els 
 
 pap-els 
 Pap-els 
 
 Pap-elai 
 Pap-ei&v 
 Pap-eiais 
 pap-eids 
 pap-elai 
 
 Pap-ea 
 pap-eav 
 
 Pap-ea 
 Pap-ea 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Pap-ee 
 Pap-eoiv 
 
 Pap-eid 
 Pap-eiaiv 
 
 pap-ee 
 pap-eow 
 
24 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 PARADIGMS continued. 
 
 (Graceful.} 
 
 S. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 P. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 Capita i (i 
 ^aplevTa 
 ^apievra 
 
 Dual. 
 
 %apievT xapieaaa 
 
 deivos, dreadful. 
 ACOII/O'S, common. 
 XfTTTo's, thin. 
 irio-ros, faithful. 
 #tos, worthy. 
 j3^3cuos, firm. 
 <5kcuos, just. 
 
 Thus decline 
 
 KaOapds, pure. 
 Xa/z7r/>o'j, brilliant. 
 triKpos, bitter. 
 /3a0us, deep. 
 /3/>a5us, sZoifl. 
 ^t/s, sAor^. 
 sweet. 
 
 dacrvs, dense, 
 evpvs, wide. 
 6uj, sharp. 
 Traxus, ^zcA:, /a^. 
 TrXarus, flat. 
 rpax^s, rugged. 
 
 NOTE 1. Multiplicatives in 6os, as aVX6o5, simple, and adjectives in 
 eos, denoting the material, as xp^ ff0 ^^ golden, are contracted into -oOs, 
 
 -77, oO^; but those in eos with 6 or p before it, as 
 of silver, are contracted into -ous, -d, -ovv. Thus, 
 
 s, woollen; dpyvp-eos, 
 
 S. 
 
 N. 
 
 XPVJ-OV5 
 
 
 G. 
 
 XpV(T-OV 
 
 
 D. 
 
 Xpvs-$ 
 
 
 A. 
 
 Xpvs-ovv 
 
 
 V. 
 
 Xpvv-ovs 
 
 r. 
 
 N. 
 
 Xpvff-oT 
 
 
 G. 
 
 Xpva-wv 
 
 
 D. 
 
 Xpvff-ois 
 
 
 A. 
 
 Xpvv-ovs 
 
 
 V. 
 
 Xpva-oi 
 
 D. 
 
 N. 
 
 Xpvff-u 
 
 
 G. 
 
 Xpv<r-oTv 
 
 Xpv<r-S.s 
 
 Xpv<r-ov 
 
 Xpvcr-ovv 
 
 Xpvcr-ois 
 Xpva-d 
 
 Xpvff-aii' 
 
 doyvp-ovs 
 dpyvp-ov 
 
 dpyvp-ovv 
 dpyvp-ovs 
 dpyvp-oi 
 
 dpyvp-ots 
 
 dpyvp-ovs 
 
 dpyvp-oi 
 
 dpyvp-dif 
 
 dpyvp-olv 
 
 dpyvp-d 
 
 dpyvp-ovp 
 
 dpyvp-ds 
 
 dpyvp-ov 
 
 dpyvp-$ 
 
 dpyvp-y 
 
 dpyvp-dv 
 
 dpyvp-ovL 
 
 dpyvp-d 
 
 dpyvp-ovv 
 
 dpyvp-al 
 
 dpyvp-d 
 
 dpyvp-u>i> 
 
 dpyvp-uv 
 
 dpyvp-ais 
 
 dpyvp-ois 
 
 dpyvp-ds 
 
 dpyvp-d 
 
 dpyvp-at 
 
 dpyvp-d 
 
 dpyvp-d 
 
 dpyvp-u> 
 
 dpyvp-aiv 
 
 Apyvp-oiv 
 
ADJECTIVES. 
 
 NOTE 2. Adjectives in ifcis and 6eis, as rt/xt)eis, honored; 
 honeyed, are sometimes contracted as follows : 
 
 G. Tl/A-TJI'TOS -T70-0-TJS 7JVTOS fJL\tT-OVVTOS 
 
 D. TtfJL-^vTi -T70-0-77 rjpri [J.\LT-OVPTI 
 
 and so on. 
 
 NOTE 3. To the adjectives of three endings belong also Tras, alL every ; 
 with its compounds a?ras and 0-i/^Tras; e/cwi>, willing ; d^Kup (usu. &KWP), 
 unwilling ; rtprjp, tender; ^Xas, black, and rdXas, wretched. 
 
 lias e/cwi', and all participles of the 3d declension, make the vocative 
 like the nominative. 
 
 (Declension of Tras and < 
 
 s. 
 
 N. 
 
 Tras 
 
 irda-a 
 
 irdp 
 
 K&P CKOVffa 
 
 K6v 
 
 
 G. 
 L'. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 TTdPT-l 
 
 TT(0--r;s 
 ird<r-r) 
 
 iravT-l 
 
 KUP CKOVffO. 
 
 CK6PTOS 
 K&P 
 
 Tras 
 
 irdff-a 
 
 trap 
 
 p. 
 
 N. 
 
 7rapT-es 
 
 irdff-at 
 
 jrdpT-a 
 
 Kt>PTS KOV(TCU 
 
 K6VTO. 
 
 
 G. 
 
 irdpT-wv 
 
 irao'-up 
 
 TrdpT-wp 
 
 K6PTWP CKOVVUV 
 
 K(>VTWV 
 
 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 irdvr-OL's 
 
 Trao"-as 
 
 irdpT-a 
 
 KOV<TI(P) Koii<Tais 
 
 KO\Jffi(v 
 
 
 V. 
 
 TrdpT-es 
 
 TraV-ai 
 
 irdpT-a 
 
 K6PTS KOV<TCLt 
 
 CK6PTO, 
 
 D. 
 
 N. 
 
 iravr-e 
 
 Trdo--a 
 
 TrdpT-e 
 
 KOPT CKOVffd 
 
 CKOPTf- 
 
 
 G. 
 
 Trdpr-OLp 
 
 irda-aiv 
 
 Trdvr-oip 
 
 CKOPTOLP KOV<raiP 
 
 CKOPTOLP 
 
 3. 
 
 .N, 
 G. 
 D. 
 
 r^prjp 
 r^pepoi 
 rtpevi 
 
 (Declension of ^ 
 rtptiva. T^pev 
 repetprjs rtpevos 
 Tepeivr) repevi 
 
 'tprjv and /xAas.) 
 fitXapt. fji\aipr) 
 
 U,\CLP 
 
 LL\CLVOS 
 
 A- T^pepa. r^peivap r^pev 
 
 "V . rtpev T^peiva rtpev 
 
 P. N. repepes rtpeipaL rtpepa 
 
 G. reptpwv repeiputp reptpup [leKdpup fjie\aipup 
 
 D. Ttpeffi(p) repeipais 
 
 A. rtpepas repetpds 
 
 V. T^pem Tfpeipai rtpepa /xAai/es 
 
 D. N. rtpepe repetpd rtpepe 
 
 G. reptpotp repelpaip reptpou 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF TWO ENDINGS. 
 
 24. Adjectives of two endings end chiefly in 
 (m. f.) (n.) 
 
 05 0V 
 
 6)5 WV (Att.) 
 
 1^5 5 
 
 Q)V 0V 
 
26 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 Adjectives in 779 (gen. -eo?) are contracted in all the 
 cases in which two vowels meet (compare 18, and NOTE 1 
 of that same ). 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 
 (Unjust.) \ 
 
 S. 
 
 N. 
 
 a&jco? 
 
 d&i/cos 
 
 abiKov 
 
 
 G. 
 
 dSi/cov 
 
 dSi/cov 
 
 aSucov 
 
 
 D. 
 
 d$i/ca) 
 
 dSi/cco 
 
 dSiK(i) 
 
 
 A. 
 
 dSiKOV 
 
 dSi/con 
 
 dSi/cov 
 
 
 V. 
 
 d&LK 
 
 d$l/C 
 
 a^ KOV 
 
 p. 
 
 N. 
 
 dSlKOL 
 
 abiKOi 
 
 dfti/ca 
 
 
 G. 
 
 a&fe&v 
 
 abuc&v 
 
 aBuc&v 
 
 
 D. 
 
 dSlKOLS 
 
 d&i/cois 
 
 dSi/cois 
 
 
 A. 
 
 dSi/covs 
 
 aSucovs 
 
 dSi/ca 
 
 
 V. 
 
 dSl/COL 
 
 dBl/COL 
 
 dSi/ca 
 
 D. 
 
 N. 
 
 aSt/ca) 
 
 a&iKco 
 
 ctSi/ca) 
 
 
 G. 
 
 aBucoiv 
 
 aSi/cotv 
 
 aoucoiv 
 
 (Propitious.) 
 
 S. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 l\- 
 
 P. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 l\-Q) 
 
 OS 
 
 i Xe-cov 
 
 D. N. 
 G. 
 
ADJECTIVES. 
 
 27 
 
 PARADIGMS continued. 
 
 S. N. 
 
 G. 
 D. 
 
 A. 
 
 V. 
 
 P. N. 
 G. 
 I). 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 (Evident.) 
 
 cra(j)-l 
 aa(f)-rj 
 
 crac^-et? 
 crafy-wv 
 
 cra<p-fj 
 
 I). N. 
 G. 
 
 cra<p-o2v 
 
 cra<f)-olv 
 
 aa(b-ri 
 crafy-oiv 
 
 (Prudent.) 
 
 S. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 craxppcov 
 aaxfcpovos 
 
 CT(I)(f)pQ)V 
 (TCOCJJpOVO 
 
 crcixppovi 
 
 (TO)(f)pOV 
 
 a-(b(f)povo 
 aaxfrpovt, 
 
 GtofypOV 
 
 crotHJipov 
 
 P. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 craxfipoves 
 
 crct)(f)pova<> 
 craxppoves 
 
 craHppdvcov 
 
 adxfrpova 
 
 !). N. 
 G. 
 
 acixppove 
 
 crdxfrpove 
 
 crco(f)pdvoiv 
 
28 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 Thus decline : 
 
 4X0705, irrational. ciJrux^s, lucky. 
 
 &VO/JLOS, lawless. 7rt/xe\?fc, fat. 
 
 ej/5oos, famous. o-vyycvfis, kindred. 
 
 faux *! silent. ^tXo/xa^s, studious. 
 
 XaX6s, babbling. do-xtf/Aw, deformed. 
 
 <f>p6vi/uLos, prudent. ^0/owv, st'ZZy. 
 
 impious. evdai/jLwv, fortunate. 
 
 , unhappy. cvtypwv, cheerful. 
 
 s, famous. fjied^fjuav^ negligent. 
 
 ei)<7e/3i7s, pious. vir{p<f>pwv, haughty. 
 
 25. To the adjectives of two endings belong also 
 the words apprjv, -ef (gen. -ef09), male ; l'S/^9, -i (gen. -09), 
 skilful ; and the compounds of fot>9, TrXofc, Trarrjp, 
 Trow, o8of9, \7r&, 7raT/H9, %/^9, 777)^9, and Sd/cpv ; as, 
 
 mc? (neut. pi. ra ewoa, uncontr.). 
 9, -off, sailing well (neut. pi. ra euTrXoa, uncontr.). 
 cnrdrcop, -op (gen. -0/309), fatherless; a/jLrjrcop, motherless. 
 
 f (gen. -0809), many-footed; ace. -oSa and 
 9, -of (gen. -ofro9), one-toothed. 
 -t (gen. -^809), hopeful; ace. 
 
 9, -4 (gen. -4809), patriotic; ace. 
 9, -- (gen. -tro9), agreeable ; ace. 
 ?, -v (gen. -09), two eZ/s towy; (n. pi. ra 
 contr.). 
 
 NOTE 1. The compounds of Sdjc/ou inflect only the accus. sing, accord- 
 ing to the third declension ; as ti.5aicpvs, -u, tearless ; ace. AdaKpvv, -v. The 
 other cases are supplied by dSct/cpirros, -oi/, of the second declension. 
 
 IlXews, /wM, is thus declined : S. nom. TrX^ws, TrXea, TrX^wi/ ; gen. TrX^w, 
 TrX^as, TrX^w, etc. P. nom. 7rX^>, ?rX^at, ?rX^a, etc. Its compounds are 
 commonly of two endings only ; as, 6, 17 d^ctTrXews, TO avdwXeuv, filled up. 
 
 NOTE 2. Sws (contr. from o-dos), safe, occurs only in the nominative 
 and accusative. 
 
 Sing. nom. <rws (m. f.), <r&v (n.); ace. <r&v (for all genders). 
 Plur. nom. <rws (m. f.), awa (n.); ace. (rws (m. f.), o-wa (n.). 
 
 The forms rbv <T&OV, ot o-woi, ai o-wai, and roi)s crc6ous are found also. But 
 ad (nom. fern. sing, and neut. pi.) very rarely occurs. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF ONE ENDING. 
 
 26. Adjectives of one ending end variously and are 
 fjr the most part of the third declension. They do not 
 
ADJECTIVES. 
 
 29 
 
 occur in connection with neuter nouns, except sometimes 
 in poetry in the genitive and dative, in which cases the 
 neuter form is the same- as that of the masculine and 
 feminine. The following belong to this class: 
 
 6 rj ayvcos, -a)TO9, unknown. 
 o r] alytXify -7ro9, high. 
 6 f) r/Xi, -/eo9, 0/ the same 
 
 age. 
 o 97 apTrai;, -709, rapacious. 6 
 
 6 TI fjbdicap, -a/)09, happy. 
 o TI 7reVr;9, -??T09, poor. 
 o 77 (frvyds, -a8o9, fugitive. 
 
 , needy. 
 
 27. J^I 
 
 ADJECTIVES.^ 
 
 
 (Much.) 
 
 S. N. 
 
 vroXw TroXX?; 
 
 TTOXU 
 
 G. 
 
 TTOXXoO 7TOXX7)9 
 
 7TOXXt>{/ 
 
 D. 
 
 TTOXXo) TTOXX^ 
 
 TroXXaJ 
 
 A. 
 
 7TO\VV 7TO\\r)V 
 
 ?roXu 
 
 V. 
 
 TTO\V TroXXt; 
 
 TTOXu 
 
 P. N. 
 
 TToXXot 7TOXX(X6 
 
 TroXXa 
 
 G. 
 
 7TOXXCOJ> 7TO\\a)V 
 
 7TO\\0)V 
 
 D. 
 
 ?roXXoZ9 7roXXat9 
 
 7TOXX049 
 
 A. 
 
 7roXXov9 7roXXa9 
 
 TroXXa 
 
 V. 
 
 TTOXXot TTOXXdt 
 
 TroXXa 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Is not used. 
 
30 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES continued. 
 
 (Great.) 
 
 S. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 fieya 
 
 /Jieya 
 peya 
 
 P. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 aeydXoi 
 
 jjieyd\a 
 
 Dual. 
 
 fieydXco 
 
 jjieydXaiv 
 
 
 (Gentle.) 
 
 S. N. 
 
 Trpdos 
 
 Trpaela 
 
 Trpdov 
 
 G. 
 
 Trpaov 
 
 Trpaeids 
 
 Trpdov 
 
 D. 
 
 TTpaa) 
 
 Trpaeia 
 
 Trpaa) 
 
 A. 
 
 Trpdov 
 
 Trpaelav 
 
 Trpdov 
 
 V. 
 
 Trpaov (e) 
 
 Trpaela 
 
 Trpdov 
 
 P. N. 
 
 Trpdoi., -efc 
 
 Trpaelai 
 
 Trpaea 
 
 G. 
 
 Trpaeav 
 
 Trpaeiwv 
 
 Trpaecov 
 
 D. 
 
 Tr/oaoi?, -ecri 
 
 Trpaeiais 
 
 Trpaecri 
 
 A. 
 
 Trpaovs, -efc 
 
 Trpaeids 
 
 Trpaea 
 
 V. 
 
 Trpdoi, -et9 
 
 Trpaelai 
 
 Trpaea 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Trpda) 
 
 Trpaeia 
 
 Trpda) 
 
 
 Trpaoiv 
 
 Trpaeiaiv 
 
 Trpaoiv 
 
 ^" The adjective wpdos follows in several of its forms, and in the 
 feminine throughout, those of the adjectives in -us, -em, -u. 
 
ADJECTIVES. 31 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 28. Adjectives are usually compared, in Greek, by 
 adding re/>o9 and rare? to the positive ; as, pa/cap, happy, 
 
 1. Adjectives in 09 drop 9, and if the penult be short, 
 change o into &> ; as, 
 
 POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE, SUPERLATIVE. 
 
 KoiHpos, light, /covtpo-repos, fcov(j)6-raro<;, 
 
 in/epos, bitter, TTL/cpo-repos, TrL/cpo-raros, 
 
 Io-%vp6s, strong, la^vpo-Tepo^, 
 
 ato9, ivorthy, a%la)-Tepos, 
 
 0-o</>J9, ivise, o"o</>o)-Te/309, 
 eyvpos, firm, 
 
 NOTE l e Contracts in ous from o'os, add repos and raros to that ending ; 
 as, aVXoOs (from a7rX6os), simple, a7rXoi/o--re/>os, aTrXotV-raros : but contracts 
 in ous from eos, change ous into -ewrepos, -ewraros (contr. -tirepos, -(6raros) ; 
 as, irop(pvpovs (from Trop^upeos), purple, wop<f>vp-&Tpos, Trop^up-c^raros. 
 
 NOTE 2. The adjectives euSios, calm; ^o-i/xos, sii7Z; fStos, peculiar; 
 fcros, equal; /A^O-OS, middle; 6p6pios, early; o^ios, Za^e; Trp^ibs, early; yep- 
 ad?, old; 7raX-at6s, ancient; 7re/o-cuos, across; and <rxoX-a?os, a^ leisure, 
 change the endings os and cuos into airepos, aLraros ; as, /x&ros, pea-air epos, 
 /x<r-airaros ; yep-aios, yep-alrepos, yep-alraTos. IIaXcu6$ and (rxo^atoy 
 have also the regular form. 
 
 E 3. The adjectives Ajc/odros, unmixed; tppwutvos, strong; &<f>0ovos, 
 uly and fr-n-ovdatos, earnest, change os into es ; XtiXos, babbling ; 
 5, poor; and o^oydyos, dainty, change os into ts. Thus, &Kparos, 
 fo-Tepos, etc. ; 7rrwx6s, irTcox-lff-Tepos, TTTw^-Lff-raLr ^ 
 
 2. Adjectives in a9, 779, and V9, add Tj009 and raro9 to 
 the neuter ; as, 
 
 , black, /jie\,dv-Tpos, fjL\av-Taros, 
 
 js, clear, cra(/>eV-Te/309, <7a0elr-TaT09, 
 
 ix;, short, /3pa%v-Tepo<>, /3pa%v-TaTos. 
 
 NOTE. Adjectives in >?s (gen. -ou) and \l/v8^ (-^os), Zytn^, change 175 
 hifco i<r ; as, KX^TTT^S (gen. -ou), thievish, K\TTTta--Tpos, K\irrl(r-TaTos. But 
 vppto-T-r)' *-*0), insolent, and TT^^T/S (-^ros), poor, have ^pt<rr6r/)os, i 
 etc. 
 
32 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 3. Adjectives in et? drop i, and those in u>v (-oz>o<>^ ,dd 
 re/009 and raro? to the nominative plural ; as, 
 
 ^apisis, graceful, ^apiecr-repos, ' 
 
 crdtMppaiv, prudent, aax^povea-repos, 
 
 4. Adjectives in sometimes add ecr, sometimes LOT, to 
 the stem ; as, 
 
 f, elderly, 
 apTrai;, rapacious, 
 
 pjray- cr-repos, 
 
 29. A less common form of comparison is that in 
 twv, <JT09. It includes especially the words r)Svs, ra^v^, 
 alcrxpos, e^Opo?, and /cvSpos (poet.). These adjectives, 
 instead of being compared by repos and raro9, change the 
 final syllables U9 and /oo9 into tcov (neut. lov), gen. -to 1^09, 
 for the comparative, and LOTTOS, rj, ov, for the superlative. 
 
 sweet, 
 ', swift, 
 9, base, 
 , hostile, 
 
 arrow, 
 
 NOTE 1. The form in repos and raros but rarely occurs in these adjec- 
 tives. Odrrwj' (Att. for Odo-ffajv) is generally used in place of rax^v. 
 OiVrpds, wretched, has -dre/oos, -6raros (and oi'/crtcrros in poetry). The rest 
 of the adjectives in us are, in prose, generally compared by repos and raros. 
 
 NOTE 2. Comparatives in luv and t<rros frequently drop v in the end- 
 ings oj/a, ot/es, and oi/as, and then contract oa into a>, oes and oas into ovs. 
 But the uncontracted forms also occur. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 ir\eiovos irXetovos irXelovos 
 
 7r\eLovL irXelovi irXelovi, 
 
 7T\e/W TT \t<*) TT\IOV 
 
 TT\IOV 7T\IOV 1T\eToV 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A, 
 V. 
 
 TrXelovs TrXeLovs 
 
 r\eiov 
 
 TrXe/ous TrXe/ous 
 TrXe^ous TrXe/ovs 
 
ADJECTIVES. 33 
 
 30. IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 
 ay adds, good, apeivtov (n.-oz>) apia-ros 
 
 > (Att. TT) 
 
 X<WCTTO9 
 
 </>epTe/oo9 (poet.) (j)epraTO 
 a\yeivds, painful, a\<yeivdrepo<s aXyeivdraTOS [(poet.) 
 
 ?9, bad, 
 
 tfacroov (Att. TT) rjtucrTa, adv. minime 
 o?, beautiful, tca\\i(0v /cd\\icrTO<; 
 
 pa/epos, long, fjia/cpdrepos 
 
 /jLacracov (poet.) 
 fjieyas, great, net&v 
 
 pi/epos, small, ju/cpdrepos /JLi/cpdraros 
 
 e\do"(ra)V (Att. TT) eXa 
 0X^709, few, fjieicov 
 
 TreTTCov, ripe, TreTratrepos 
 
 TTiayv, fat, Tridrepos TridraTO? 
 
 v9, much) TrXeicov or TrXecov TrXeZo-TO? 
 
 easy, paw pacrros 
 
 NOTE 1. <Xos, beloved, has <tXt6re/>os, 0tX(6raros, 0iXa/re/3os, 0tXaf- 
 raros, and 0/Xrepos (poet.), 0Xraros. 
 
 NOTE 2. Comparatives and superlatives are sometimes formed on 
 adverbs and prepositions ; as, 
 
 &vta, above, dvdrepos 
 
 Trp6<rw, far, Trpoo-cirepos 
 
 virtp, above, vtrtpTepos 
 
 virb, under, vo-repos 
 
 D 
 
84 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 
 31. DECLENSION OF THE FIRST FOUR CARDINAL 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 8uo and 8uo> 
 
 Svolv 
 
 Svoiv, rarely &vcri(y) 
 
 rpia 
 
 N. 
 
 els fiia ev 8 
 
 G. 
 
 eVo ; 9 [Mas evos B 
 
 D. 
 
 evi Lua evi 81 
 
 
 
 A. 
 
 eva jjiiav ev S 
 
 N. 
 
 rpels rpels 
 
 G. 
 
 rpiwv rpiwv 
 
 D. 
 
 rpicr{(y) rpicrifji) 
 
 A. 
 
 rpels rpels 
 
 N. 
 
 rerrapes rerrapes 
 
 G. 
 
 rerrdptov rerrdpa)i> 
 
 D. 
 
 rerrapcn(v) rerrapcn(v 
 
 A. 
 
 rerrapas r err a pas 
 
 
 CARDINALS. 
 
 1 
 
 a f el?, one 
 
 2 
 
 /3' &vo 
 
 3 
 
 y' rpels 
 
 4 
 
 8' rev crapes (Att. TT) 
 
 5 
 
 e' Trevre 
 
 6 
 
 ' ef 
 
 7 
 
 f errrd 
 
 a 
 
 / * ' 
 
 o 
 
 r) o/crco 
 
 9 
 
 /) i r 
 
 u evvea 
 
 10 
 
 L' &tca 
 
 11 
 
 ua ! evSeiea 
 
 12 
 
 ift f 8c68eA:a 
 
 13 
 
 ty' rpels(rpia) real Se'/ca 
 
 14 
 
 iB' r(jcrapes(a) KOI Se/ca 
 
 15 
 
 ie' Trevre/cai&etca 
 
 16 
 
 is f e/ctcai&e/ca 
 
 17 
 
 it} eTrrafcaiSe/ca 
 
 18 
 
 ir) f ofcr(t)fcaic)ica 
 
 rpla 
 
 rerrapa 
 rerrdpwv 
 
 rerrapa 
 
 ORDINALS. 
 
 TT/OCOTO?, 
 Sevrepos, a, o 
 
 T/OIT09, T;, OZ> 
 
 rera/oro?, ?;, 
 
 TTeyLtTTTO? 
 &TOS 
 
 078009 
 
 Se'/caros 
 evbeicaros 
 
 rpiros /cal Be/car 05 
 rerapros KOI SeVaro? 
 Tre^TTTO? /tat Be/car os 
 etcros KOI Sercaros 
 
 078009 /cat Se/caros 
 
ADJECTIVES. 35 
 
 CARDINALS. ORDINALS. 
 
 [$ tff r eviiea/caiSe/ca evaros Kal &e/caros 
 
 20 K' elicoai(v) el/coards, 77, ov 
 
 21 xa' eitcoaiv efc, //-/a, GV el/coaros irpwros 
 
 22 fC/3* ei'/cocri, Svo t/cocrTO9 Sevrepos 
 
 23 #y' KoaL rpeis (rp(a) 
 30 X rpidfcovra 
 
 40 tc' reTTapd/covra 
 
 50 "z> ; 
 60 f 
 70 o' 
 
 80 TT' oy8o/;/coz^Ta oySorj Hoards 
 
 90 9' erevrf/covTa 
 100 >' e/cdrdv 
 
 200 O^ OCCLKOO'LOL^ Cil, d 
 
 300 T' Tpiaicocnoi 
 
 400 v rerpa/cocrioi rer pa KOCT wards 
 
 500 (' Trevra/coaioi Trevr a /co awards 
 
 600 X ' 
 
 700 ^ 
 
 800 ft) r ofCTa/cdatOL 
 
 900 /D' evvatcoaiot, 
 
 1,000 y a 2*Xa>t, at, a 
 
 2,000 y /3 
 
 3,000 /7 
 
 4,000 y S 
 
 5,000 , 
 
 6,000 y 9 
 
 7,OOC / 
 
 8,000 fl 
 
 9,000 ^ 
 
 10,000 f i fjivpioi, ai, a 
 
 20,000 ,* 
 
 100,000 /P 
 
 200,000 /0 - 
 
 1,000,000 i t p 
 
 2,000,000 Kfl SiatcoaiaKisiJivpLoi 
 
 D-2 
 
36 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 NOTE 1. "A^0w, both, is declined like Stfo. Like els are declined its 
 compounds otidels and /xiySe/s, no one. 
 
 N. ovdeis ovdeftla ovdtv 
 
 G. ovdevbs otidefuds ovdevds 
 
 I), otdevl ovdefuq. ovdevL 
 
 A. ovSeVa ovde/jiLav 
 
 ovdfves ovtiefjiiai ovbeva 
 
 ovdtvwv ov8efjLiu>v 
 
 ovotvas ovdefjiias 
 
 NOTE 2. In compound numerals (both cardinals and ordinals), the 
 smaller number usually precedes with /ca, or follows without Kal and 
 sometimes with KaL 
 
 Thus, 22, dvo Kal ef/coo-t, or e'Uovi dto and efrcocrt Kal dtio 
 
 435, TreVre Kal rptaKovra Kal rer/)aK6criot, or rer/>a/c6(rtoi (*ai) 
 rpidKovra (fcai) irtvre. 
 
 Larger numbers are often expressed by means of the substantive /xvptds 
 (-<5os) = 10,000 ; e.g., 
 
 302,600) 
 
 ' > e|a/co<riot /cat otsxtAiot /cat T/ota/covra pvpiaoes. 
 
 NOTE 3. The two numbers before every ten (28, 29; 58, 59, etc.), 
 are usu. expressed by means of the participle of Set j/, to want, which agrees 
 either with evcfc, /xtas, 8voiv in the genitive, or more commonly with the 
 larger number ; as, 
 
 49 men; irevr^Kovra, evbs SeWes (or SeWos) &>5/>es, undequinquaginta 
 
 viri. 
 
 39 ships; TCTrapaKovra /xtas 5<?ov(rai (or 5eo&n?s) v^es, undequadrofginta 
 
 naves. 
 
 68 ?/ars ; e/SSo/xiJ/co^ra Suoty dtovra (or Sedvrot^) T77, duodeseptv.uginta 
 
 anni, 
 
 NOTE 4. Mfytoi, with the accent on the first syllable, means tn thou- 
 sand ; with the accent on the penult (/xu/>foi) , innumerable. 
 
PRONOUNS. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 32. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 S. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 eVo, I 
 e/jiov (/u-ou), of me 
 tpoi {pot), to me 
 
 epe (/Ae), me 
 
 crv, thou 
 croO, of thee 
 cro i, to thee 
 ere, thee 
 
 
 ot>, of himself, etc. 
 ol, to himself, etc. 
 e, himself, etc. 
 
 P. N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 ?7/ze9, we 
 rjfJL&V, of US 
 ftfUV, tO US 
 
 ?7//,a9, us 
 
 vfjieh, ye 
 VJJL&V, of you 
 vfjilp, to you 
 vfjias, you 
 
 <7(/>eZ9, n. crc/>ea, they 
 cr</xwj>, of them 
 0$bi(y)i to them 
 cr(a9, n. cr^>ea, them 
 
 Dual. 
 
 vco, we (us) both 
 
 v&v, of (to) us 
 both 
 
 cr(f)(o, you both 
 
 crfyqtv, of (to) 
 you both 
 
 a(f)(0 (ace.) them 
 both 
 afytotv, of (to) them 
 both 
 
 NOTE. The forms /xoO, /xo, ^; <rou, <ro/, o-^ ; ou, o?, ^; ff^Ldi^v) and 
 0wi v, are enclitic (see 168) . The forms <r<J>ta and o-^o;^ are poetic. 
 
 33. REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 (Of myself, etc.) 
 
 (Of thyself, etc.) 
 
 (Of himself, etc.) 
 
 S. G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 e/Jiavrov, e/Jiavrrj^ 
 e/^auTO), e/Jiavrfj 
 efjLdVTOV, e/jbavrrfv 
 
 aeavrov, aeavrfjs 
 creavrq), creavrfj 
 aeavrdv, (reavrijv 
 
 eavTov, eavrrjs 
 eavra), eavrrj 
 eavTov, eavrqv, -6 
 
 P.G. 
 D. 
 
 rjfjiwv avrwv 
 f)iMV avroh, -ah 
 
 vfjitov avTtov 
 VJMV, avrols, -ah 
 
 eavT&v 
 eavroh, eavrah 
 
 A. 
 
 rj^a^ avrovs, -a? 
 
 i//ia? aurof9, -a? 
 
 eavrovs, eavra<s,-a 
 
 NOTE. The forms o-eauroC, etc. and ^auroO, etc. are often shortened 
 into (rauroO, auroO, throughout. Instead of the plur. eaurwv (or aurwf), 
 etc., the forms (gen.) a<pG)v aurcuv, (dat.) (T(f>l<nv avrois or -cus, (ace.) (T0aj 
 or -ds and o-0^a aurd, are also used. 
 
38 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 34. RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 (Of one another > etc.) 
 
 Plural gen. a\\r]\a)v 
 dat. a\\rj\ois, 
 ace. aXXr^Xou?, -a?, -a 
 
 Dual gen. a\\r)\oiv, -aiv, -oiv 
 dat. a\\r]\oiv, -aiv, -oiv 
 ace. aXXrXft), -a, -a> 
 
 35. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 09, -77, -oV, my. 
 
 , -a, -oz/, owr. 
 o9, cr?J, aov, thy. 
 
 -a, -01^, your. 
 
 09, ^, o^, Ai's, her (Epie). 
 , -a, -01 
 
 NOTE. Instead of the Epic 5s, rf, 5j/, the Attic prose uses the genitive 
 im>0, -975. 
 
 36. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 (Ipse.) 
 
 S. N. 
 
 auro9 
 
 avrr) 
 
 avTO 
 
 G. 
 
 avrov 
 
 CLVTYIS 
 
 avrou 
 
 D. 
 
 avro) 
 
 avrr) 
 
 aVTOD 
 
 A. 
 
 avrov 
 
 auTr\v 
 
 avro 
 
 P. N. 
 
 avrol 
 
 avrai 
 
 avrd 
 
 G. 
 
 CLVTWV 
 
 avTWV 
 
 avr&v 
 
 D. 
 
 avrois 
 
 aurals 
 
 avrols 
 
 A. 
 
 avrovs 
 
 avrds 
 
 avrd 
 
 Dual. 
 
 avrct) 
 
 avrd 
 
 avrco 
 
 
 avTolv 
 
 avTaiv 
 
 avrolv 
 
PRONOUNS. 
 
 39 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS continued. 
 
 
 (Hie.) 
 
 S. N. 
 
 o5ro9 
 
 aVTTJ 
 
 TOVTO 
 
 G. 
 
 TOVTOV 
 
 TdVTr}? 
 
 TOVTOV 
 
 D. 
 
 TOVTQ) 
 
 TaVTTTi 
 
 TOVTO) 
 
 A. 
 
 TOVTOV 
 
 TavTr]v 
 
 TOVTO 
 
 P. N. 
 
 OVTOL 
 
 CLVTCLl 
 
 TdVTa 
 
 G. 
 
 TOVTOIV 
 
 TOVTtoV 
 
 TOVTCOV 
 
 D. 
 
 TOVTOLS 
 
 Tavraw 
 
 TOVTOLS 
 
 A. 
 
 TOVTOVS 
 
 Ta/na<i 
 
 TdVTd 
 
 Dual. 
 
 TOVTOD 
 
 (ravTa) 
 
 TOVTCt) 
 
 
 TQVTOIV 
 
 TavTaii/ 
 
 TQVTOLV 
 
 NOTE 1. Like aur6s decline <?/cetVos, -77, -o, ille, and #XXos, -77, -o, alius. 
 The demonstrative ooe, rjoe, r65e (/uc, 7iaec, /ioc), is declined like the 
 article 6, 77, r6, .the syllable e being merely added to its various forms. 
 
 Like ouros are declined TOJOUTOS, tantus roiouros, talis, and rijXt/couros, 
 so </re(t.t, so old, with this difference, however, that the neuter of the nomi- 
 native and accusative sing, ends both in ov and o, and that the initial T is 
 dropped in all the forms of ouros beginning with that letter. 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. ro<roOros rotraurr; 
 
 G. TOffOUTOV TOffaVTVJS 
 
 D. TOffovTcp TOffavTy 
 
 A. TOffOVTOV TOffaVTrjV 
 
 TOffOVTOV 
 TOffOVTLp 
 
 Dual. 
 
 TOffOVTO) TOffaVTa TOffOVTii) 
 
 TOffOVTOL TOffaVTO.1 TOffdVTO. 
 
 TOffOVTWV TOffOVTiOV TOffOVT(i)V 
 
 TOffOVTOLS TOffaVTaLS TOffOVTOLS 
 
 TOffOVTOVS TOffCLVTCLS TOffaVTOL 
 
 TOffOVTOLV TOffaVTO.LV TOffOVTOLV 
 
 NOTE 2. OUTOS is sometimes used as a vocative, in the sense of the 
 
 tin heus tu; e.g., oSros, rl /3o^s ; hens in! quid clamasf 
 
 AJr6s, in tlie oblique cases, is used for the pronoun of the third person 
 
 , she, if, ; as, eav^o^ev O.VTOV, we admire him ; \&v aurots, he told them. 
 When preceded by the article (6 atfr6s, etc.), it has the meaning of 
 
 c.iit. t; i ha same. 1 ' The article then usually coalesces with aur6s into one 
 nl ( r>), but, in those cases only in which the article ends in a'vowel. 
 us a-;r6s for 6 aur6s, ravTb (USU. ravrbv} for rd awr6, avTaL for at aura/, 
 
 t'ra t'<"V ra aura, etc. 
 
 37" 'Fhe forms ai)r6s, ipse ; rai5r?7, hnic ; and raura, haec, must be well 
 nguisiied from aur6s, idem; raurj, eidem, and raurd, eadem. 
 
40 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 37. THE RELATIVE PRONOUN. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 rf t/ tf 
 09 ?; 
 
 
 o r i ai a 
 
 Gen. 
 
 o5 779 o5 
 
 & & & 
 
 &v &v &v 
 
 Dat. 
 
 r r ^* 
 
 V V V 
 
 olv alv olv 
 
 ofc ok ol? 
 
 Ace. 
 
 0V r)V 
 
 
 ou9 & a 
 
 38. INDEFINITE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 ( Quidam.) 
 
 S. N. 
 
 \ 
 
 TiS Tl 
 
 G. 
 
 nvds (TOU) 
 
 
 D. 
 
 Tivi (TO>) 
 
 
 A. 
 
 Tivd 
 
 TLvd rl 
 
 P. N. 
 
 Tives 
 
 Tives Tivd (arra) 
 
 G. 
 
 TLVtoV 
 
 
 D. 
 
 Tiai(y) 
 
 
 A. 
 
 Tivds 
 
 Tivds nvd (arra) 
 
 Dual. 
 
 TLV 
 
 
 
 TWO IV 
 
 
 
 (Quis? Quid?) 
 
 S. N. 
 
 Ti' ? ; 
 
 rk; 
 
 *l; 
 
 G. 
 
 TWOS (roO) 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 rlvi (TO>) 
 
 
 
 A. 
 
 Tiva 
 
 rtva 
 
 rt 
 
 P. N. 
 
 TU/69 
 
 rives 
 
 riva 
 
 G. 
 
 TiVCdV 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 Ticn(v) 
 
 
 
 A. 
 
 vivas 
 
 rivas 
 
 riva 
 
 Dual. 
 
 rive 
 
 
 
 
 rlvoiv 
 
 
 
PRONOUNS. 
 
 41 
 
 INDEFINITE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS continued. 
 
 
 (Quicumque.) 
 
 S. N. 
 
 t/ 
 
 7JTLS O TL 
 
 G. 
 
 OVTIVOS 
 
 ^9T^09 OVTIVO? 
 
 D. 
 
 arnvi 
 
 rjTLVL WTIVI 
 
 A. 
 
 ovTiva 
 
 TjVTlVO, O TL 
 
 P. N. 
 
 otrwes 
 
 ff tr 
 
 airtves aiiva 
 
 G. 
 
 WVTIVWV 
 
 
 D. 
 
 oknai(y) 
 
 akri<n(y) ol<rn(n(y) 
 
 A. 
 
 r/ 
 
 OV^TlVa^ 
 
 aSTivas aTiva 
 
 Dual. 
 
 drive 
 
 aTive (OTive 
 
 
 olvTivoiv 
 
 aiVTlVOlV OIVTIVOIV 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 NOTE 1. The forms roO and ry are of common occurrence in the 
 Attic writers. "Arra usually stands with an adjective ; as, Seivd #rra, 
 2re/o' drra. In like manner tirov is frequently used for OVTIVOS, ^ry for 
 $rm, and &TTO. for driva. 
 
 NOTE 2. To the indefinite pronouns belongs also the word Semi, a 
 certain one, such a one (whom one cannot or will not name). It is thus 
 declined : nom. 6 TJ rb 8eTva ; gen. rou rrjs TOV deivos ; dat. ry rj r<? deivi. ; 
 ace. rbv TT]V rb detva ; plur. oi Set^es, rCov de[vwi>, roi)s deivas. No dative 
 occurs. Sometimes, though rarely, deiva is used indeclinably. 
 
 39. CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Interrogative. 
 
 Indefinite. 
 
 7TOCT09 / * 
 
 07rocro9, 
 
 > quantus ? 
 
 7rocro9, 77, oV, aliquantus 
 
 07TOZ09, 
 
 > qualis ? 
 
 ?roto9, a, o^, of a certain 
 kind. 
 
 ?T7;Xt/co9 ; 
 
 ) how great or 
 
 wanting. 
 
 * The interrogatives beginning with ?r are used in direct questions; 
 those beginning with 6, in indirect- 
 
42 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 CORRELATIVE ADJECTIVES continued. 
 
 Demonstrative. 
 
 Relative. 
 
 Tocro9, 77, oz>, tantus 
 rocrosSe, ro<7??Se, rocro^Se 
 TOO-OUTO?, -avrr), -ovro(y) 
 
 ocro9, ??, oz/, quantus 
 
 roZo9, a, oz^, tails 
 TOto?Se, ro^aSe, roiovSe 
 ro^oOro?, -avrrj, -ovro(y) 
 
 olo9, a, oz/, qualis 
 
 Tr)\(tcoSi so great, so old 
 rrjXi/cosSe, -^Se, -o^Se 
 Tri\iKOvros, -avrri, -oOro(^) 
 
 97X^09, ?;, oz>, as great, 
 as old 
 
THE VERB. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 THE VERB. 
 DIVISION OF VERBS. 
 
 40. There are two main classes of verbs : verbs in 
 ft) and verbs in /ULL. 
 
 Verbs in ft) arc divided, according to their characteris- 
 tics, into pure, mute, and liquid verbs. 
 
 The characteristic of a verb is the letter going immedi- 
 ately before CD. 
 
 PURE verbs are those whose characteristic is a vowel. 
 They are either 
 
 Pure contract, whose characteristic is a, e, or o ; or 
 Pure uncontracted, whose characteristic is i or v. 
 MUTE verbs are those whose characteristic is one of the 
 nine mutes. They are subdivided into 
 
 P-mute verbs, whose characteristic is a p-mute or TTT ; 
 K-mute verbs, whose characteristic is a k-mute or 
 O-O-(TT); 
 
 T-mute verbs, whose characteristic is a t-mute or f. 
 LIQUID verbs are those whose characteristic is one of 
 the four liquids. 
 
 MUTE. 
 
 PURE. 
 
 (P-mute.) 
 
 (K-mute.) (T-mute.) 
 
 LIQUID. 
 
 a e o 
 
 7T ft 
 
 K y x T 8 
 
 \ fM V p 
 
 t V 
 
 7TT 
 
 <T<T(TT) f 
 
 Ti/Jid-O) 
 (f)L\-CO 
 
 Tp 1/3-0) 
 
 N / / 
 
 7rXe/c-ft) avvT-o) 
 crTcy-co ^Irevo-Q) 
 
 (7T\\CO 
 
 *xZ 
 
 TVTTT-Ct) 
 
 rdaa-co <j)pd-co 
 
 crTreip-co 
 
44: GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 NOTE. In the formation of the tenses, the characteristic ITT is consid- 
 ered as a simple P-mute ; the characteristic <T<T(TT), generally as a simple 
 K-mute, and the characteristic , generally as a simple T-mute. 
 
 VOICES, TENSES. 
 
 41. The Greek language has three voices: the 
 Active, Passive, and Middle Voices. 
 
 The Middle Voice expresses (1) an action which the 
 subject performs on itself, the subject being both agent 
 and object; e.g., Xouo>, I wash (another); Xovo^ai, I ivash 
 myself (= I bathe); (2) an action which the subject per- 
 forms on an object belonging or nearly related to it ; e.g., 
 erv^aro rrjv /ce(j)a\ijv, TOP TralSa, he struck his (own) head, 
 his (own) child (rvTrreiv /ee</>aA/j^, TraZSa, etc., to strike the 
 head, the child of another); (3) an action which the sub- 
 ject does or causes to be done for itself, that is, for its 
 own use and advantage; e.g., eSofXeocraro TTJV vrjaov, he 
 subjected the island to himself ; ffcopd/ca eTroirjo-aro, he caused 
 a breastplate to be made for himself. 
 
 42. The Tenses are six: the Present and Imperfect^ 
 the Future and Aorist, the Perfect and Pluperfect. They 
 are divided into 
 
 Principal and Historical. 
 
 PRS. 7pd0o>, I write. 
 
 FRF. 7^y/oa0a, I have written. 
 
 FUT. ypd\l/w, / shall write. 
 
 IMP. eypaQov, Iioas writing. 
 PLP. tyeypd(f>et.v, I had written. 
 AOR. eypa\l/a, I wrote. 
 
 NOTE 1. Some of the tenses (the Aorist act., mid., and pass.; the 
 Perfect and Pluperfect act., and the Future pass.) admit of two forms, 
 called the first and second Aorist, the first and second Perfect, etc. 
 Very few verbs have both forms, and, in general, those that admit of the 
 first form do not admit of the second, and vice versa. 
 
 The Greek Aorist generally corresponds to the Latin historical Perfect 
 and to such English forms as / wrote, I came, I went, I gave, I begged, 
 and the like. 
 
 NOTE 2. There is also a Future-Perfect in use, but for the most part 
 in the middle voice only, more rarely in the passive. 
 
THE VERB. 
 
 45 
 
 AUGMENT. 
 
 42. The Augment is prefixed to all the historical 
 tenses, but in the indicative only. 
 
 There are two augments : the syllabic and the temporal. 
 The syllabic belongs to verbs that begin with a consonant ; 
 the temporal, to verbs that begin with a vowel. 
 
 The syllabic augment is e prefixed to the verb-stem ; as, 
 Xe'7<i>, e-\ey-ov. If the verb begins with /o, the p is doubled ; 
 
 aS, plTTTCO, eppiTTTOV. 
 
 The temporal augment consists in lengthening the ini- 
 tial a e into 77, o into o>, ai into 77, 01 into a>, av into rjv , and 
 I v into I v. Thus, 
 
 ATT^W Impf. T)\Triov 
 
 Perf. r/XirLKa 
 
 Plpf. jX-rrLKeiv 
 
 yrovv 
 
 (JKTIKO, 
 
 NOTE 1. The three verbs jSotfXo/xcu, / will ; dvvafj.ai, I can, and , 
 I intend, am about to, often occur, in Attic writers, with rj instead of e ; 
 as, ^fji\\ov and e/xeXXov, etc. 
 
 NOTE 2. The following verbs change e into et: e%w, to have, Impf. 
 elxoi' ; tdw, to permit ; ecrridco, to entertain j tQlfa, to accustom ; eXiao-w, 
 to wind; ?X/cw (and eX/cuw), to draw; ^/OTTW, ep-n-vfa, to creep ; ^Tro/zai, o 
 follow, and tpydfr/jLCLL, to work. 
 
 NOTE 3. Verbs beginning with 17, w, ei, eu, or ou have neither augment 
 nor reduplication. Euxo/ucu, to pray, however, has sometimes rjvxbwv, 
 and always perf. y&yfjLat. Of ekdfw, to fa'&en, the forms rJKafrv, -rJKa<ra, 
 and TJKao-fjLcu sometimes occur in the Attic writers. 
 
 BEDUPLICATION. 
 
 43. Reduplication consists in repeating the first 
 consonant of the verb-stem with e. It is prefixed to the 
 perfect, future perfect, and the pluperfect ; the latter, 
 moreover, as an historical tense, takes the augment e 
 before the reduplication. 
 
46 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 Those verbs only admit the reduplication which begin 
 with a simple consonant or with ^a mute and liquid ; but 
 verbs beginning with p, a double consonant (i/r ), or 
 two single consonants which are not mute and liquid, or 
 with 7*>, 7\, admit the simple augment only. Thus, 
 
 pw, write, Perf. yt-ypa<pa Plpf . t- 
 
 &>, love, " 
 
 TW, throw, " 
 
 &>, see&, u 
 
 w,fold, ". 
 
 y\v<f>w, carve, " 
 
 NOTE 1. The reduplication, as well as the simple augment in verbs 
 that are not susceptible of reduplication, remains through all the moods 
 of the Perfect. 
 
 NOTE 2. The augment e of the Pluperfect in the Attic dialect is often 
 omitted, especially in compounds ; e.g., dj/a/3e/3??/cei, AcaraXAeiTrro, for dvefic- 
 
 NOTE 3. A^w, to say, has X^ey^ai (no Perf. act.); 5ia\tyofMai, to 
 converse, has 5iei\ey/j,ai. SuAX^yw, ^o collect, has o-y^e/Xoxa and o-vvetXey- 
 /ACU. Meipo/xat, io obtain by lot, has et'/xaprcu and el'/na/oro, ii zs (tyas) fated. 
 
 ATTIC REDUPLICATION. 
 
 dyeipw, collect, 
 
 44. The Attic reduplication consists in repeating 
 the first two letters of verbs beginning with a, e, o, before 
 the temporal augment. These verbs are chiefly: 
 
 6fa (OA-), smell, Att. Pf. 65-w5a 
 
 dp6w, plough, 
 dX^y, grind, 
 
 w, convince, 
 a, wind, 
 
 a, wake, 
 e'/^w, vomit, 
 {\a.vvw, drive, 
 
 a, prop, 
 
 >w, anoint, 
 
 u, dig, 
 
 , -/xat 
 
 -pat 
 
 (with the rough breathing) ; t and 
 
THE VEKB. 47 
 
 AUGMENT AND REDUPLICATION IN COMPOSITION. 
 
 45. Verbs compounded with prepositions take the 
 augment between the preposition and the verb, and if the 
 preposition ends in a vowel (irpd and Trept excepted) 
 the vowel is elided. Upd with the augment e frequently 
 becomes vrpov. 
 
 dTTO/SciXXw Impf, a7r-<?/3aXXo*> Prf. awo-ptpXrjKa Plpf. dir-epepXriKew 
 
 (TVppiTTTW u (TW-^ppLTTTOV U ffUI>-ppl(j)a " 
 
 2. Verbs compounded with Sf? take the augment in the 
 middle when the verb begins with a vowel (but not rj or 
 o>) ; otherwise they take it at the beginning ; as, 
 
 ci) Impf. dus-ypforovv Perf. Sus-Tjp^rrr/Ka Plpf. dv 
 
 3. All other compounds take the augment at the be- 
 ginning ; as, 
 
 Impf. i^Kod6/jLovv Perf. <Kod6/JLr}KO, Plpf. q>Kodo/JLriKiv 
 
 NOTE 1. A few verbs take the augment and reduplication both at the 
 beginning and in the middle ; as, 
 
 l JLai i endure, 
 
 dvop06w, raise up, 
 e^oxX^w, molest, 
 
 Thus also: dtairdw (from 5/cura), to feed, and 5iaK<Ww (from 
 to serve ; Perf. SeSiflTTjKa, dcdi-rjKdvrjKa ; Impf. tdiyruv and diyruv, 
 and 5L7)K6vovv. 
 
 NOTE 2. A few verbs, compounded with prepositions, take the aug- 
 ment before the preposition ; as, d^t^vvvfjn, to clothe ; tirl<TTanai, to know ; 
 KaQlfa, to set; Kaffevdw, to sleep, and a few more; Aor. -fj^leaa, Impf. 
 v, etc. 
 
48 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 NOTE 3. The following verbs, though derived from substantives or 
 adjectives, are treated as if they were compounded of a preposition and 
 a simple verb : 
 
 , desire, 
 ), pursue, tire 
 u, accuse, KO.I 
 w, prophesy, 
 
 *w, extol, 
 
 yX l P^ w i attempt, tvex^ 
 eKKkyvLafy, converse, <?e, 
 evedpevu, plot, tvtfdpevov 
 
 NOTE 4. A few verbs, derived from words already compounded, take 
 the augment at the beginning; as, evavTiov/j.ai (from evavrLos,}, to oppose; 
 d.wrt-/3o\^w (from avrtfioXr)), to meet with; <?/A7re56w (from e/x7re5os), to 
 establish; Impf. ^vavTLovfj.rjv, TjvTifidXovv and Att. 
 and cvewtdow. 
 
THE VERB. 
 
 49 
 
 46. The verb dpi, to be. 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 
 / am. 
 
 I may be. 
 
 I might be. 
 
 be thou. 
 
 to be. 
 
 being. 
 
 8. 1. 
 
 dpi 
 
 7 
 
 eft; i/ 
 
 
 etvat 
 
 &v 
 
 2. 
 
 el 
 
 7?S 
 
 ef^j 
 
 t(T0l 
 
 
 o5(ra 
 
 3. 
 
 eVr(>) 
 
 V 
 
 rfi, 
 
 eo-rw 
 
 
 6v 
 
 D. 2. 
 
 eo-roV 
 
 JJTOV 
 
 eftjTOi/ 
 
 <TTOV 
 
 
 G. 
 
 3. 
 
 eVr6i> 
 
 TJTOV 
 
 et?7T77i/ 
 
 *<TTUV 
 
 
 6vros, etc. 
 
 P.I. 
 
 eV/Ae> 
 
 T 
 
 eftyMfR 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 eVre* 
 
 %T 
 
 etyr-e 
 
 eo-re 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 *Kr) 
 
 7 ^ N 
 
 efyo-av or elei> 
 
 eVrcuora, 
 
 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 _/u^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 J5cr0a(77s) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0. 
 
 :'* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I). 2. 
 
 ^o-ToK^roO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 l^r 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 ^re 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 ^traj/ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 
 I shall be. 
 
 
 / would be. 
 
 
 
 
 s. u 
 
 ^ofjiai 
 
 
 <Toi/JLr)V 
 
 
 <E<re(T0a.i 
 
 Mfjievos, 
 
 2. 
 
 <TT) or eo-ei 
 
 
 eVoio 
 
 
 
 97, OP 
 
 3. 
 
 (7Tat 
 
 
 evoiTO 
 
 
 
 
 Di 
 
 ' /^ fl 
 
 
 , , Q 
 
 
 
 
 . i. 
 
 2. 
 
 to^rtov 
 
 
 <TOl<r00V 
 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 (T<r001> 
 
 
 tvoiffd-nv 
 
 
 
 
 P.I. 
 
 t<r6fjL0a 
 
 
 ffoi{J.60a 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 (7(T0 
 
 
 ffOlff0 
 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 C OVTCLL 
 
 
 (70LVTO 
 
 
 
 
 NOTE. The imperfect forms ^<r^a, ^D-TOP, and TJO-TTJV, are preferred to 
 the forms ^s, ^roi', and yryv. The form ^s frequently occurs in later 
 writers. The middle form ^77 v (instead of ^v), I was, is very rare. 
 
50 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 8 47. TABLE OF THE PERSONAL ENDINGS. 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Subjunct. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 Present. 
 
 S. w 
 
 a 
 
 Ol/UU 
 
 
 etp 
 
 WP, ouo"a, OP 
 
 
 eis 
 
 775 
 
 013 
 
 c 
 
 
 (G. OPTOS) 
 
 
 61 
 
 77 
 
 01 
 
 rw 
 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 6TOP 
 
 T^TOI/ 
 
 oirov 
 
 crop 
 
 
 
 
 TOV 
 
 VJTOV 
 
 olryv 
 
 ^rwv 
 
 
 
 
 P. o/xep 
 
 WfJLV 
 
 OLfJLfV 
 
 
 
 
 
 ere 
 
 tr)T 
 
 OLT 
 
 ere 
 
 
 
 
 OVffl(v) 
 
 W(7t(j') 
 
 oiev 
 
 ^rwcrap, Att. bvTWv 
 
 
 Imperfect: Sing. OP, es, e(p); Dual, crop, eY^p / Plur. o/*ep, ere, ov. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 S. a 
 
 
 
 
 ^pat 
 
 cus, u?a, 6s 
 
 
 as 
 
 
 
 
 
 (G. 6ros) 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O.TOV 
 
 Like Pres. 
 
 Like Pres. 
 
 Like Pres. 
 
 
 
 
 O.TOV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 P. a/xe/ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 are 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 cun(>) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pluperfect: S. eip, eis, et; D. eirop, drijv ; P. ei/xep, eire, eo*ap. 
 
 1 Aorist. 
 
 S. a 
 
 
 ai/jLt. 
 
 
 at 
 
 as, acra, dv 
 
 
 as 
 
 
 cws 
 
 OP 
 
 
 (G. apTos) 
 
 
 oo 
 
 
 at 
 
 drw 
 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 arov 
 
 Like Pres. 
 
 aiToy 
 
 arop 
 
 
 
 
 dr^j/ 
 
 
 atTi)i> 
 
 CITWP 
 
 
 
 
 P. a/JLV 
 
 
 aifJLV 
 
 
 
 
 
 are 
 
 
 cure 
 
 arc 
 
 
 
 
 ai/ 
 
 
 atev 
 
 drwtrap, Att. dprwp 
 
 
 Future. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Like Pres. 
 
 
 
 Like Pres. 
 
 
 
 Like Pres. 
 
 Like Pres. 
 
 The endings of the Passive Voice are the same as those of the Middle, 
 
THE VERB. 
 
 TABLE OF THE PERSONAL ENDINGS. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Subjunct. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Partie. 
 
 S. O/XCU 
 
 a, M a t 
 
 O^P 
 
 
 670CU 
 
 (5/xepos, 77, OP 
 
 TT 
 
 ?? . 
 
 060 
 
 ou 
 
 
 
 ercu 
 
 TJTCU 
 
 oiro 
 
 &T0W 
 
 
 
 D. 0>e00P 
 
 w/xe^op 
 
 oi/JL00l> 
 
 
 
 
 ecr0op 
 
 770-00P 
 
 OLCT00V 
 
 6(T00P 
 
 
 
 <T00l> 
 
 T/O'd'oP 
 
 ot(T0r)v 
 
 ^o-0wp 
 
 
 
 P. 6/xe0a 
 
 u/j.0a 
 
 oi/j,0a 
 
 
 
 
 a0e 
 
 77(706 
 
 OLffde 
 
 eo"0e 
 
 
 
 OPTCU 
 
 WPTCU 
 
 OIVTO 
 
 
 
 Imperfect : S. O/XTJP, ou, ero ; D. 6/xe0op, evBov, td&fjv ; P. o'/xe0a, eo-0e, OPTO. 
 
 S. /mat 
 
 /X^POS, 77, OP 
 
 /X^POS, 77, OP 
 
 
 o-0at 
 
 /X^POS, 77, OP 
 
 (TOLL 
 
 ft! 
 
 efyv 
 
 0*0 
 
 
 
 rat 
 
 
 
 o-0w 
 
 
 
 D. /XC00P 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CT00V 
 
 
 
 0-00P 
 
 
 
 P. IUL0a 
 
 
 
 **"* 
 
 
 
 <?6e 
 
 
 
 <T0 
 
 
 
 PTO.L 
 
 
 
 <r0w<rav, Att. 0-0WP 
 
 
 Pluperfect: S. IJLT)V, o-o, ro; D. jueflo*', O-^OP, (T0rjv; P. /xe0a, o-^e, pro. 
 
 S. d^iT/f 
 
 
 O.LMV 
 
 
 aaOac 
 
 d/xepos, 77, OP 
 
 w 
 
 
 CLIO 
 
 at 
 
 
 
 aro 
 
 
 euro 
 
 do*0w 
 
 
 
 D. dfJL00l> 
 
 
 alfj,e0ov 
 
 
 
 
 aa&ov 
 
 Like Pres. 
 
 ai<r0ov 
 
 aa-0op 
 
 
 
 P, d/xe(9a 
 
 
 E : 
 
 
 
 
 a vro 
 
 
 CUPTO 
 
 do-0a,o-ap, Att. do-0 W p 
 
 
 S. o/xat 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 77 or et 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 erai 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 D. 6fJL0OV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (T00V 
 
 , 
 
 Like Pres. 
 
 
 
 Like Pres. 
 
 Like Pres. 
 
 J00t> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 P. 6/xe(?a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 OPTCU 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 the endings of the 1 Aorist excepted, for which see 58. 
 
 E2 
 
52 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 48. CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB IN -XI. 
 
 Tenses. 
 
 Pers. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 
 8UBJUNCTIVK. 
 
 Present. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 J(i5-a>, / loosen 
 XjJ-eis, ft(n loosenest 
 
 Xu-w, I may loosen 
 
 \V~T[)S 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Xu-ei, Tie, sfte, # loosens 
 
 XI 
 U-T; 
 
 
 D. 1. 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 Xu-eroi/, ?/e 100 loosen 
 \v-erov, they two loosen 
 
 U-^TO^ 
 
 Xu-r)ro^ 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 \V-O/JLV, we loosen 
 
 Xv-cbjue*' 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Xu-ere, ye loosen 
 
 Xl}-7^T6 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Xu-ovat^), they loosen 
 
 Xl/-(b(7ir J'^ 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 c-XVoj/, / was loosening 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 -XVes 
 
 
 
 . 
 D. 1. 
 
 e- (r) 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 ^-Xv-ero*' 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 t-\\J-{T1JV 
 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 -\V-OfJLV 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 ^-Xu-ere 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 f-Xu-oi' 
 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 xV-Xv/c-a, / /tat?e loosened 
 
 Xe-Xi^/c-w, / may /lave 
 
 
 2. 
 
 \^-\VK-as 
 
 Xe-X^-r?s [loosened 
 
 
 3. 
 
 \^-\VK-e(v~) 
 
 \-\^K-y 
 
 
 D. 1. 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 \-\VK*aTOV 
 
 \ -\VK-r}Tov 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Xe-Xu/c-arov 
 
 \-\V K-t)TOV 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 Xe-Xu/c-a/xei' 
 X^-Xu/c-are 
 
 \e-\V K-ti)/Jil> 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Xe-Xy/c-a<ri(j') 
 
 \-\\/K-(a<n(v) 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 -\-\VK~IV, I had loosened 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 e-XVXv/c-eis 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 -&-Xu/c-ei 
 
 
 
 D. 1. 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 ^-Xe-Xu/c-iro' 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 ^-\e-\VK-^LrTfjv 
 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 -\-\VK^LfMP 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 -\e-\VK^LT 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 ^-\-\VK^(7CLV 
 
 
 ~1 Aorist. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 -Xi<r-a, / loosened 
 
 Xu(7-w, / ??iay loosen 
 
 
 2. 
 
 e-XW-as 
 
 \v(T~'f)S 
 
 
 3. 
 
 f -\fa--eCv) 
 
 \VO~-TJ 
 
 
 D. 1. 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 t-\ti(T^a.TOV 
 
 \V<T-\)TOV 
 
 
 3. 
 
 ^-Xva-arrjv 
 
 \V(T-i)TOV 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 -\vcr-b,fJiv 
 
 \ixr-i)fj.ev 
 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 l~Jt-a7 
 
 x^:t! ( .) 
 
 Future. 
 
 S. 1. 
 2. 
 
 X^r-w, I shall loosen 
 
 
 
 3. 
 Di 
 
 Xi^r-et 
 
 
 
 . i. 
 2. 
 
 Xwr-Toi' 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Xl/0"-6TOV 
 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 Xuo--5)/>te' 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 XuV-ere 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Xwr- < &;<n(j>) 
 
 
THE VERB. 53 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB IN -l. 
 
 OPTATIVE. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Xu-otjtu, / might 
 Xu-ots [loosen 
 Xu-oi 
 
 Xi5-e, loosen 
 
 Xf-^TW 
 
 Xi;-eit/, to 
 
 [loosen 
 
 Xv-w/, loosening 
 \v-ovffa 
 \v-ov 
 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 \V-6lTOV 
 
 \V-TOV 
 
 
 \V-OVTOS, etc. 
 
 \v-otrr>v 
 
 \v-trw 
 
 
 
 Xl-OiTS 
 
 \V-T 
 
 
 
 \v-OLev 
 
 \V-rU)(T(LV, USU. \V-6vTWV 
 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 
 \e-\u K-&LfjLL, I might 
 \e-\vK-ois [have I. 
 
 X^-Xiyc-e, loosen 
 
 ~ "[have 
 
 X-Xu/c-c6y, having 
 \-\\:K-via[hfi yso' \td 
 
 \-\VK-OL 
 
 Xe-Xu/c-^Tw 
 
 [loosened 
 
 XVXv^c-6y 
 
 
 
 
 G 
 
 \-\VK-OlTOV 
 
 \-\VK-TOV 
 
 
 Xe-Xu/c-6ros, etc. 
 
 \e-\vK-otre 
 \e-\VK-6tev 
 
 Xe-Xu/c-cr^ 
 \e-\vK-tTWff a v, Uf 
 
 
 
 5U. \e-\VK-6vTWV 
 
 
 
 
 
 Xwr-cu/u, I might 
 \vff-ais or-eias [I. 
 
 \tff-ov, loosen 
 
 Xftr-ot, ^o 
 
 Xfe-as, having I. 
 \v(r-a<ra 
 
 XiV-at or -ete(i/) 
 
 Xla-dru 
 
 
 \9ff-av 
 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 \V(T-CUTOV 
 
 
 
 Xutr-aj'Tos, etc. 
 
 \vff- ai/Jiev 
 
 \tff-drwv 
 
 
 
 \v<r-aiT 
 
 \Vff-CLT 
 
 
 
 \ii(T-atv or -t.av 
 
 \v<r-a,T&crav, USU. \V(T-CLVTUJV 
 
 
 XVJ-OI/M, 1 would 
 
 
 \{HT-LV, to be 
 
 Xi7<T-a>j>, being 
 
 XiV-ois [loosen 
 
 \Vff-Oi 
 
 
 ^{loosen 
 
 \v(r-6vcra [about 
 
 \Vff-OV [tO I. 
 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 Xr 
 
 
 
 ^ / 
 
 \UO"-OifJLV 
 \V(T-OLT 
 
 
 
 
54 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 4&. CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB IN -ft. 
 
 MID- 
 
 Tenses. 
 
 Pers. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 Xtf-o/ucu, / release by 
 
 Xi5-w/xcu, /may ransom 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Xtf-27 I payment of ran- 
 
 \v--y 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Xtf-ercu [som, Transom 
 
 \v-rjrai 
 
 
 D. 1. 
 
 \V-6/JL00V 
 
 \V-li) [J,00V 
 
 
 2. 
 
 \6-effdov 
 
 \v-rjcr0ov 
 
 
 3. 
 
 \ti-eo-0ov 
 
 \v-rjff 0ov 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 Xv-6/ue#a 
 
 Xu-tiyue^a 
 
 
 2 
 
 \6-ecr0e 
 
 Xi5-7;<7^e 
 
 
 3! 
 
 \v-ovrai 
 
 Xu-wrrot 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 S. 1 
 
 ^-Xu-6/xr;', / was raw- 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 t-\v-ov [soming 
 
 
 ( 3. 
 
 t-\6-TO 
 
 
 (D. 1. 
 
 t-\v-6fj.e0oi> 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 t-\t-e<T0ov 
 
 
 
 . 
 P. 1. 
 
 ^\ v ~.^ 0a 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 t-\t-e(T0e 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 t-\V-OVTO 
 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 X^-Xu-/xai, / have ran- 
 
 Xe-Xu-ytt^os, / may Tiave 
 
 
 2. 
 
 X^-Xu-o-ai [somed 
 
 V [ransomed 
 
 
 3. 
 
 X^-Xu-rai 
 
 t/s 
 
 
 D. 1. 
 
 Xe-Xi5-/xe^ov 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 2. 
 
 \t-\V-ff00V 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 \t-\V-CT00V 
 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 Xe-Xi5-/xe^a 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 X^-Xu-j^e 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 X^-Xu-i/rat 
 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 -\-\v-/ji.r)v, I had ran- 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 e-X^-Xu-cro [somed 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 ^-X^-Xu-ro 
 
 
 
 D. 1. 
 
 ^-Xe-Xi5-/xe^ov 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 ^_\^_Xu-(T^OJ' 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 e-Xe-Xu-a-^Tyi' 
 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 t-\e-\v-/j.0a 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 t-\t-\v-(T0e 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 -\t-\V-VTO 
 
 
 1 Aorist. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 t-\v(r-dfj.riv, I ransomed 
 
 Xi5o--w/uat, / may rara- 
 
 
 2. 
 
 t-\vo--w 
 
 Xu(r-77 [som 
 
 
 3. 
 
 -\v(r-a.To 
 
 Xutr-r/rat 
 
 
 D. 1. 
 
 t-\Vff-dlJL00V 
 
 \V<T-6fJL00V 
 
 
 2. 
 
 t-\v(r-aa0ov 
 
 \vff-r)<r0ov 
 
 
 3. 
 
 t-\v<r-d(r0i)v 
 
 \v<r-i)<r0ov 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 t-\v<r-d/JL0a 
 
 \v<r-&fjL0a 
 
 
 2. 
 
 t-\v<r-a<r0 
 
 \V(T-'t]<r0 
 
 
 3. 
 
 t-\V(T-aVTO 
 
 \v<r-(*)VTai 
 
 Future. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 Xud-o/xat, I shall ran- 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 \va--7) or -et \_som 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Xvcr-erat 
 
 
 
 D. 1. 
 
 \i)fr-6u.fffov 
 
 
 
 2! 
 
 \V<T~-<T00V 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 \\xr-effOoV) etc. 
 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 
 
 Fut.-Perf. 
 
 3. 
 
 Xe-Xu<r-oAtai, I shall have ransomed. (Like Pres.) 
 
THE VERB, 55 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB IN -O. 
 
 OPTATIVE. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 \v-ot fjiyv, I might 
 \V-OLO [ransom 
 
 \V-OITO 
 
 \v-oifjitdov 
 
 \V-OLO~00V 
 
 \v-oia Qt]v 
 \v-oifjLe0a 
 \v-oicr0e 
 
 \V-OLVTO 
 
 Xi5-oi;, rans. 
 \v-<r6(i> 
 
 \v-(r6ov 
 \v-fo6uv 
 
 \v-e<r0e 
 \v-<rd()<rav, \ 
 
 Xi5-e<r0cu, to 
 [ransom 
 
 Xu-6/xei/os, ransom- 
 \v-o/ji{i>r) [ing 
 Xu-6/ie^oi/ 
 
 isu. \v-<r0wv 
 
 - - 
 
 
 
 : 
 
 Xe-Xv-/x^os, / might 
 d-riv [have r. 
 
 LT)S 
 
 etr, 
 
 X^-Xu-tro, rans. 
 \e-\v-ff0a) 
 
 \-\V-(T00V 
 
 \e-\v-cr 00) v 
 
 \t-\v-<r0e 
 \c-\v-ffdwffav, u 
 
 \c-\v-o-0ai, to 
 [have ran- 
 [somed 
 
 Xe-Xu-/x^i/os, having 
 \-\v-/uL^vr)[ransomed 
 
 \-\V-fJ.vOV 
 
 su. \e-\v-<r0a)v 
 
 
 
 
 
 \v<r-alfjLr)v, I might 
 \vo--aio [ransom 
 
 \V(T-CLLTO 
 
 \vo"-atfji.0ov 
 
 \\XT-CHff6oV 
 
 \v(r-atcr67}v 
 \vo--atfJLe6a 
 \va-atffde 
 
 \V(7-aiVTO 
 
 XGcr-at, rans. 
 
 \Vff-dffdd3 
 
 \v<r-a<r9ov 
 \v<r-d(r0<*)v 
 
 \V<T-a(T0 
 
 \v<T-dcr0(ji)(rcLV, 
 
 \vo"-a(T0aL 1 to 
 [ransom 
 
 \v<r-dfjLvos, having 
 \vo--a^vTf) [rans. 
 
 \V<T-dfJLVOV 
 
 USU. \V(T-d(T6ii)V 
 
 \V(T-0 l^f] V, I WOUld 
 
 \va-oLo [ransom 
 
 \Vff-OLTO 
 
 \va-oifjLe6ov 
 
 \\XT-OLffdoV 
 
 \vo--olo-d7jVj etc. 
 
 Xe-Xv<r-o/u'>7i>, etc. 
 
 
 \v<r-(T0a.i, to 
 [be about 
 [to rans. 
 
 \e-\v<r-e<r0aL 
 
 Xu(r-6)uei/os, being 
 \v<r-o /JL i>rj [about 
 \v06pevov [to r. 
 
 \-\Vff-6jJ.VOS 
 
 
56 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 50. CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB IN O. 
 
 PAS- 
 
 Tenses. 
 
 Pers. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 8UBJUNCT1VK. 
 
 1 Aorist. 
 
 S.I. 
 
 t-\v0-r)i>, I was loosened 
 
 Xo^-w, I may be loosened 
 
 
 2. 
 
 t-\v0-r)s 
 
 \tr0-ys 
 
 
 3. 
 
 &.\V0-Y) 
 
 \v0-y 
 
 
 D.2. 
 
 t-\V0-})TOV 
 
 \V0-VTOV 
 
 
 8. 
 
 t-\v0-'QTr]v 
 
 \vd-nrov 
 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 t-\v0-"ri/jLei> 
 
 \v0-u}fj.ev 
 
 
 2, 
 3. 
 
 ^-Xi/0-nre 
 
 \v0-frre 
 
 1 Future. 
 
 S.I. 
 
 Xi>-0^<r-o/>iai, I shall be I. 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 \v-0ihr-r) or et 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 \v-0tf(T-eTai 
 
 
 
 D.I. 
 
 \v-0rjv-6ime0ov 
 
 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 Xu-^-S^ 
 
 
 
 P.I. 
 
 \v-6rjo -6 jj.0a 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 \V-0^(T-(T0 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 \v-0r)cr-6vTai 
 
 
 The present, imperf ., perfect, and pluperfect are the same as in the 
 51. REMARKS ON THE THREE VOICES. 
 
 1. The perfect imperative very rarely occurs, and for 
 the most part in verbs only whose perfect has the meaning 
 of the present. 
 
 The perfect subjunctive and optative is frequently ex- 
 pressed periphrastically by the perfect participle and the 
 subjunctive or optative of Given ; as, XeXv/co)? o>, solverim; 
 XeA,f#a>9 ir)v, solvissem. 
 
 In Attic the 1st pers. sing, of the pluperfect active 
 sometimes ends in 77, instead of eiv; the 3d pers. phnvis 
 generally shortened into ecrav. 
 
 2. The aorist indie, denotes past time, and corresponds 
 to such English forms as I came, I went, I saw, I wrote, 
 and the like; but sometimes, in general propositions which 
 express a fact borrowed from experience, the aorist indie, 
 is rendered by the English present or by is wont, is accus- 
 tomed, with the infinitive; e.g., Time destroys (or is wont 
 to destroy) beauty ; /eaXXo? o ^poVo? avrj\tocrev. 
 
 The aorist imperative is always rendered by the present; 
 the aorist subjunct., optative, and infinitive, by the present 
 as well as by the past; the aorist partic., generally by the past. 
 
 The aorist subjunctive, when used in subordinate clauses 
 introduced by edv, orav, eTreiSdv, nrplv av 9 etc., corresponds 
 to the Latin future-perfect. 
 
THE VERB, 57 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB IN -fl. 
 
 OPTATIVE. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 \v0-eLr} v, 
 Xut?-eT?7S 
 
 / might be 
 [loosened 
 
 \v0-ifTi, be loosened 
 
 \V0-T) vat, to be 
 [loosened 
 
 Xu^-e(^, being 
 \v0-t(ra [loosened 
 
 Xvd-fth 
 
 
 \V0-'&T(i) 
 
 
 \vB-tv 
 
 \v0-eir)Tov 
 
 \V0-1\TOV 
 
 
 G. 
 
 \v0-/irtTi 
 
 "IV 
 
 \\)Q-'&T(t)V 
 
 
 Xu0-^ros, etc. 
 
 \v0-eLrj/jn 
 \vd-eiriTt. 
 
 ~v 
 
 
 
 k. 
 
 * ' 
 
 
 \v-0rjff-t 
 
 ^177 v, 1 should 
 o [be loosened 
 
 TO 
 
 
 \v-0r)ff-ecr0ai 
 
 ;Efe 
 
 \v-0rj(r-b 
 
 <rdov 
 
 (700P 
 
 
 
 
 x^ti 
 
 ffde 
 
 IVTO 
 
 
 
 
 Middle; but with a passive meaning : I am (was, have been, etc.) loosened. 
 REMARKS ON THE THREE VOICES. 
 
 3. The forms -aa?, -ae(z>), and -aav of the aorist opta- 
 tive act are Aeolic. They are employed by the Attic 
 writers in preference to the regular forms. 
 
 4. The endings of the 2d pers. sing. (mid. or pass.) in 
 -77, -ou, and -w arise from the primitive forms -ecrai, -rjo-cu, 
 -ecro, and -aero, the <r being dropped, and the remaining 
 vowels contracted accordingly. Thus, 
 
 ecrai = eai = rj 
 rjcrat, = rjat = rj 
 
 ecro = eo = ov 
 aero = ao = & 
 
 5. The 2d pers. sing, of the present and future indie, 
 mid. or pass, ends among the Attic writers both in 77 and 
 EL. The form in ei regularly occurs in /3ov\ei, olet, and 
 o-tyei (from /3ov\ofjiai, ofo/itu, and fut. o\|ro/>ta/); but 
 subjunct. ySouX^, oig. 
 
 6. In the dual and plural of the 1 aorist optative pass, 
 the 77 is often dropped ; as, \v0eirov, \v0iTT)V, Xvff&peVi 
 \v0eire, for \vQeirirov, etc. 
 
 In the 1 aorist imperat. pass, (in -1)0 L), not the first, 
 but the second, aspirate is changed into its own kindred 
 smooth ; hence \vO-7jn, not 
 
58 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 FORMATION OP THE TENSES. 
 
 52. FIRST GENERAL REMARK. Before entering 
 upon the formation of the tenses, the pupil ought to com- 
 mit to memory, and make himself master of, the personal 
 endings of the tenses in general ( 47), and of those in 
 particular which he is about to form. In learning those 
 endings, he will observe 
 
 a) that in the indicative, the principal tenses make the 
 dual in ov, ov ; the historical, in ov, rjv ; 
 
 6) that in the subjunctive all the tenses make the dual 
 in ov, ov ; in the optative, in ov, rjv ; 
 
 (?) that the O-sound of the third person singular, dual, 
 and plural of any imperative is written with co. 
 
 53. SECOND GENERAL REMARK. In the formation 
 of any of the tenses (the present and imperfect excepted), 
 
 Pure verbs lengthen the characteristics a e into 77, o 
 
 into o>, and I v into I v ; 
 
 Mute verbs undergo the euphonic changes ( 65); 
 Liquid verbs shorten the present stem by dropping the 
 
 second letter in ai, ei, XX, and pv ; as 
 
 Pres.-stem. 
 Short stem. 
 
 fyaiv- 
 
 cnreip- 
 
 crreXX- 
 crreX- 
 
 /ca/JL- 
 
 V^T The present-stem is obtained by dropping the ftnal co or ojiuu of 
 the present. 
 
 54. PRESENT AND IMPERFECT. 
 
 The PRESENT. Suffix the proper endings to the pres- 
 ent stem. 
 
 The IMPERFECT act. Suffix ov to the present-stem and 
 prefix the augment; as, \vco, imperf. act. (pres.-stem Xi/-) 
 
 The IMPERFECT mid. or pass. Suffix o/jirjv to the pres.- 
 and prefix the augment; as Xi5o>, imperf. m. or p. 
 (pres.-stem Xu-) e- 
 
FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 
 
 55. FUTURE AND AORIST. 
 
 \ 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Optat. 
 
 Future-act. 
 
 0) 
 
 
 
 OL/JLi 
 
 Future m. or p. 
 
 ofiai 
 
 
 
 oi/Jirjv 
 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 Future-act. 
 
 
 
 ew 
 
 ft)Z>, Ol><7a, OP 
 
 Future m. or p. 
 
 
 
 ecrOai 
 
 oyne^o?, 77, OP 
 
 The FUTURE act. Suffix the proper endings to the 
 future-stem ; as, Xv<, future act. (fut.-stem Xw-) Xucr-w. 
 
 The FUTURE mid. Suffix the proper endings to the 
 future-stem ; as,Xu&>, future mid. (fut.-stem. Xuo--) Xucr-o//,afc. 
 
 The 1 FUTURE pass. Add (the tense-sign) drjcr- to the 
 pres.-stem, and suffix the proper endings ; as, XUCD, 1 future 
 pass, (pres.-stem Xv- -f tense-sign Orja- = \v-0rja-) 
 
 NOTE 1. The future-stem is obtained by adding (the tense-sign) <r to 
 the pres.-stem ; as, Xuw, fut.-stem (\v + cr) = \v<r- ; Ti/xdw, fut.-stem (TIM 
 -f cr) = TIMO--. 
 
 By applying the euphonic changes in the case of mute verbs, it will be 
 seen that 
 
 P-mute verbs make the fut.-stem always in i// ; 
 K-mute, verbs make the fut.-stem always in ; 
 T-mute verbs make the fut.-stem always in <r. 
 
 Thus, 7pd0a;, fut.-stem (ypa<f> -f v)= ypa\j/- ; /3/^x w > fut.-stem (jSpex + <0 
 = j8/oe- ; i//eiJ5w, fut.-stem (^cv5 + er) = ^euo 1 -. 
 
 Liquid verbs, in the future act. and mid , do not add the tense-sign cr, 
 but simply shorten the stem ( 53) and then suffix the proper endings. 
 These endings are for liquid verbs, in the future act. and mid., the same 
 as those of contracts in <?w ( 78), viz. : <3 for the future act. and oO^cu for 
 the future mid. 
 
 NOTE 2. In the 1 future pass., liquid verbs change the stem-vowel c 
 of monosyllabic short stems into a ; but short stems of more than one 
 syllable retain e. 
 
60 GREEK GRAMMAK. 
 
 Pres. Fut. act. Fut. mid. 1 Fut. pass. 
 
 rfXX-w, TtX-tD, TiX-ou/xcu, 
 
 (TreX-cD, (TTeX-oO/xcu, 
 
 t/xe/o-w, IfAep-ov/jiai, 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 56. 1. Form the future opt. and partic. act. of 
 ypd(f)Q) (suffix the proper endings [CM/U, o)z>] to the fbt.- 
 stem [7/oai/r-] = rypaty-oifju, ypdty-ow*), oi/cea), (^fXarrft) 
 %0a{pa), crravpoco, T/A.X&J, /ca/ATrra), yS/oe^ft), ayaTrdc*, 
 
 2. Form the future infin. and opt. mid. of &&>/<:&> (suffix 
 the proper endings [eaOai, ofarjv'] to the fut.-stem [&fe>|-] 
 
 /COTTTft), TTOjOeUO), <J0aXXa), TVTTTft), TTZ^^O), /cd/JiVO), 
 
 (7tG)7raca, 
 
 3. Form the 1 future opt. and infin. pass, of Xe^w (add 
 the tense-sign #770- to the present-stem [^7-], apply the 
 euphonic changes [Xe7-0?7<7 = A,e%-#?7cr],and suffix the proper 
 endings [(H/AT/Z;, e<7#eu] =\e%-0r)cr-oiiJi'r]V,\%-0ri(r-cr()ai), rp{/3o)* 
 vitcdco, a77eXXeo, 0av/jid^a)^ racrcra), eixfrpaivco. 
 
 ATTIC FUTURE. 
 
 57. The Attic Future occurs in the active and mid- 
 dle voices only. It consists in dropping a in polysyllabic 
 futures in -da-co, -etrw, and taw, and then contracting the 
 vowels thus brought into contact. Futures in -i<ra) retain 
 
FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 
 
 61 
 
 the L, but add the contracted endings, as if a real contrac- 
 tion had taken place. Thus, 
 
 eXavvco, drive, fut. eXacrco, Att. eX<w,-a9,-a, etc., like 
 
 reXe'ft), finish, fut. reXe'cra), Att. T\co,-eh,-eL ) ,. 
 
 * rx * A . * J like 
 
 KO/JLI^O), carry, tut. KO/JLLO-CO, Att. fco/ju,a),-iei,<>,-ii, 
 
 Thus in the middle : /cofitovfjiai, -let, -lelrat, etc. ; inf. 
 KOjjueiadcu. The Attic Future is used only in the indie., 
 infin., and partic., never -in the optative. Thus, reXw, 
 T\eiv, reXwz;, but always reXeVoi/it. Exceptions are rare 
 in the Attic dialect. 
 
 The verbs that admit of this form are the verbs e\avvco, 
 reXeft), tcopflfr), also fca\eco, to call, and all verbs in -i&, whose 
 characteristic is 8, very often pifidfa, to mount, the verb 
 , to clothe, and all verbs in -av 
 
 58. SYNOPSIS OF THE AORlST ENDINGS. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Optat 
 
 1 Aorist act. 
 
 a 
 
 a> 
 
 w 
 
 1 Aorist mid. 
 
 d M v 
 
 (Ofjbat 
 
 ai/jirjv 
 
 1 Aorist pass. 
 
 rjv 
 
 c5 
 
 iTjV 
 
 
 779 
 
 779 
 
 6/779 
 
 
 *? 
 
 V 
 
 6*77 
 
 
 rjrov 
 
 YJTOV 
 
 ir]TOV 
 
 
 rjrrjv 
 
 rjrov 
 
 eirjrrjv 
 
 
 rjpev 
 
 0)fJLV 
 
 l7)fJiV 
 
 
 r)T 
 
 rjre 
 
 efyre 
 
 
 rjaav 
 
 o><n( 
 
 6t,V 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF THE AORIST ENDINGS, continued. 
 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 1 Aorist act. 
 
 ov, dra) 
 
 ai 
 
 v 
 
 tt? CL(TCL CUV 
 
 1 Aorist mid. 
 
 ai, dcrffo) 
 
 acrOat, 
 
 a/te^o?, ?;, ov 
 
 1 Aorist pass. 
 
 * 
 
 r\vai 
 
 Gen. ' 
 
 
 777-6) 
 
 
 6/T05, etc. 
 
 
 TJTOV 
 
 TjTCOV 
 
 
 
 
 rjre 
 / 
 
 71T(t)O'CiV 
 
 
 
 The 1 AORIST act. Suffix the proper endings to the 
 fut.-stem and prefix the augment in the indicative. Thus, 
 Xuo), 1 aorist act. (fut.-stem Xver-) e-\vo--a. 
 
 The 1 AORIST mid. Suffix the proper endings to the 
 fut.-stem and prefix the augment in the indicative. Thus, 
 Xvft), 1 aorist mid. (fut.-stem XtJo-.) e-Xucr-a/^z/. 
 
 The 1 AORIST pass. Add (the tense-sign) to the 
 present-stem, suffix the proper endings, and prefix the aug- 
 frient in the indicative. Thus, Xuca, 1 aorist pass. e-\v-0-rjv. 
 
 NOTE. In the 1 aorist act. and mid., liquid verbs lengthen a of the 
 fchort stem into >?, e into et, I v into t D ; in the 1 aorist pass., they change 
 v of monosyllabic short stems into a. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 ri/xd-w, 
 
 1 Aor. act. 
 -a, 
 
 1 Aor. mid. 
 
 1 Aor. pass. 
 
 Tplfi-u, 
 
 e-rpti^-a, 
 
 T^XX-W, 
 (7T/XX-W, 
 
 6-rZX-a, 
 
FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 
 
 63 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 59. 1. Form the 1 aorist ind., imper., and partic. act. 
 of opvrrco (suffix the proper endings [a, ov, a?] to the fut.- 
 stem [o/cw-, according to 40, NOTE], and prefix the aug- 
 ment in the indicative = wpvg-a, opvg-ov, opvg-as), dvay/cdco, 
 crc^aAAft), alreco, reXXa), eXeeew, icaOaipa), oliceco, avvrco, O/JLOLOCO, 
 \eyco. 
 
 2. Form the 1 aorist opt., inf., and imper. mid. of />% 
 (suffix the proper endings [^ai^v, acrOai, at] to the fut.- 
 stem [/>-], = ap^-ai/Jirjv, dpj;-acr0ai, dp-ai), op/i/ao), dvvra), 
 fca\V7rTco, Troieo), ///e/o/fft), a^oa), reXXa), T/oeVft), ^frrjtyi^a), Sia\e- 
 yo/jiai, GTTreVSft), vifcdco, TVTTTCO^ crretyavda), Tr/oarrft), TL\\CO. 
 
 3. Form the 1 aorist ind., infin., and part. pass, of 
 KOTTTCO (add the tense-sign to the pres.-stem complying 
 with 40, NOTE [/COTTT + 6 = /co(/>#-], then suffix the proper 
 endings [77^, r\vai, e^?], and prefix the augment in the 
 indie., = e-fcd(j)d-r]V, /co<p0-f)vai, /cocfrO-efey, rapdao-a), dyaTrdco, 
 
 ), r/XXo), /ctveco. 
 
 60. PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, FUT. -PERFECT. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Optat. 
 
 Perfect act. 
 
 a 
 
 CO 
 
 Ol/M 
 
 Ferf . m. or p. 
 
 JJLCLI 
 
 fjievos co 
 
 /ieVo? eirjv 
 
 Fut. -Perfect 
 
 opal 
 
 
 
 QCfJLTJV 
 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 Perfect act. 
 
 e, erco 
 
 evai 
 
 ft)9, V la, 05 
 
 Perf . m. or p. 
 
 (TO, CT0CO 
 
 cr0ai 
 
 /ieVo?, 77, ov 
 
 Fut. -Perfect 
 
 
 
 ecrOai 
 
 o/A^05, T;, ov 
 
 The PERFECT active. Add (the tense-sign) /c to the 
 pres.-stem, suffix the proper endings, and prefix the redu- 
 plication. Thus, Xvw, perfect act. \e-\vic-a. 
 
64 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 NOTE 1. P- and K-mute verbs do not add the tense-sign /c, but simply 
 aspirate the characteristic and then suffix the proper endings. T-mute 
 verbs, on the contrary, throw out the T-mute and replace it by K. 
 
 NOTE 2. Liquid verbs add the tense-sign K to the short stem ( 53). 
 They, moreover, in the perfect both active and middle or passive, change 
 the stem-vowel e of monosyllabic short stems into a. 
 
 The PERFECT mid. or pass. Suffix the proper endings 
 to the pres.-stem (in liquid verbs to the short stem) 
 and prefix the reduplication; as, Xuo>, perfect mid. or 
 pass. Xe-Xv-/ieu. 
 
 The FUT.-PERFECT. Suffix the proper endings to the 
 future-stem and prefix the reduplication. Thus, \vco, 
 future-perfect \e-\va-onai. 
 
 Present. 
 Tt/ia-ft), 
 
 <f)l\-Q), 
 
 877X0-0), 
 
 Perfect act. 
 
 Perf. m. or p. 
 
 Fut.-Perf. 
 
 Se-S^Xco/c-a, 
 
 TpijS-co, T-rpi(f)-a, 
 
 Tre-Treicr-o/jiat,. 
 
 TlXX-ft), 
 
 wanting. 
 
 e-crrdK-fJiai, 
 
 ipep/c-a, 
 
 61. NOTE. The fut. -perfect is used almost exclusively in the middle 
 voice and is of rare occurrence. It is wanting in liquid verbs and gener- 
 ally also in those pure and mute verbs which have the temporal augment. 
 
 The fut. -perfect is used in principal sentences only, and in such subor- 
 dinate clauses as are introduced by the conjunctions STL and cJs (that). In 
 other subordinate clauses it is supplied by the aorist subjunctive with a 
 conjunction compounded of &v, as &v, 5ra^, ^TreiSdi/, etc. In the active 
 voice it is sometimes expressed by the perfect partic. act. with the future 
 of elfj.1 ; as, XeXu/cws e<ro/u, solveroj tyvwKdres &r6/xe0a, cognoverimus. 
 
FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 65 
 
 62. The PLUPERFECT. Suffix ew for the active, and 
 for the mid. or pass, to the perfect-stem and prefix the 
 augment. Thus, Xu&>, plpf. act. (perf.-stem Xe-Xu/c) e 
 eiv\ plpf. m. or p. (perf.-stem Xe-Xt>) e-\e\v-^j]v. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 63. 1. Form the perfect infin. and part. act. of 
 (aspirate the characteristic, suffix the proper endings 
 , ft)?] and prefix the reduplication, = 
 
 9), cuWft), /5i7TTft>, <f)VTevco, avpa), ay air aw, 
 
 , TTOLK i\\a). 
 
 2. Form the perfect imper., infin., and part. m. or p. of 
 (suffix the proper endings [<ro, crOat, /xeVo?] to the 
 present-stem, apply the euphonic changes, and prefix the 
 reduplication, = ye-ypa^o^ <ye-ypd(f)-0ai, 
 
 /oe^ft), aravpow, aTTTft), i/reuSty, 6/jLo\oy0), 
 /fft), reXXft), cr/cft)7TTft), avvrco, epcordco, 
 
 Analyse and parse : 
 
 64. 1. "H/3/c&>, xpicroio, avva6ris. 2. AeSfti/^crdU, eXe?;- 
 ^, Trapwfcicro. 3. 'PufrOev, (rvpacn, <f>r}Vti)fJV. 4. 
 ia^, 7T<pr)vav, i?(*iOH7a?. 5. 'Htr^crft), <77ret)oft), 
 6. Kefcwtj/JieOa, aravpayOrfvat^ 7re<f)v\a%o. 7. 
 e&rrjtcviwv, WTTX/O-^T;?. 8. 'H/^eW, e/jLjjieiva), %pi<rov. 
 9. "H/3&), yrrjao, vTrofJielvav. 10. 'OvrXtcr^eV, 
 ^'fat. 11. Aet/oft), vei/JiacrOai, apaai. 12. 
 
 EUPHONIC CHANGES. 
 
 65. The following are the principal euphonic changes 
 which mute verbs have to undergo in the formation of the 
 tenses, especially the perfect and pluperfect mid. or pass. 
 
 1. A P-mute with cr makes i|r, a K-mute with a makes 
 (, a T-mute before cr is dropped. 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 2. A P-mute before /JL changes to p, before r to TT, 
 
 before 6 to <. 
 
 A K-mute before p changes to 7, before T to /c, 
 before to %. 
 
 A T-mute before p changes to cr, before r and 
 likewise to a. 
 
 3. The letter cr between two consonants, in both mute 
 
 and liquid verbs, is dropped. 
 
 4. The 3d pers. plur. of the perfect and pluperfect 
 
 indie, mid. or pass., of both mute and liquid 
 verbs, is expressed periphrasticaliy by the plural 
 of the perfect participle m. or p < JAGVOL, at, a) 
 with eta- 1 or rjcrav, accordingly. 
 
FORMATION OF THE TEJNSES. 
 
 67 
 
 66. PARADIGMS, 
 
 Exhibiting the euphonic changes and serving as models 
 for the inflection of mute verbs in the perfect and plu- 
 perfect mid. or pass. 
 
 
 P-mute. 
 
 K-mute. 
 
 T-mute. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 
 (rplfiu) 
 
 (TTX^ACW) 
 
 (7T6/0W) 
 
 Ind. 
 
 S. re-rpi (/3/A ) /A/ACU 
 
 ire-TT\e (AC/A ) 7/aat 
 
 Tre-TTCl (0/A ) (7/ACU 
 
 
 re-rpi ((3(7 ) \pai 
 
 Tre-ir\e (AC<T ) ^at 
 
 Tre-irei (0(7 ) (7ai 
 
 
 re-rpi (f3r ) TTTCU 
 
 Tre-TrXe (ACT ) ACTCU 
 
 Tre-trei (Or ) arai 
 
 
 D. re-rpl ((3/j. ) fj.jj.edov 
 
 7re-7rX^ (AC/A ) yfj.edov 
 
 Tre-Trel (0/A ) (7fj.e6ov 
 
 
 re-rpi (&<t&) <f>0ov 
 
 ire-Tr\e (Kcr0) x& ov 
 
 ire-Trei (0(70) a0ov 
 
 
 re-rpi ((3cr0) <f>0ov 
 
 Tre-Tr\e (K(70) -X.BQV 
 
 ire-irei (0(70) (70ov 
 
 
 P. re-rpl (/3/A ) /A / ae0a 
 
 ire-Tr\ (AC/A ) yfj.e0a 
 
 ire-irel (0/A ) (7fj.e0a 
 
 
 re-rpi ((3(70) 006 
 
 Tre-7r\e (K<70) x^6 
 
 Tre-Trei (0<70) (70e 
 
 
 re-rpi (/3/A ) fj.fj.evoi 
 
 7re-7rXe (AC/A ) yfj,voi 
 
 Tre-Trei (0fj, ) <7tJ.evoi 
 
 
 et(7i(v) 
 
 1(7 l(v) 
 
 et(7l(v) 
 
 Imp. 
 
 S. re-rpi (/3<r ) \f/o 
 
 7r^-7rXe (AC<T ) ^o 
 
 ire-Tret. (0(7 ) oro 
 
 
 re-rpl (]8<r0) 00w 
 
 7re-7rX^ (Aco-0) x^ w 
 
 ire-Trel (0(70) (70W 
 
 
 D. re-rpi (fi(70) 00ov 
 
 Tre'-TrXe (ACCT^) x^ oi; 
 
 ire-irei (0(70) <70ov 
 
 
 re-rp/ (/3<r0) 00a>*> 
 
 7re-7rX^ (ACd0) yjduv 
 
 Tre-Trel (0(70) vOwv 
 
 
 P.re-rpi (p(70) 00e 
 
 TTe-TT\ (K(70) X^ 
 
 ire-irei (0(70) (70e 
 
 
 re-rpl ((3(70) <f>0a)(7av 
 
 TTc-TrX^ (Aca-0) xBuvav 
 
 Tre-Trel (0<70) ffdwffav 
 
 
 (or re-rpl-(f>0uv) 
 
 (or ire-Tr\e-x0ui> 
 
 (or ire-Trel-crdwv) 
 
 Inf. 
 
 re-rpi (/3<70) 00ai 
 
 TTe-TfX^ (K(70) "X.6O.L 
 
 Tre-irei (0(70) <r0ai 
 
 Prt. 
 
 re-rpi (jS/A ) fj.fjievos 
 
 7rc-7rXe (AC/A ) y/ji.evos 
 
 Tre-Trei (0/A ) vfievos 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 Ind. 
 
 S. e-re-rpl (/3/A ) /A/AT^J/ 
 
 e-ire-wXt (AC/A ) 7/i?7i/ 
 
 e-TTC-Trel (0/A ) crfj.ir)v 
 
 
 e-re-rpi (j8cr ) i/'o 
 
 e-Tre-Tr\e (AC<T ) ^o 
 
 e-Tre-Trei (0<7 ) <ro 
 
 
 e-re-rpi (jSr ) TTTO 
 
 -Tre-TT\ (ACT ) ACTO 
 
 e-TTe-Trei (0r ) ffro 
 
 
 D. e-re-rpl (j(3/A ) /A/Ae0ov 
 
 ^-7re-7rX^ (AC/A ) yfj.e0ov 
 
 e-TTe-Trel (0/A ) <7fj.e0ov 
 
 
 e-re-rpi (j3cr0) (p0ov 
 
 -Tr-w\e (Kff0) x& ov 
 
 e-Tre-Trei (0(70) <70ov 
 
 
 e-re-rpl (/3(T0) 007;^ 
 
 e'-Tre-TrXe' (Kcr0) x'n v 
 
 e-Tre-TTel (0(70) (70rjv 
 
 
 P. e-re-rpl (fi/j, ) /A/te0a 
 
 e-Tre-ir\ (AC/A ) 7/xe0a 
 
 e-we-Trel (0/A ) fffjL0a 
 
 
 e-re-rpi ((3(70) 00e 
 
 -TTe-TT\ (K(70) X& 
 
 e-Tre-wei (0(70) ffOe 
 
 
 re-rpi (/3/A ) fj.fj.evoi 
 
 TT-Tr\4 (AC/A ) y/j,evoi 
 
 7re-7T6i, (0/A ) (7fJLVOl 
 
 
 Ijffav 
 
 r^aav 
 
 r,<7av 
 
 NOTE. Liquid verbs in -a^w and -uj/w, in the perfect and pluperfect mid. 
 or pass, generally change v before /A into <r. Thus 0a^w (short stem <t>av-) t 
 
 S. TT-(f>a(7-/na.L D. Tre-(f>d(7-fjLe0ov P. 7re-0<iV-;ue0a 
 
 Tre-(^av-(7a.L Tre-<pav-dov ir^-(pa.v-0 
 
 ire-Qav-rai Tre-(f>av-0ov Tre-(f>a(7-fj.ei>oi el<Tt(v). 
 
 Thus Xu/Aa^vw, /Aepa^w, Trepa/fw, TTLaLvb), pa/vw, <7?7/Acupw, ixpalvta, TjSvvw, 
 i^vvta, Traxvvw. But some change i> into /A ; as, fctipatvW) cuVxi^w? Trapo^vvu, 
 etc. (perf. m. or p.), ^/oa/A/Acu, e^pavo-at., etc.). Tpax^w, maA:e rough, 
 has -u/xai, -U/A/ACU, and -w^ai. 
 
 NOTE. In the perfect and pluperf. m. or p., liquid verbs drop the <r 
 in all the endings beginning with o-0 ( 65, 3); hence 5e5ap-0oi>, imper. 
 Se5(/>-0o;, infm. 5e8dp-0cu, for 8dap-(70oj>, etc. 
 
 F2 
 
GREEK GRAMMAB. 
 
 67. SYNOPSIS 
 
 OF THE MODES AND TENSES OF THE VERBS 
 Sico/cco, 7rei#G>, AND are\\co. 
 
 , T/H/3ft) h 
 
 ACTIVE VOICE. 
 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Sub June. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Participle. 
 
 I'res. 
 
 Xrfw 
 
 x* 
 
 \VOlfJLL 
 
 XOe 
 
 \veiv 
 
 \vwv 
 
 Imp. 
 
 -\VOV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 \ i 
 
 
 v / 
 
 
 . / 
 
 . , 
 
 I Aor. 
 
 e-Xu<ra 
 
 Xi;<rw 
 
 \VffaifJLL 
 
 XO(70V 
 
 \v<rcu 
 
 \vo-as 
 
 Perf. 
 
 X^-Xu/ca 
 
 Xe-Xu/cw 
 
 \e-\tiKoifu 
 
 X^-Xuice 
 
 \-\VKVCLI 
 
 \e-\VKtbs 
 
 Plpf. 
 
 \\tiKLV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Tplfto 
 
 Tpl(3(i) 
 
 Tpij^f* 
 
 rpipt 
 
 Tpi(3eiv 
 
 rptflu. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 -Tpl(3()V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 rptyw 
 
 
 
 T pl^Ol/JLl 
 
 
 
 rptyeiv 
 
 rptytov 
 
 I Aor. 
 
 $-Tpi\lsa 
 
 Tpl\[/(j} 
 
 Tpl\l/CLLIJLL 
 
 rptyov 
 
 rptycu. 
 
 rpt\l/as 
 
 Perf. 
 
 Tt-Tpi<t>a 
 
 TC-Tptfito} 
 
 T-Tpi<j)Ol/J.l 
 
 r{-TpL(j>e 
 
 T-Tpl(f>l>CLL 
 
 T-TpL(bit}S 
 
 Plpf. 
 
 TTpt(f)lV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Stt&KW 
 
 5L6KU 
 
 8llt)KOlU>l 
 
 51UK6 
 
 dLd)Kiv 
 
 8l(Jt)K(j)V 
 
 Imp. 
 
 t-dLwKOJ> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 tt6w 
 
 
 
 5llt)oi[JLl 
 
 
 
 di6%ei.v 
 
 didfav 
 
 1 Aor. 
 
 <?-5/wa 
 
 dubfa 
 
 didfrifu 
 
 dtw^ov 
 
 diufrL 
 
 didas 
 
 Perf. 
 
 e-5/w%a 
 
 de-ditixu 
 
 5e-di<lrxoifjLi 
 
 8e-dlwx e 
 
 d-8ni)x^ vaL 
 
 5e-5ituxws 
 
 Plpf. 
 
 eS ( i X , 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 ret*. 
 
 TreLOw 
 
 r.M|u 
 
 ireWe 
 
 irelBetv 
 
 irelOwv 
 
 Imp. 
 
 -TTL00V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 Trei<r<t) 
 
 
 
 iret(roL/*i 
 
 
 
 irelcreiv 
 
 irelffwv 
 
 1 Aor. 
 
 f-Treicra 
 
 irelffw 
 
 TreLaaLfjLL 
 
 TTCLGOV 
 
 TTCLffOLL 
 
 TTclffCLS 
 
 Perf. 
 
 irt-TreLKa 
 
 we-TrelKO) 
 
 Tre-TrelKoi/uu 
 
 Trt-TTCLKe 
 
 ire-ireiKtvai 
 
 7,-e-7reiKc6s 
 
 Plpf. 
 
 tireirdKeiv 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Tres. 
 
 crrAXc, 
 
 <rrAX W 
 
 crrA^vu 
 
 crr^XXe 
 
 art\\e LV 
 
 rrAX, 
 
 Imp. 
 
 ^-o-reXXoi/ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 -v 
 
 
 v /> 
 
 
 \ n 
 
 X 'i 
 
 I Aor. 
 
 -<TTL\a 
 
 a-re/Xa; 
 
 ITTCOUMM* 
 
 (TT?\OV 
 
 (rreTXat 
 
 (rret'Xas 
 
 Perf. 
 
 -(TTa\KCL 
 
 ^-o-rdX/cw 
 
 t-<rTd\Koi/uii 
 
 -(TTa\K 
 
 t-<TTa\Ktvcu 
 
 e-(rraXf<-w7 
 
 Plpf. 
 
 t-(7Td\KLV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .1 
 
FOliMATIOJS OF THE TENSES. 
 
 MIDDLE VOICE. 
 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Subjunct. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Participle. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Auo/xat 
 
 \VWfJLCLi 
 
 \volwv 
 
 \vov 
 
 \V<T0CU 
 
 \v6^os 
 
 Imp. 
 
 -\<j6fji'r)v 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * Fut. 
 
 XIATO/ZCU 
 
 
 
 \VO~oifJL1fJV 
 
 
 
 \V(T(T0ai 
 
 \VO-6fJLCVOS 
 
 1 Aor. 
 
 -\v<ranr)v 
 
 \V<Tli}/JLCLl 
 
 \VO"OLL/JL1]V 
 
 XOcrat 
 
 \V(ra<T0ai 
 
 \vcrdiJLevos 
 
 Perf. 
 
 X^-Xu/xcu 
 
 XcXu/x^os w 
 
 \-\VfJl.vOS 
 
 \t-\vao 
 
 \-\V<T0CLl 
 
 Xe-Xu^t^j/os 
 
 Plpf. 
 
 t\\V(JLr)V 
 
 
 efyi/ 
 
 
 
 
 F.-Pf. 
 
 Xe-Xua-o/xeu 
 
 
 
 Xe-Xu (rot/JL'rjv 
 
 
 
 \e-\vo-ecr0ai 
 
 \e-\v<r6nevos 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Tpl(3ofJ,CU 
 
 rptpuncu 
 
 TpL^oifJLTfJV 
 
 rpL(3ov 
 
 Tpl(3e<?0ai 
 
 Tpl(36/JLVOS 
 
 Imp. 
 
 f-Tplpd/JLTJV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fut, 
 
 Tptlf/O/ULCLL 
 
 
 
 TpL^oL/J.fJV 
 
 
 
 Tpi^O"0CLl 
 
 TpL\f/6ftevos 
 
 1 Aor. 
 
 t-Tpi^dfjirji. 
 
 TOtl/'WWCtl 
 
 Tpi\f/a[[Ji'r)v 
 
 r/oti/'at 
 
 Tpi^pCL(J'0CH 
 
 Tpl\l/dfJiVOS 
 
 Perf. 
 
 T^-T/K/A/XCU 
 
 'fC-Tpl/ULLL^VOS 
 
 T-TpifJLfJLtvOS 
 
 T^-T/Ol^O 
 
 T-TpT<j>0CLl 
 
 Te-TptfMIL'.tvOS 
 
 Plpf. 
 
 TeTpLfJL/J,r)V 
 
 ? 
 
 11) V 
 
 
 
 
 F.-Pf. 
 
 ft 
 
 
 , , 
 
 
 11 fi 
 
 1 A 
 
 
 p y fj. 
 
 
 e-Tptyo pev 
 
 
 re-rp yee at 
 
 T-Tpl\f/OfJ.VOS 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Slt&KOfMtt 
 
 $l&Ktt(HU 
 
 5MK6M* 
 
 dlAKOV 
 
 ^Kevdai 
 
 diuKbftevos 
 
 Imp. 
 
 8L(*}KO/JLTlV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 1 Aor. 
 
 StwcOIMU 
 
 
 
 dw&w 
 
 
 
 fcrffrrftu 
 
 ftwftKKf 
 
 Perf. 
 
 dc-SLwy LLCLL 
 
 de-diuy^vos 
 
 de-diuy^vos 
 
 de-dl^o 
 
 de-dLZ X 0a.i 
 
 dc-Siiujy/jL^vos 
 
 Plpf. 
 
 edcdubywv 
 
 w 
 
 et-rjv 
 
 
 
 
 F.-Pf. 
 
 de-d^oneu 
 
 
 
 de-diutolwv 
 
 
 
 d -di^a0aL 
 
 5c5tw^6/x.c^os 
 
 Pres. 
 
 TretfoAtcu 
 
 wel0^ai 
 
 TreM M v 
 
 TTL00V 
 
 irel0e<70aL 
 
 7reL06(JL6 V os 
 
 Imp. 
 
 -TTl0&[Ji'nV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 Tre^o-o^at 
 
 
 
 ireto-olMv 
 
 
 
 TTl<T<T0ai 
 
 TTiff6/JLVOS 
 
 1 Aor. 
 Perf. 
 
 -JTe'r^r 
 
 TTIIWIVU 
 
 Treicratfjirjv 
 
 irei<rai 
 
 irdvavdai 
 
 TTlffdfJiVOS 
 
 Plpf. 
 
 'e^eL^ 
 
 7 
 
 OJ 
 
 etrjv 
 
 TTt-TTCKTO 
 
 
 ire-vei^os 
 
 F.-Pf. 
 
 TT-TTt(rOfJiCLl 
 
 
 
 Tre-ireLVolwv 
 
 
 
 ir-irelo'0'0ai 
 
 TT-7rlff6fJLVOS 
 
 Pres. 
 
 crr^XXo/xat 
 
 crr^XXw/xat 
 
 ffreXKoLfMfjv 
 
 (TTcXXoU 
 
 <rTt\\e<r0ai 
 
 ffT\\6/JLVOS 
 
 Imp. 
 
 -aT\\6fJLtJV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 o-reXou/xat 
 
 
 
 a~T\otfJLf)V 
 
 
 
 (TT\'l<70ai 
 
 <TT\OVfJiVOS 
 
 1 Aor. 
 
 t-<TTei\dwv 
 
 <rTd\a>(jLai 
 
 <7TL\atfJL'r]V 
 
 (7TtXai 
 
 <rTet\a<r0ai 
 
 crreiXd/xei/os 
 
 Perf. 
 
 e-o-raX/xat 
 
 <?-0-TaX^os 
 
 ^-o-raX/x^os 
 
 e-crraXtro 
 
 e-<TTd\0ai 
 
 ^-o-raX/x^vos 
 
 Plpf. 
 
 e-(rTd\imr)i> 
 
 T 
 
 u 
 
 dt\v 
 
 
 
 
 F.-Pf. 
 
 wanting. wanting. 
 
70 
 
 GKEEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 The Present, Imperfect, Perfect, and Pluperfect the same as in the Middle 
 Voice. 
 
 Indicative. Subj. 
 
 Optative. I Imper. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Participle. 
 
 IFut. 
 lAor. 
 
 \v0r)<ro/JLcu 
 
 \v0eirjv 
 
 \V07)TL 
 
 \v6ijvaL 
 
 \V0f)ff6/JLVOS 
 
 \v0ets 
 
 IFut. 
 1 Aor. 
 
 -TpL(f)0TfJV 
 
 rpi(j>6eir]v 
 
 Tpi<f)0els 
 
 IFut. 
 1 Aor. 
 
 IFut. 
 1 Aor. 
 
 IT HT 071(70 /JLCLl 
 
 e-TreLo'Orjv 
 
 TTi(r0LS 
 
 IFut. 
 I Aor. 
 
 ffTa\0els 
 
 68. A TABLE 
 
 Exhibiting the various tense-endings and the euphonic changes 
 of mute verbs, in the indicative of the principal tenses, both 
 active and middle or passive. 
 
 Classes. Fut. a. 
 
 Perf. a. 
 
 1 Fut. p. 
 
 1 Aor. p. Perf. m. or p. 
 
 o> 
 
 JH 
 
 9 
 
 (pure) j;^ 
 
 -Ka 
 
 *- 
 
 I -/xcu *Imp. Inf. 
 -#77*' -f -ffai -ffo 
 
 -TOLL ~(T0(i} -ffdaL 
 
 P-mute v. 
 
 -TTO; \ 
 
 -0W j ^ 
 -TTTW J 
 
 - 
 
 "*- 
 
 I 
 
 K-mute v. 
 
 \ -fr 
 ~?(7CO ) 
 
 ,. 
 
 , 
 
 -ACTCU -X#W -X#CU 
 
 V 
 
 T-mute v. 
 
 -TW \ 
 [-* 
 
 -fw J 
 
 -Ka 
 
 -ff0r}ffOfjLai 
 
 -(jQt]V -f -(TOLL -CTO 
 
 I 
 
 Liquid v. 
 
 -Xw 1 
 
 -ua* 
 ^ V -w 
 
 -pw ) 
 
 -/ca 
 
 *- 
 
 j -/xat 
 1 -rai -0b) -Bui 
 
FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 71 
 
 NOTES ON THE FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 
 
 (Pure Verbs.) 
 
 69. 1. Verbs in -aco, with e, i, or p before a, lengthen 
 in the future, etc., the a into a; as, eaw, permit, eacrw, 
 aacra, eta/ca, ca/mai, eldOrjv, etc. Thus, ecmaa>, entertain; 
 Spaa), cfo; <f)(opda), detect, etc., and also afcpodo/jiai, hear 
 (tut. a/cpodao/jiaL, aor. rj/cpoaadiJbrjv). 
 
 But xpaofjuai, use; nrpdo), bore, and those in -ao> with o 
 or f before a (as /3oao), shout; eyyvda), pledge, etc.), have 
 77. Thus, xprjaofAai, Tprjaco, 
 
 2. The following verbs in -eiw take in some tenses e, in 
 others ?;: 
 
 alveco (Att. eTraivea)), praise, pf. yvrj/jLai', in all the 
 other tenses e. 
 
 alpo), take, rjpeOrjv (also yprfOrjv^ and 
 the rest with 77. 
 
 , bind, Sijaco, eSrjcra, eSrjo-d/jirjv, SeS^cro/Lta^ ; the re-* 3 * 
 with e. 
 
 TTodeco, desire, -rjcrco, -rjaa (also iroOeaofJiai, f jr60eo'd) r 
 7T7rd0r]/ca, TreTrddqiiai, but always eTrodecrQrjv. 
 
 Trover, work, -770-0), -770-a (but -ecrco, -ecra, in the sense 
 of to suffer pain) ; pf . Treirovrj/ca, in both senses. 
 The mid. and pass, have 77 throughout. 
 
 3. The following verbs take the diphthong av or ev 9 
 respectively: 
 
 Kai co, burn, f. /cavcrco, 1 aor. e/cavaa (trans.), 2 aor. 
 e/carjv (intrans.). 
 
 K\a(co, weep, f. KKava-opai, or Dor. -ovpai, 
 etc. 
 
T2 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 Oeco, run, f. Oevcrofjiai or -OV/ACU. The rest from 
 
 ( 95). 
 vea), swim, f. vevao/jiat, or -ovpcu, evevcra, vevev/ca. 
 
 TrXe'ft), sail, f. TrXeucro/zcu or -ovfiai, eVXeucra, 
 aor. p. 7r\evo-drjv. 
 
 peco, flow, f. pevaofjbai epfevaa (see 95). 
 
 v 4. The following insert or in the perfect and pluperfect 
 mid. or pass., in the 1 aor. and 1 future pass. Those with 
 a or e in parenthesis retain that vowel throughout in the 
 formation of the tenses : 
 
 7eXdw (d), laugh. reX^o; (e) , finish. Xetfw, stone. 
 
 0Xdw (d), bruise. dj>tfw, complete. tralw, strike. 
 
 /cXdw (d), break. dpi5w, draw water. TraXcuw, wrestle. 
 
 <nrdu (d), draw. tfw, scrape. 7rX&*> (eu), saiZ. 
 
 %aXdw (d), loosen. TTTVW, spit. TT/>/W, saw. 
 
 d/c^o/xai (e), heal. vw, rain. Trratw, stumble. 
 
 dX^w (e), grind, Att. red. d/couw, ^,ear. <reioj, shake, 
 
 dpicta) (e), suffice. tvavo}, kindle. x^ ( w )? ^eap wp. 
 
 ^cw (e), vomit, Att. red. /ceXeuw, command. x/* w ? prophesy, 
 
 tfu (e), 5oi7 (intrans.) Kt/afw, scratch. XP^t anoint. 
 
 ^w (e), scrape. KV\LW, roll. fauw, touch. 
 
 5. The following vary between the regular formation 
 and that with <r: 
 
 8/0 a ft), c?0, SeSpdfJicu and SeSpaa/jicu, aor. 
 
 Opavco, break, reOpava^ai, eOpavaOrjp (Plat, re- 
 
 /c X a t ft), weep, Ketc\av/jiai, later 
 
 and 
 
 tco\ovco, maim, iceKoKov^ai and -cr/iat, /co\ov6r)V and 
 
 -<7#?7Z>. 
 
 va), strike Upon, fceKpov/^ai, rarely -cr/ia^, aor. 
 
FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 73 
 
 ) heap up, vevrj^ai (-a-pcu doubtful), 
 
 o>, rub, etyrj/jLai arid -apai, tyrjBrjv and -affrjv. Att. 
 
 ) remind; xpdo/uu, use, and iravu, stop, have ^/A 
 , Tr&ravjucu; but tw+iaQ-qv, txpfoOw eiravaOriv, and tirav0r)v. 
 
 6. The following verbs in -&a> lengthen the characteristic 
 hi the future and aorist act. and mid., but retain the short 
 stem vowel (v) in the remaining tenses (Suo>, etc., which 
 has Se&vtcd) 
 
 8v-w, put on, f. dfou aor. $dv<ra pf. dtdvica dtdvpM aor. p. 
 ^w-w, sacrifice, Ofow cOwa Ttdwa 
 
 \y-w, loosen, \vffd) \v(ra X^Xu/ca 
 
 (Mute Verbs.) 
 
 70. 1. The verbs e%a>, Aav, and rpe^o>, nm, resume 
 in the future the original aspirate of the first syllable ; as. 
 
 ^G>, fut. e w ; T/oe^o), fut. Op^ 
 
 The two verbs daTrrco, bury, and Opvirro), bruise, retain 
 the initial in all. the tenses except the perfect active and 
 fche second aorist ; as, Od^co, r^Oa^^ai, reOdfyOai, edd^drjv^ 
 6a$0ek, Oa<f>0ijcro/j,ai, Optnjrco, reOpvpfjicu, reffpvtftffai, etc. ; 
 but rera^a, crdcfrrjv, ra^ijvai, Tpvcf>7)V. 
 
 Thus T/oei^a), nourish, and rv(f>(o, smoke: 
 
 but 2 pf. Terpotpa, erv^tjv. 
 
 2. The following change in the perfect act. the stem- 
 yowel e into o : 
 
 K \cVrw, steaL pf. act. K^KXo^a, but pf. pass. 
 
 , collect, '* {TwciXoxcit ** 
 
 TW, Send, U 7r^7TOjLt0a, <l 
 
 rw, iwrn, " r^rpo^a (like 2 pf. of rp^w, eo nourish). 
 
74 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 The verb Xeyco, in the sense of to say, has no perfect act., 
 but in the perf. pass, it takes the regular reduplication. 
 \e\ey pat,, SiaXeyoiAcu, to converse, has 
 
 3. The following change in the perfect mid. or pass, the 
 stem-vowel e into a : 
 
 arptyu, turn, pf. in. or p. eo-rpa/^cu, but aor. p. 
 
 TOTT<I), turn, 
 
 , nourish, " 
 
 4. The 3d pers. plur. of the perfect and pluperfect mid, 
 or pass, of mute and liquid verbs, instead of being expressed 
 periphrastically by the perfect partic. with elai (jjaav), ends 
 sometimes in -arai (-aro). The characteristic of T-mute 
 verbs, in this case, remains unchanged. Thus, 
 
 Tp//3o>, rub, 3d pers. pi. rerp^-arat, instead of reTpip-VTai. 
 
 TrX&cw, twine, " 
 
 xwpffw (5), sever, " 
 
 <t>0clpw, destroy, " 
 
 5. When a P-mute characteristic is preceded by /A (as 
 in Tre/iTTG), send; /cdpTrro), bend), or a K-mute characteristic 
 by 7 (as in acfriyyco, tie; e^eXe^ft), convince), both the /A 
 and 7 are dropped in the perfect mid. or pass, before the 
 endings beginning with /x. Thus, 
 
 (for <T<f>iyy-fji 
 
 <T(piyKTCU * 
 
 t<T(j>ty-/jie0ov (for ^^Lyy-^Bov, etc.) 
 
 (for 
 
 TT^ fjL-fj,0ov (foi 
 
 6. Of the following verbs, those in -cro-w (Att. 
 make the future in -aco ; those in -&> (which for the most 
 part denote a call or sound) have, on the contrary, a K-mute 
 for their true characteristic : 
 
FORMATION OF THE TENSES, 75 
 
 rW, fit. 
 
 tyeffffw, row. 
 
 TrXdcro-w, form. 
 
 u>, shake. 
 
 K&ffffu, scatter. 
 
 TrrWa 
 
 ;, j?eeZ. 
 
 groan. 
 
 ot/AuJ^w, lament. 
 
 irrifp^ 
 
 *,/a;. 
 
 ^"w, shout. 
 
 oXoXufw, shout. 
 
 o-r/fw, 
 
 brand. 
 
 , grunt. 
 
 pe'fw (poet.), do. 
 
 aup^w 
 
 , whistle. 
 
 squeak. 
 
 pucrrd^w, drag. 
 
 (T0d^W 
 
 (Att. TT), &i7. 
 
 cry. 
 
 o-rdfo;, trickle. 
 
 (70U^W, 
 
 throb. 
 
 , croak. 
 
 <jraXdw, dro^. 
 
 rp^w, 
 
 chirp (TeTplya). 
 
 X Wftlp. 
 
 ffrcvdfa sigh. 
 
 0Xu^w, 
 
 , bubble. 
 
 ), roft, has Att. fut. a/37racro/iafc, aor. ijpTracra, etc., 
 but in coniinon language, -a&> and -aero) ; 2d aorist pass. 
 Bacrrafo), support, fut. -acr&), aor. p. -d%0r)v. 
 oJ, fut. -acra), aor. -acra, ete. ; later -a'feo, etc. 
 , sport, fut. Trai^ovfjicn, and Trai^ofJiai ; aor. Att. 
 pf. Att. TreTTtticr/iai (later eVa^a, TreVa^ 
 
 KXa'a>, K)und, has /cXa^^w, efcXayl^Q, fce/cXayya. 
 # trumpet, has -7|&), and later -/<7 
 
 (Liquid Verbs.) 
 
 71. 1. In the future optative of liquid verbs, the 
 Attic endings oii^, 0/7/9, on;, etc., are used along with the 
 regular forms o/u, 049, o, etc. (See 79, 1.) 
 
 2. In the 1 aorist act. and mid., the following verbs in 
 -aiva) do not change the stem-vowel d into ?;, but into a: 
 (1) all verbs in -fiaivw and -laiva), as Tre/oatW, finish; Tr 
 fatten, aor. eTrepdva, eiridva (exc. rer/oatW, 6(?re, and 
 stain, which take 77 ; rarely piavai) ; (2) the verbs 
 
 w, make lean. /cotXa/pw, hollow. dpyatvu), enrage. 
 , gain. Xeu/ca^w, whiten. ireiratvu^ ripen. 
 
 )o&), purify, and cr^^atW, ^Ve a signal, have both 
 
 // and a. Ar/oa), raise, and aXXo/xcu, ^ap, have 
 (temporal augm.), but inf. ao-cu, aXacr^at, etc. 
 
76 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 3. The following verbs drop v in the perfect and plu- 
 perfect act. and pass, and 1 aorist pass. ; as, 
 
 Kplvw, judge, 
 
 K\lvu, bend, 
 
 irXvvu, wash, ir^Tr\VKa 
 
 rdvw, stretch, r^ra/ca, 
 
 Krelvw, kill, e/cra/ca, e/cra/xcu, tKraQrjv. 
 
 NOTE. Kptvu, K\lvu, and TrXiW often retain the v in the 1 aorist pass, 
 in poetry : in prose, KaTeK\iv0r) occurs in Xenophon. 
 
 Of KreLvu, the forms cKrayKa and ^rdvO^v also occur. The Attics, 
 instead of e/crd^a, generally use exroi/a ; and instead of e/cra/xcu and 
 tKT&$riv, they use rltfpqjca and a.irtda.vov with virb and the genitive. 
 
 4. Perfects in -yfca from verbs in -vw (as 
 Tre^ay/ca, Trapcogvy/ca, etc.) occur only in later writers, 
 The best writers either drop the i>, as in icpiva), /cXi'i/co, etc., 
 or use the 2d perfect in the sense of the first, as e/crova fop 
 KTaica, or form the perfect from another stem, as fteva>, 
 remain, pf. fJie/JLevrj/ca (stem MENE-); vepa), divide, pf. 
 (stem NEME-), or choose another verb. 
 
 5. The following verbs, in the perfect, pluperfect, 1 aorist 
 and 1 future pass., transpose the vowel and the consonant 
 following of the short stem, and then lengthen the final 
 vowel, suffixing the endings /ea, //.cu, 0?7Z>, respectively. 
 
 .w, throw, (]8aX-, 0Xa-) 
 ,w, build, (5e/x-, dfjie-) 
 
 M i &?]}> (crAceX-, (T/cXe-) 
 
 Tt/JLvu, cut, C 7 "^-} T A t -) 
 
 6. The 1 aorist pass, of liquid verbs but rarely occurs > 
 in many verbs it is not used at all. The 2 aorist pass, is 
 more common. 
 
 As the 1 aorist pass., so are also the 2 aorist act. and 
 mid. of liquid verbs of rare occurrence, especially in 
 prose. 
 
FORMATION OF THE 
 
 FORMATION OF THE SECOND TENSES. 
 
 72. The Greek language has two forms for the aorist 
 act., mid., and pass., two for the future pass., and two for 
 the perfect and pluperfect active. These forms are known 
 under the name of first and second tenses. 
 
 The second tenses, therefore, are : 
 
 The 2d AORIST act., mid., and pass., 
 
 The 2d FUTURE pass., 
 
 The 2d PERFECT and PLUPERFECT act. 
 
 Pure verbs, with very few exceptions (such as e/cdrjv, 
 eppVTjv, ecfrvrjv, SeSrja, from /eato>, /5e&>, <ua>, SatV), form only 
 the first tenses. Mute and liquid verbs may form both 
 the first and second tenses. 
 
 73. The second tenses are all formed on the short 
 stem. The short stem is obtained, in liquid verbs, by 
 dropping the second letter in CM, et, XX, and JJLV ( 53); in 
 mute verbs, by changing ei of the verb-stem into *, ev into 
 f, 77 into a, TTT into TT, CTO-(TT) into 7, and f into 8. Thus, 
 
 Verb-st. 
 
 \ei7T- 
 
 <f>evy- 
 
 rrj/c- 
 
 K07TT- 
 
 raaa- 
 
 <t>P a & 
 
 Short-st. 
 
 X*7T- 
 
 <t>vy- 
 
 ra/c- 
 
 K07T- 
 
 raj- 
 
 <f>paS- 
 
 II AORIST. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Subj, 
 
 Optat. 
 
 2 Aorist act. 
 
 ov 
 
 CO 
 
 OLjJLl 
 
 2 Aorist mid. 
 
 OfJiTjV 
 
 CO/ACM 
 
 oJfJkfjV 
 
 2 Aorist pass. 
 
 t)V 
 
 
 
 Ct) 
 
 eirjv 
 
78 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 II AORIST, continued. 
 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 2 Aorist act. 
 
 e, erft) 
 
 elv 
 
 o>j>, oOcra, ov 
 
 2 Aorist mid. 
 
 oO, eaOco 
 
 aOai 
 
 o'/iez>09, 77, oy 
 
 2 Aorist pass. 
 
 rjOi, rjrco 
 
 fjvai 
 
 cfe. LO a, ev 
 
 74. ii AORIST act., mid., and p&ss. Suffix the 
 proper endings to the short stem, and prefix the augment 
 in the indicative. 
 
 The endings of the 2 aorist act. *we the same as those 
 of the imperfect act. 
 
 The endings of the 2 aor. mid. ?u'e the same as those of 
 the imperfect mid. 
 
 The endings of the 2 aor. pass, are the same as those of 
 the 1 aorist pass. 
 
 NOTE 1. The stem-vowel c of monosyllabic short stems is changed 
 into a in all second aorists, except those of the verbs ]3X6rw, X^yw, 
 yw, and \f/tyw, which retain the e. 
 
 Short stem. Aor. act. 
 
 (XITT-) e-Xnr-op, 
 
 (rpeTT-) f-rpair-ov 
 
 (o-reX-) 
 
 Present. 
 Xehr-w, 
 Tptir-u, 
 
 2 Aor. mid. 
 
 2 Aor. pass. 
 
 tyelp-w, (tyep-) 
 
 NOTE 2. Verbs whose 2 aorist act. or mid. would not differ from the 
 imperfect have no 2 aorist act. or mid.; but they may have the 2 aorist 
 pass., because this tense has endings different from those of the imperfect 
 passive. Thus the verbs /SX^TTW, see; \tyw, say, collect; X&rw, peel; 
 </>X^yw, burn; I/^TW, blame; ypd<f>w, write; Tptfiu, rub; K\lvw, bend; 
 (ripw, draw, etc., want the 2 aorist both act. and mid.; but they have 
 the 2 aorist pass.: tp\tin)v, tXtyyv, eypd<pr)v, fatipyv, etc. 
 
 NOTE 3. Two verbs change the characteristic TT into /3 ; six, into 
 These verbs are : 
 
 Trw, injure, 2 aor. p. 
 TO}, conceal, u 
 ro}, tinge, ** 
 
 Opvirrw, enfeeble, 2 aor. p. trpv(j>r)v 
 
 pdTTTW, sew, " tppd(j>r}V 
 
 pliTTu, throw, u tfipL<f>rjv 
 
 ffK&TTTW, dig, " 
 
FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 
 
 T9 
 
 NOTE 4. TV/xvw, cut, has usu. 2 aorist act. ere/xoj> (more rarely f 
 S/Ai^xw, mrn slowly, and ^u%w, cooZ, dry, have fopvyriv and 
 x^o-o-w, strike, has lir^yrjv, but in composition -eir\dyr)v, as c^eTr 
 LTeirXdyriv. HXctAcw, twine, has ^7rX(i/07> and {ir\ti<r)V. Tpc^w, 
 , has crpayov. 
 
 II FUTURE pass. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Optat. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 2 Future pass. 
 
 ofjLai 
 
 
 
 01/JL7JV 
 
 
 
 ecrOat 
 
 O/i^09, ?;, OV 
 
 75. ii Future pass. Add (the tense-sign) rja- to 
 the short stem and suffix the proper endings. 
 
 NOTE. The e of monosyllabic short steins is changed into a, as in the 
 2d aorist. The endings are the same as those of the 1 future passive. 
 
 rplfi-b) (rpijS-) Tpt/3-^(r-OjUcu (rvpa)- 
 
 K67TT-U (KOTT-) 
 
 T<TT-W (jay-) rcry-^cr-o/ucu 
 
 (TT^XX-W 
 
 (TTaX-^(7-0/>tat 
 
 II PERFECT act. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Optat. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 2 Perfect act. 
 
 a 
 
 ft) 
 
 OlfJLl 
 
 e, era) 
 
 evai 
 
 o>9, uZa, a? 
 
 76. ii PERFECT act. Suffix the perfect endings to 
 the short stem, prefix the reduplication, and change, 
 moreover, 
 
 the stem-vowel e into o, 
 
 " a into 77 (after p into a), 
 
 " i (from a) into ot. 
 
 (raV) 
 
 irpdrr-a) 
 
 Trt-irpdy-a 
 
 -(f>0op-a 
 
 NOTE 1. The eu of the present remains in the 2 perfect unchanged ; 
 as, 0eiry-w (0V7-), flee, 2 pf. irtyevya (not ir-(j>vy-a.'). Kpdfw, shout, has 
 2 aor. ficpa-yGv, 2 pf. K^Kpdya (with pres. signification, " I cry"). 
 
 NOTE 2. The following transitive verbs acquire in the 2 perfect an 
 Intransitive meaning ; 
 
80 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 irel0u, persuade, 1 perf. irtireiKa, 2 perf. 
 
 avolyw, open, dvif}X a i 
 
 u, wake, tyrjyepKa, 
 
 , I trust. 
 a, 1 fare welL 
 / stand open. 
 , I am awake. 
 
 I am rotten. 
 T^rrjKa, I am melted. 
 cdya, lam broken. 
 a, I appear. 
 
 ff-fjirw, make rotten, 
 TTJKCU, melt, 
 dyvvfjn, break, 
 <t>aivtt), show, 
 
 NOTE 3. The 2 PLUPERFECT changes final a of the 2 perfect into cu 
 and prefixes the augment ; as, 2 pf. K^-KOTT-O, (from /c67rr-w), 2 plpf. 
 
 CONTRACT VERBS. 
 
 77. Pure verbs in -ao>, -eiw, and -oca are contracted in 
 the present and imperfect act., mid., and pass. The re- 
 maining tenses are all formed regularly like those of \vw. 
 
 Verbs in -dco contract a with o, co, and ov into &>, with 
 e and rj into a, and subscribe i where it occurs. 
 
 Verbs in -eco contract ee into a, eo into ov, and e with a 
 long vowel or diphthong into that same long vowel or 
 diphthong. 
 
 Verbs in -oco contract o with a long vowel into o>, with 
 a short vowel and ov into ou, in all other combinations 
 into of. Accordingly, 
 
 
 PRES. ind. 
 
 
 IMPERF. 
 
 
 PRES. SUbj. 
 
 da 
 
 becomes w 
 
 OV 
 
 becomes ow 
 
 6a> 
 
 becomes u> 
 
 dets 
 
 $s 
 
 66S 
 
 CIS 
 
 6r)s 
 
 OtS 
 
 det 
 
 $ 
 
 66 
 
 1 
 
 6r) 
 
 o? 
 
 derov 
 
 drojf 
 
 eerov 
 
 elrov 
 
 O'TJTOV 
 
 WTO 
 
 dfTOV 
 
 S.TOV 
 
 etrrjv 
 
 elryv 
 
 6r)TOV 
 
 WTO 
 
 do/Jtev 
 
 Qtfiev 
 
 0^V 
 
 ovfjiev 
 
 6(t)fJLV 
 
 W/X6 
 
 d,T 
 
 are 
 
 66T6 
 
 IT 
 
 6r)T 
 
 wre 
 
 doutrt( 
 
 v) &(Tt(j>) 
 
 60V 
 
 ow 
 
 6w<Tl(v 
 
 ) u)<7l 
 
 ' The infinitive -de^, though in some modern editions of the classics 
 written with i subscript (j>), ought to be dt>, as if contracted from -av. 
 The infinitive -6eiv is contracted into ovv (from oe^. 
 
CONTRACT VERBS. 
 
 Like T6/iat, <^Xea>, 877X00), inflect : 
 
 dyairdw, love. 
 dTrardw, deceive, 
 dir-avrdw, meet, 
 fiw, thunder. 
 dw, ask. 
 w, swim. 
 L>, govern. 
 i/iAcdw, conquer. 
 oTrrdw, roast. 
 
 d/coXou^a>, follow. 
 diretX^w, threaten. 
 , exercise. 
 
 t 
 
 * 
 * 
 
 y, Zeap. 
 dw, 6e silent. 
 w, 6e silent. 
 w, plunder. 
 reXeurdw, e?ld, die. 
 roX/xdw, dare. 
 w, 6Zoto. 
 
 G 
 
 move. 
 , adorn. 
 , prevail. 
 , babble. 
 
 w, converse. 
 , do. 
 
 W, $fc!Z. 
 
 w, consider. 
 t frighten. 
 
 , deem worthy. 
 5oX6a>, deceive. 
 5ouX6w, enslave. 
 t\ev0ep6a), set free. 
 
 , emulate. 
 
 a>, punish. 
 Katv6<*>, innovate. 
 Kep6w, empty. 
 /xao-Tt7^a;, whip. 
 6/xoi6w, assimilate. 
 
 w, crucify. 
 
 ) crown. 
 
 , torture. 
 ti/6w, humble. 
 >u, bereave. 
 
82 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 78. PARADIGMS OF CONTRACT VERBS. 
 
 
 
 
 VERBS i 
 
 N -Afi. 
 
 VERBS 
 
 
 
 
 (Active.) 
 
 (M. or P.) 
 
 i (Active.) 
 
 
 
 
 S. TLLi-dit) u) 
 
 Tia-doaai w/xat 
 
 (f)i\-eoj . u> 
 
 
 
 
 TiLL-deis g.s 
 
 TLLL-drj $ 
 
 (fiiK-teis eis 
 
 
 
 cu 
 
 TifJL-dei q. 
 
 TijM-derai area 
 
 <pi\-ei ' ei 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 D. 
 
 TLLt.-a6ii.edov 6fjie0ov 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 Tia-deTOv aTOv 
 
 TiLi-deo-Oov dffBov 
 
 <pi\- > erov elrov 
 
 
 
 ^3 
 
 TifJi-deTov drov 
 
 TiLL-deadov da0ov 
 
 0iX-jTO/' etrov 
 
 
 
 fl 
 t 1 
 
 P. TifJL-do/j.ev Cbuev 
 
 Tifji-a6/j.e0a uue0a 
 
 0tA-(*o/uej> ov/j,v 
 
 
 
 
 n/JL-dere are 
 
 TLfj.-deade do~8e 
 
 0tX-<^ere e'ire 
 
 
 
 
 Tifj.-dov(ri(i>} GJO~L(V} 
 
 TlfJL-doVTai &VTO.I 
 
 <j>i\-eovcri(v) oycri(v) 
 
 
 
 
 S. ri/x-dco w 
 
 , Tifj.-dojfj.ai uLiai ~] 
 
 fh \ ' 
 
 
 
 
 TifjL-drjs g.s 
 
 > TifJL-drj ^ j| 
 
 0fX-^7/S IVS 
 
 
 
 o5 
 
 t> 
 
 Tifj.-drj q. 
 
 g Tifj.-dr]Tai arat g 
 
 (j)i\-erj 
 
 
 
 43 
 o 
 
 D. 
 
 ^ TLLL-a&LLedoV d}fJ.00V % 
 
 ) 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 Tifj,-dr}Tov aTOv 
 
 - ^ Tifj,-dr)<r0ov d<rdov ^ 
 
 (n\-trjTOV rjrov 
 
 
 
 1 s 
 
 C/2 
 
 TifJi-drjTOv drov 
 P. Tifj.-dojfj.ev wfiev 
 Tifj.-dr)Te are 
 
 ^ Tifj.-dr)(70ov dffdov j~ 
 <j) Tifj,-ojfjie0a cofj.e0a & 
 
 <pi\-^t]TOv rjrov 
 <pt.\-er)Te are 
 
 
 H 
 
 to 
 
 
 Ti/j.-duari(v') Q(ri(v) J 
 
 TifJ.-dojvTai ojvrai } 
 
 (j>i.\-eco(ri(v') uxri^) 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 S. TlfJL-doifJ.1 (pfU 
 
 TifJ.-aoifj.rjv (fj.rjv 
 
 (pi^-eoifii o1fj.i 
 
 
 H 
 
 tf 
 
 
 Tifj.-dois ys 
 
 TLLL-dOLO $0 
 
 0t^-^OlS O?S 
 
 
 P< 
 
 
 TLfJ.-a.OL y 
 
 TLLL-doLTO itJTO 
 
 (pih-eoi o? 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 D. 
 
 TLfj.-aoifJ.e6ov ojfji.e0ov 
 
 4 - 
 
 
 
 *+j 
 c3 
 
 TlfJL-doiTOV <$TOV 
 
 Tifj.-doi(T0ov tj)(r0ov 
 
 (f)l\-eOLTOV OLTOV 
 
 
 
 +j 
 
 TLjJL-aoiTrfV tf)Tr)V 
 
 TifJL-aoicr0rjv <J(r0r)p 
 
 <pi\-oirrjv virrjv 
 
 
 
 c? 
 
 P. TlfJ.-doifJ.eV <^fJLV 
 
 TLfj.-aoifj.eda ojfj.e0a 
 
 <j)i\-eoiLi.ev \)ifj,ev 
 
 
 
 
 Tifj.-6.OLTC yre 
 
 Ti/j.-doiff0e tpffde 
 
 0tX-&nre Vre 
 
 
 
 
 Tifji-xoiev $ev 
 
 TlfJL-doiVTO CpVTO 
 
 (friK-eoLev \~iev 
 
 
 
 
 S. r/,a-ae tD 
 
 TlfJL-doV U) 
 
 0/K-ee ei 
 
 
 
 o> 
 
 I), rifj.-j.erov drov 
 
 TLfj,-deo-dov do~dov 
 
 <f)L\-eerov mrov 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 TLfjL-aerwv &TUV 
 
 Tifj.-dea0ojv do~dwv 
 
 (piX-e^TOJV eirojv 
 
 
 
 hH 
 
 P. Tifji-dere are 
 
 TLLL-detrde dffde 
 
 (f)i\-^ere I?T| 
 
 
 
 
 TifJL-aeTwcrav droMTav 
 
 TLLL-aeo-dwffav dcrduo-av 
 
 (friK-eeTuoav ei, cbcrav 
 
 
 
 "S 
 
 r,M, fr 
 
 TiLi-deffdai dcrdai 
 
 (f>i\-eeiv elv 
 
 
 
 
 TiLi-dwv Qv 
 
 Tifj.-a6fj.evos tofj.evos 
 
 d>i\e'ti)v Obv 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 rijj.-aovffa (jjcfa 
 
 TLfj.-aofj.evrj oj/j.^vrj 
 
 <t>L\-eov(Ta ov<ra 
 
 
 
 bi 
 
 TIJJ.-VLOV wv 
 
 Tifj.-a6fjivov cbfjievov 
 
 (j>i\-eov ovv 
 
 
 
 PH 
 
 Tt/Ji-doVTOS &VTOS, e 
 
 '>G. TLfj.-aofj.evov w/x^rou, etc. 
 
 <pL\-eovTos OVVTOS, etc 
 
 
 
 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 
 
 
 
 S. e-Ti/ji-aov wv 
 
 e-TLfj.-a6fji.riv uurjv 
 
 e-(f>i\-eov ovv 
 
 
 
 
 e-Ti/JL-aes as 
 
 \-Tiu-dov Co 
 
 - e-<pi\-ees eis 
 
 
 
 
 e-Ti(j.-ae a 
 
 e-TLLL-deTO {LTO 
 
 -(/>i\-ee ei 
 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 e-Tifj.-a6f.(.edov <gfjiedov 
 
 
 
 
 
 e-TLfi-deTov drov 
 
 e-Tifj.-deo~dov dffdov 
 
 -(}>L\-eeTov elrov 
 
 
 
 
 -TiLL-a^rrjv dTrjv 
 
 e-Tifj,-aeo'0rjv affdrjv 
 
 ^-(pL\-e^Trjv eirrjv 
 
 
 
 
 P. e-riij.-doiJ.ev G>f!,ev 
 
 e-TLfj.-a6fj.ed a ^oij.e0a 
 
 e-<j>L\-Ofj.ev ovjj.ev 
 
 
 
 
 f-n/x-dere are 
 
 e-TiLL-decr0e h(r0e 
 
 e-(j)i\-eere e?re 
 
 
 
 
 e-riLL-aov Cjv 
 
 -TlfJ.-doVTO ^&VTO 
 
 e-(f)i\-eov ovv 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONTRACT VERBS. 
 
 83 
 
 PARADIGMS OF CONTRACT VERBS. 
 
 VERBS IN -012. 
 
 (M. or 
 
 (Active.) 
 
 df)\-0l 01 
 
 dr)\-oerov ovrov 
 
 5lJ\-0TOV OVTOV 
 
 dr)\-QO/JLl> OVfJLV 
 
 5r)\-0T OVT 
 
 5f)\-oovo'i(v) oOo'i(j' 
 
 (M. or P.) 
 
 OL 
 
 OVTCLL 
 OV/JL00V 
 
 ovcr0ov 
 
 dyX-od /u.0a ov/j,0a 
 di)\-de<r0e ov<T0e 
 drjX-dovTai OVVTOLL 
 
 ocs 
 01 
 
 CJTOV 
 GJTOV 
 
 01 
 wrat 
 
 drj\-dij<70ov 
 
 0tX-&HTo 
 <j>i\-eolfji0ov 
 <pi\-oi(r0ov 
 <t>i\-eo[(T0r)V 
 
 <pt\-otfJL0a 
 
 <pi\-toi<r0e 
 
 OtjJLi 
 
 ots 
 01 
 
 drj\-ooiTov otrov 
 
 o?re 
 
 0?V 
 
 o?o 
 
 OtTO 
 
 dir]\-oolfj.e0ov olfji0ov 
 dr}\-6oi(T0ov oT<T0ov 
 ot<T07jv 
 
 5r)\-doi(r0 
 
 df)\-OOLVTO 
 
 5^X-oe ov 
 
 Sr^X-oerw ovru 
 
 dr)\-0TOV OVTOV 
 
 orj\-orwv OVTWV 
 
 dijX-dere ovre 
 
 dr)\-dov 
 
 ov 
 
 OVffdd) 
 
 ovffdov 
 
 OV(70 
 
 c'i<r0ai 
 
 ovv 
 
 ov<r0ai 
 
 OV/JiVOS 
 
 (f>L\-e6jULVOV 
 
 v 
 
 dy\-dov<ra ov<ra 
 dr]\-dov ovv 
 
 dr)\-6ovros OVVTOS 
 
 OV/JLCVOS 
 
 dlJ\-OOfJLVOV OVfJLCVOV 
 dlf]\-00/JL^VOV OVfJL^VOV 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 OV/JLTJV 
 
 ov 
 
 ITO 
 OVfJL00V 
 
 ei<r0ov 
 elff8T}V 
 ovfj,0a 
 cfoOc 
 
 OVVTO 
 
 t-d^X-oes 
 
 ovv 
 ovs 
 ov 
 
 OVTOV 
 
 OVT7JV 
 
 ovpev 
 
 oure 
 
 ovv 
 
 ov 
 OVTO 
 
 t-dTJ\-OOfJL00V OVfJL00V 
 
 -8r)\-de<r0ov ovadov 
 ov<r0rjv 
 
 ov<r0 
 OVVTO 
 
 G2 
 
84 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 79. NOTE 1. In the singular of the optative act. of contract verbs, 
 Attic writers generally employ the forms in -yv ; in the dual and plural, 
 the common forms are more in use. The following are the Attic forms : 
 
 s. 
 
 TlfJL-l^lfJS 
 D. TlfJ.-if'TJTOV 
 P. 
 
 <f)L\-ollf]V 
 
 (piK-otrj 
 
 <f>i\-oll)TOV 
 
 <f>i\-oTev 
 
 NOTE 2. Four verbs in -dw (dw, live; Treipdw, hunger; di\f/dw, thirst, 
 and xp^o^at, use) contract ae into 77, det and dy into #, as, ^u), fgs, fj, etc., 
 inf. ftv, imper. ^, impf. efw?', c^s, e^, etc. 
 
 NOTE 3. Dissyllables in -^w (as ?rX^w, sail; 0&>, run; 
 etc. ) admit only the contraction in ei (from ei and eei) ; as, 
 
 Pres. TrX^w, 7rXe?s, ?rXe?, 7rX^o/xe^, TrXetre, TrX^oucrt. Part. TrX^wp. 
 Impf. ?r Xeo?', cTrXets, eTrXet, etc. Mid. TrX^o/xcu, TrX^T?, TrXetrat, etc. 
 
 Thus Set, oportet, and 5^o/xat, nee^. But 5^w, 
 throughout, esp. in compounds. 
 
 , is usually contracted 
 
 NOTE 4. The verb Xoriw, wash, is often contracted in those endings of 
 the imperfect active and of the present and imperfect mid. or pass., which 
 begin with e or o. Thus, 
 
 Act. eXou, AoO/xev, etc., instead of IXoue, 
 Mid. Xou/xcu, XoCrcu, etc., XovaBai, for Xotfo/xcu, Xoi/ercu, XoiWflcu. 
 y, AoO, Aouro, etc., for t\ov6fj.rjv, ^Xoi/ou, 
 
 VERBS IN -/it. 
 
 80. The verbs in -/u differ from those in -co only in 
 the present, imperfect, and the 2 aorist active and middle. 
 They are formed, for the most part, from monosyllabic 
 stems in a, e, and o, by lengthening the stem-vowel (a e 
 into 77, o into a>), suffixing pi, and prefixing the redupli- 
 cation. 
 
 The reduplication, in verbs in -pi, consists in repeating 
 the first consonant with i, when the stem begins with a 
 simple consonant or a mute and liquid ; but when the stem 
 
VERBS IN -fit. 85 
 
 begins with O-T, TTT, or an aspirated vowel, i only with the 
 rough breathing is prefixed. Thus, 
 
 ETA-, i-GTrj-fjii, to place. 
 
 E-, rC-Gif-pi, to put. 
 
 IIAA-, 7Ti-fji-7r'\,r]-/jLi, to fill. 'E-, i-rj-fu, to send. 
 XPA-, Ki-xpTj-iu, to lend. AO-, 8t-S&>-/u, to give. 
 
 NOTE 1. Some verbs, before appending the syllable />u, annex w\> or v\> 
 to the stem ; wv, when the stem ends in a vowel, vv when it ends in a 
 consonant. These verbs have no reduplication, nor do they lengthen the 
 stem-vowel, the vowel o excepted, which becomes o>. Thus, AEIK-, 5e/K- 
 VV-/JLL, to show. 
 
 ZETF-, %vy-vv-ij.i, to join. 
 
 SKEAA-, (TKdd-i>vv-/jiL, to scatter. 
 
 KOPE-, Kopt-wv-/ju, to satisfy. 
 
 STPO-, ffTpd-wv-fu, to spread. 
 
 NOTE 2. Verbs in vfu have no 2 aorist, the verb fffit-vvv-fUi to quench^ 
 excepted, which has 2 aorist eo-pyv ( 90). 
 
 FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 
 
 81. The PRESENT mid. or pass, is formed from the 
 present active by changing fu into pat, and resuming the 
 short stem-vowel. 
 
 The IMPERFECT, both act. and mid. or pass., is formed 
 by changing pi into i>, /-uu into fjirjv, and prefixing the 
 augment. 
 
 The 2 AORIST is formed in the indicative from the 
 imperfect, in the remaining moods from the present, by 
 dropping the reduplication. 
 
 NOTE. The lengthening of the stem-vowel (a e into 17, and o into w) 
 extends in the present and imperfect act. only to the singular of the 
 indicative, but in the 2 aorist also to the dual and plural of the indicative, 
 and even to the imperative and infinitive. 
 
 ^~ The verbs rid-wi, fy/xt, and dldwfju resume in the 2 aorist the short 
 stem-vowel, but lengthen in the infinitive of that tense e into et and o into 
 ou, as, flet-pcu, ef-vai, Sou- vat. 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 82. PARADIGMS OF VERBS IN 
 
 Tenses 
 j 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 and. 
 Moods. 
 
 STA- 
 
 9E- 
 
 A-0 
 
 AEIK- 
 
 
 
 S. 'l-trrrrni, I place 
 
 Tl-0r r /ju, I put 
 
 5t-dw-fUi I give 
 
 deLK-vv-fJLt^Ishow 
 
 
 
 ivr^O) 
 
 rL-0-rj-s 
 
 lH.(r) 
 
 fdK- V ^(^ 
 
 
 tf 
 
 D ']-<rra-To y 
 
 ri-Be-rov 
 
 8L-8o-rov 
 
 SelK-vv-rov 
 
 
 .2 
 
 i-O'Td-TOJ' 
 
 TLj-0-TOV 
 
 8L-8o-rov 
 
 8etK-vv-TOv 
 
 
 
 
 P.Vo-rd-/tei/ 
 
 T(A0-fJ.V 
 
 8t-8o-/JLV 
 
 8elK-vv-fJiv 
 
 
 
 i-trr^-re 
 
 rff0e-T 
 
 8L-SO-T 
 
 8etK-vv-re 
 
 
 
 (from t(rrd-d(rt) 
 
 and Ti-6iffi(v} 
 
 and 8i-Sov<n(v*) 
 
 and 8LK-vv<n(v) 
 
 
 
 S. 1-crrtD 
 
 TL-0& 
 
 SJ-Su 
 
 SeiK-vv-w 1 
 
 
 
 l-a-r^-5 
 
 Tl-0fj-S 
 
 8i-S$-s 
 
 SeLK-vv-rjs 
 
 
 I 
 
 i-a-ri7 
 
 Tl-0fj 
 
 3t-5y 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 O 
 
 D. 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 i-o-rrj-TOV 
 
 TL-07J-TOV 
 
 dis-Su-TOv 
 
 
 
 2* 
 
 l-arrj-Tov 
 
 Tl-B9)-TOV 
 
 8^8u-Tov 
 
 
 
 
 P. i-0-T&-fJLev 
 
 TL-Bca-jJLCV 
 
 5t~5tD-/x.e^ 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 l-crry-re 
 
 7l-07)-T 
 
 5|-5w-re 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 i-(TT&-<ri(v') 
 
 ri-BG}-(n(v} 
 
 5t-5w-<7i(i') 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 S. t-iTTttt-^l' 
 
 TL-0L-rjV 
 
 5i-5of-7?f 
 
 8LK-VV-OLfJt,L l - 
 
 H 
 
 
 i-trTtFi-T^S 
 
 TL-0eL-rjs 
 
 5i-5of-7;s 
 
 SeiK-vv-ois 
 
 
 
 a5 
 
 l-CTTCtT-Ty 
 
 Ti-0et-r] 
 
 5t-5o^-?7 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 '3 
 
 l-<TTa-TOJ> 2 
 
 Tl-0eL-TOV* 
 
 5 t -5or-ro. 2 
 
 
 
 "& 
 
 t-o-raf-rr?!' 
 
 TL-0i-T1fJV 
 
 8L-8ot-T7JV 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 P. l-(TTctf-/JLV 
 
 TL-0t-fJLV 
 
 St-Sot-iJiev 
 
 
 
 
 l-(TT\i-T 
 
 TL-0l-T 
 
 8l-8o2-T 
 
 
 
 
 i-ffT<fi-ev 
 
 TL-Bei-ev 
 
 8i-Soi-ev 
 
 
 
 
 S. t-j-rr; 3 
 
 rt-0i 3 
 
 Sl-Sov^ 
 
 Se^K-w 8 
 
 
 a5 | l-crra-TO) 
 
 Tl-Bt-TU 
 
 8t.-86-Tw 
 
 5et/c-^-rw 
 
 
 .i 
 
 D. i-fTTd-TOI' 
 
 T-L-06-TOV 
 
 8t-8o-Tov 
 
 8elK-vv-TOv 
 
 
 
 
 L-ffToi-TWV 
 
 Tl-B-TUV 
 
 8i-86-TO)v 
 
 SeiK-vv-Tcav 
 
 
 <X> 
 
 P. l-o-rd-re 
 
 rt-de-re 
 
 8L-8o-re 
 
 8eiK-VV-T 
 
 
 g 
 
 j vi 
 
 nt 
 
 
 ~ A 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 and l-ardvrwv 
 
 and Ti-Btvruv 
 
 and 8i-86i>Twv 
 
 and SeiK-vvvTtov 
 
 
 s-5 
 
 a 
 
 M 
 
 1-ffTOL-Vai 
 
 T^t-W 
 
 *rfi* 
 
 SeiK-vv-vat, 
 
 
 g 
 
 i-trras, a<ra, aV 
 
 ri-Bds, e?<ra, iv 
 
 8i-8ovs, oOo-a, 6v 
 
 Sei/c-j'Cs, Cera, vv 
 
 
 fS 
 
 G. iffTaVTOS 
 
 G. -tvros 
 
 G. -bvros 
 
 G. -uz/ros 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 r 
 
 tr!lT S * 
 
 t-Si-8ov 
 
 ti 
 
 i-crra-roi' 
 
 t- T [-0-TOV 
 
 -8t-8o-Tov 
 
 i-Selitv9~TQv 
 
 l-ard-rrjv 
 
 t-n-Bt-r-nv 
 
 -8i-86-Trjv 
 
 e-SeiK-vv-TTjv ( 
 
 '1-ffTd-TC 
 
 M-Ow 
 
 t-81-So-re 
 
 i&lK-lrf-Tf* 
 
 'l-ffrd-ffav 
 
 t-rl-Be-vav 
 
 t-8L-8o-o-av 
 
 t-delK-vv-o-av 
 
VERBS 
 
 -fJLl. 
 
 87 
 
 PARADIGMS OF VERBS IN ~fU. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 STA- 
 
 0E- 
 
 AG- 
 
 AEIK- 
 
 t-crra-/xat 
 
 Tl-0-fJLCLl 
 
 8l-8o-fj,at 
 
 dclK-vv-fJLai 
 
 t-ffrd-ffai 
 
 rt-0-crai 
 
 8i-8o-<rai 
 
 SelK-pi-arai 
 
 'i-ffrd-rai 
 
 rl-de-Tai 
 
 8i-8o-TCLl 
 
 8iK-VV-TCLL 
 
 ?,-<rra-/j.e0ov 
 
 Tl-0-fJL00V 
 
 8i-86-fjL0ov 
 
 8LK-VV-IUL00P 
 
 'i-'jrd-ffOov 
 
 Tt-0-(700V 
 
 8L-8o-ff0ov 
 
 oeiK-vij-(r0ov 
 
 t-<rrd-(r0ov 
 
 rl-0-a0ov 
 
 8i-8o-a0ov 
 
 8lK-1>V-(T00V 
 
 l-vrd-peda. 
 
 TL-0^-fJi0a 
 
 SL-8d-fjie0a 
 
 SeiK-vij-fJL0a 
 
 'l-ffra-ffOe 
 
 T[-0-<T0 
 
 Si-8o-<r0 
 
 8elK-vv-(T0 
 
 '1-ara-vraL 
 
 Tl-0-J>TCLl 
 
 8l-8o-vTai 
 
 8e[K-VV-VTOLL 
 
 t'lf^ 
 
 TL-0&-/J.CLI 
 
 Ti-0rj 
 
 tit 1 *" 1 
 
 8eiK-vv-r) 
 
 l-ffTTJ-TOU. 
 
 TL-0rj-TO.l 
 
 8L-8&-TCLL 
 
 etc. 
 
 l-(TT<jb-fJi00P 
 
 Tl-06-IL<.00V 
 
 SL-Su-IUL00V 
 
 
 l-ffTTJ-(T00V 
 
 TL-07J-CT00V 
 
 8i-8u>-a0ov 
 
 
 l-ffT7]-a'00P 
 
 TL-07J-(T00V 
 
 8L-8U-(T00V 
 
 
 i-(TT'?}-(T0 
 
 Tl-07)-<r0 
 
 *&+&* 
 
 
 i-a-rCo-VTai 
 
 T L-6 do-VT CLL 
 
 8i-8u)-VTdL 
 
 
 i-arai-o 
 
 TL-0oL-fJLY]V^ 
 TL-dot-O 
 
 81-801-0 
 
 SeiK-vv-oio 
 
 t-crrcu-TO 
 
 r i-0o t -TO 
 
 8i-8oi-ro 
 
 etc. 
 
 i-(TTCiL-IJL00P 
 
 TL-0oL-/Ji00V 
 
 8i-Soi-/JL0op 
 
 
 l-(TTai-<rdov 
 
 TL-00L-(T00V 
 
 8i-8oi-(r0ov 
 
 
 i-ffTai-ffdyv 
 
 Ti-0ot-(T0r}v 
 
 8i-8ot-(T0r)v 
 
 
 i-a-raL-fjL0a 
 
 TL-0ot-/JL0a 
 
 5i-5ot-/xe0a 
 
 
 l-ffTou-ffOe 
 
 Tl-00?-(T0 
 
 8t-8o?-(T0 
 
 
 i-VTOU-VTO 
 
 TL-0OI-VTO 
 
 SL-SO'L-VTO 
 
 
 L-ffrd-cro or IVrw 
 
 Tt-0-ffO Or T/00U 
 
 8i-8o-<ro or SL8ov 
 
 8etK-vv-ffo 
 
 i-(TTd-<T0U> 
 
 TL-d-<T0(i) 
 
 8i-86-cr0<j 
 
 0LK-Vl)-(T0U 
 
 L-ara-(r0ov 
 
 rl-0e-crdov 
 
 8L-8o-(70ov 
 
 8lK-VV-ff6oV 
 
 i-ffra-ffOuv 
 
 Ti-0t-o-0uv 
 
 8L-86-0-0W 
 
 oeiK-vv-ffduv 
 
 'i-ffra-ff0e 
 
 Tl-de-vde 
 
 8l-8o-(T0 
 
 SelK-VV-(T0 
 
 i-ffrd-ffQwffav 
 
 Ti-0-<T0a}<rai> 
 
 ,Si-86-cr0<*)crav 
 
 8iK-vv-<r0w<Tav 
 
 or i-ffTd-ffdwv 
 
 or Ti-6t-<rdwv 
 
 or 8i-86-(r0a)v 
 
 or 8eiK-vv-<r0<i)v 
 
 IVra-^a, 
 
 Tl-0e-(T0ai 
 
 8L-8o-(r0cu 
 
 SelK-vv-<r0ai 
 
 i-<rTa-fJLvoS) 17, OP 
 
 Tl-04-fJLPOS) >7, QV 
 
 Si-86'fJLevoS) rjj ov 
 
 8LK-VV-fJLVOS 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 I'-crra-cro or I'crrw 
 
 t-Ti-0C-<TO 
 
 -St-8o-cro 
 
 SSS5T 
 
 'i-ffrd-ro 
 
 t-Tl-0-TO 
 
 t-81-So-ro 
 
 t-SetK-vv-ro 
 
 l-(TTa-/Ji00V 
 
 t-ri-Ot-nedov 
 
 ^-8L-86-fJL00V 
 
 -8LK-VV-fJi00V 
 
 l'-7rt-^ 
 
 tr!-f/-^ 
 
 c-dl-8o-<T0ov 
 
 ^-8iK-J'V-(T0f]V 
 
 ^-Jrt^ 
 
 t-rl-0e-(r0e 
 
 t-dL-8o-(r0e 
 
 C-8LK-VV-fJLuCL 
 -8lK-VV-(T0 
 
 'i-ara-vro 
 
 f- T [-0-VTO 
 
 -8t-8o-vTO 
 
 -8elK-VV-PTO 
 
88 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 PARADIGMS OF VERBS IN -/U. 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 
 STA- 
 
 0E- 
 
 AO- 
 
 AEIK- 
 
 
 i 
 
 S. f-ffTTJ-V 
 
 6 -err 77 
 
 (.0,^1,4)) ,; 
 (^-077-5) V ^ 
 
 (-0r?) J - 
 
 (e-5w-s) 1 1 
 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 -0-TOV 
 
 JMo-r^ir 
 
 wanting. 
 
 
 0. 
 i i 
 
 P. -(TTr)-fJt.V 
 
 tli~^ v v 
 
 -do-fJLV 
 
 
 
 
 %- ffTr )- Te 
 
 Z-0e-Te 
 
 -5o-re 
 
 
 
 
 -<7Tr}-ffdV 
 
 -0e-<rav 
 
 e-So-o-a*' 
 
 
 
 
 O. (TTtD 
 
 OG> 
 
 5w 
 
 
 
 a5 
 
 ^T^" S 
 
 0?3-s 
 
 5^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 T7 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 d 
 
 0T?7-TOJ> 
 
 07J-TOV 
 
 StD-rop 
 
 
 
 'rO* 
 
 <rr^-ro^ 
 
 07J-TOV 
 
 StD-roz/ 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 P. <rT&-fj.ev 
 
 0&-fJLV 
 
 5W-/X6J/ 
 
 
 
 
 trrrj-re 
 
 dri-re 
 
 5tD-re 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 (TTU>-(ri.(v) 
 
 0u>-ffi(v) 
 
 5&-at(v) 
 
 
 CO 
 H 
 
 M 
 
 
 S. <TTCtt-r)V 
 
 ed-yv 
 
 doL-rjv 
 
 
 
 
 
 <TTQ,l-1)S 
 
 0l-f)S 
 
 dol-7)S 
 
 
 * 
 
 ai 
 
 ffTat-V) 
 
 0l-7) 
 
 doL-tj 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 D. 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 (rraf-ijTO^ 2 
 
 (/ClTlJTOV 
 
 dot-rjrov 2 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 P. ^ral-^ev 
 
 0LTJTfJV 
 0eL-7J/ULV 
 
 loL^l 
 
 
 
 
 (rraf-Tjre 
 
 0i-f]T 
 
 doi-irjTe 
 
 
 
 
 (rrat-ev 
 
 0ei-ev 
 
 5oi-ev 
 
 
 
 
 S. (TT^t 3 
 
 0h (0^0t) 3 
 
 56s (560i) 8 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 (mJ-Tw 
 
 0t-Tb) 
 
 56-rcu 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 D. <TT7J-TOV 
 
 Ot-TOV 
 
 56-ro^ 
 
 
 
 0) 
 
 CTTT^-TiaV 
 
 0-T()V 
 
 56-Tw^ 
 
 
 
 P. 
 
 P. (TTT^-TC 
 
 0{-T 
 
 56-rc 
 
 
 
 
 ffrtf-TbHrav 
 
 0-T(i)ffO,V 
 
 56-rwo'aj' 
 
 
 
 
 and (rrdvriav 
 
 and Qhruv 
 
 and 56vTwv 
 
 
 
 *S 
 
 arrt-^ 
 
 0ei-vai 
 
 dov-vai 
 
 
 
 ~*~ 
 
 o-ras, -ao-a, -av 
 
 0els, -e?a-a, -tv 
 
 Soius. -oO<rct. -6f 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 G. (TTdj/TOS 
 
 G. etrrot 
 
 G. 56^ro$ 
 
 
 Future (rr^o-w 
 
 Ofou 
 
 5t6o-w 
 
 5e/w 
 
 1 Aorist 6-0T?7<ra 
 
 -07) Ka 6 
 
 6-5wica 6 
 
 e-5et^a 
 
 Perfect 2-0-rrjKa 7 
 
 T^-0CLKa 7 
 
 5^-wKa 
 
 S^-Setya 
 
 Plpft. i-ffrjiuv 
 
 -T-0elKlV 
 
 t-de-86 K eiv 
 
 ^-5e-5f/x ctv 
 
 Fut.-pf . e-0"r^a>, old Att. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 1 Aorist i-<TTa0r)i> 
 
 M0r, V * 
 
 ^^ 
 
 *-5e/ X <V 
 
VERBS 
 
 89 
 
 , PARADIGMS OF VERBS IN -pi. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 STA- 
 
 6E- 
 
 AO- 
 
 AEIK- 
 
 (The 2 Aor. Mid. of 
 
 t-et-wv 
 
 c-56-MP 
 
 
 &TT77/U 
 
 
 (e-5o-<ro) e5ou 
 
 
 does not occur) 
 
 H-0C-TO 
 
 -5o-ro 
 
 
 but: 
 
 -0-(J.00V 
 
 -d6-U.00P 
 
 
 t-Trd-w 
 
 t-0e-<T0ov 
 
 -5o-<T00P 
 
 wanting. 
 
 . vpia MV 
 
 e-0^0a 
 
 -56-/j.e0a 
 
 
 
 H-0-(r0e 
 
 -do-(r0e 
 
 
 
 Z-0-VTO 
 
 e-do-PTO 
 
 
 7T piliJ-LLCLL 
 
 Trpty 
 
 TTptTfJ-TOLl 
 
 0f)-TCLt 
 
 Itrai 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 66-n<-eov 
 
 d6-vc0op 
 
 
 
 07J-CT00V 
 
 oC,-*0op 
 
 
 
 07J-a0 
 
 dd}-0'0 
 
 
 
 6&-PTO.L 
 
 dw-PTdl 
 
 
 Trptaf-jUijj' 
 7rp/cu-o 
 
 001-0 
 
 doT-o 
 
 
 irpfai-ro 
 
 0ol-ro 
 
 doT-ro 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 00l-fJL00V 
 
 doL-/UL00P 
 
 
 
 00l-(T001> 
 
 8ot-(T00P 
 
 
 
 0ot-(T0rjv 
 
 8oi-<r0rfp 
 
 
 
 0ot-fj.0a 
 
 doi-fjie0a 
 
 
 
 0oT-o-0 
 
 do'i-o~0 
 
 
 
 001-VTO 
 
 OOl-PTO 
 
 
 irpta-ffo (Trpta) 
 
 0ov (for 0t-(ro) 
 
 dov (for 56-ao) 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 , 
 
 do-<70op 
 
 
 
 and 0t-<T0wv 
 
 and do-ffOwp 
 
 
 7rpla-<r0ai 
 
 0t-*0ai 
 
 So'-^a, 
 
 
 ""^ (ms 
 
 et-^,^ 
 
 86-fjLepoSj T), OP 
 
 
 ffTJffOfMU 
 
 0^0^ 
 
 O^O^L 
 
 aego/uu 
 
 ^ffrTuM^ 
 
 T^fiiMU? 
 
 a^ouaT 1 - 
 
 d/de^ai 
 
 J. 
 
 T0lfJL7JP 
 
 <?eS6/ZT7i/ 
 
 ededelyfj-yp 
 
 eo-ri^o/xai 
 
 wanting. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 1 Fut. (TTa^tro/xai 
 
 rrtfcotuu* 
 
 JO^OMO; 
 
 a X ^OA*at 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 REMARKS ON THE PARADIGMS. 
 
 83. __ i. Verbs in -u/xi form the subjunctive and optative like verfes in 
 % $ w . The forms in -uw often also occur in the present and imperfect active 
 (tdeiKi>v-oi>, -es, -e, etc.), esp. in the 3 pers. plur. (deiK>tfou<7i) and in the pres- 
 ent partic. (SeiKvvuv, -oucra, -ov). 
 
 2. In the dual and plural present optat. (very rarely in the 2 aorist opt., 
 the 3 pers. plur. excepted), Attic writers commonly drop y ; as, to-ratrov, 
 J<rrcuTe, etc., iaTat-qTov, IffTalijTe, etc. The forms diStyrjv and dcpTjv also 
 occur. 
 
 3. The imperatives I'O-TT;, rlOei, dldov, and delKvv stand for I'<rra0t, r/0e-0t, 
 dtdo-6i, and Seltcvv-Oi,, the syllable 0i being dropped, and the final a, e, o, 
 and v lengthened into 77, ei, ov, and v respectively. 
 
 In the imperative of the 2 aorist act., the verbs rl9t)\u, fy^u, and dldwfju 
 change the final 0t into s ; as, 0<?s, e?s, 56s, for 0<?-0t, <?-0t, 56-0t. 
 
 The imperatives <rr??0i and |8^0t (from jSafvw) are in composition often 
 shortened into <rra and /Set ; as, d7r6<rra, /cardjSa, for dir6ffrr}di 1 Kard^TjOt. 
 
 4. In place of the imperfect forms <h-/0?7s, <?r*0?7, edldwv, ^5/5ws, ^5/5w, the 
 forms (?rJ0eis, ^r/0et, tdidovv, etc. (contr. from r/0e-es, trWe-e ; tdldo-ov, 
 t8L5o-es, cdldo-e} are generally used. 
 
 In the singular of the 2 aorist indie, act., the 1 aorist forms e077/ca, ^/ca, 
 und eSwica, are used instead of 60^, ^i/ (from i.'?;/xi)i an( i eSwv. 
 
 5. The middle optative forms with 01, of stems in e, are preferred by 
 Attic writers to those with et ; hence, Ti0o//x77*>, Oolwv, ioLwv, instead of 
 
 6. The future, 1 aorist, and perfect are formed regularly on the stem. 
 (To find the stem of verbs in -u/zi, drop the syllables -wv and -vv.} 
 
 The verbs T^TJ^U, fy/u, and didufju change in the 1 aorist act. and mid. 
 the <r of the future into K as, 6077/ca, ^/ca, eSwxa, etc. These forms, how- 
 ever, are used for the most part only in the singular of the indicative ; in 
 the dual and plural, and in the remaining moods of that tense, the forms , 
 of the 2 aorist are used by the Attic writers. 
 
 The forms ee^Kd/mtiv^ TjndfjL-rjv^ and edwKdwv, of the 1 aorist mid. are like- 
 wise supplied by those of the 2 aorist mid. (<?0<fyo?j/, eif/^i/, and t$t>wv). 
 
 7. In the perfect and pluperfect act. , mid. , and pass. , the verbs r(Qt\^i 
 r,nd irjfjLi change the stem-vowel e into ei ; as, r<?0etKa, e?/ca ; T<?0et/xcu, efyiat. 
 The verb dldwfu has 5<?wica, but 5^5o/xat (with o). 
 
 "itrr-ty/u has ftrnj/ca, ecrr^KeLv (also eio-r^/ceii/) ; mid. or pass., &rra/Acu, 
 ea-rdfjLfjv all with the rough breathing. 
 
 As to the meaning of Jfo-rry/xt, it must be observed that some of its tenses 
 have a transitive and some an intransitive meaning. 
 
 Transitive. 
 
 Pres. to-rrifjLi, I place. 
 Impf. lo-Trjv, I was placing. 
 Fut. <TTiJ(rw, I shall place. 
 1 Aor. <rrr7<ra, I placed. 
 
 Intransitive. 
 Perf. &rT77/ca, sto. 
 
 Plpf. to-T-fiKeiv, stabam. 
 
 p. o-T-iKeiv, sa. 
 F.-pf. e<rTiJw, or -o/xat, stabo. 
 2 Aor. ecrrrjv, steti. 
 
 ^f" The perfect ^ovrj/ca is usually syncopated throughout, except in the 
 sing, of the indicative : dual, ^o-raro^, ftrrdYo*', plur. ftrra/xej', rrare, 
 e<TTa<ri(i>); 3 pers. pi. plupf. &rrcura'; subj. etrrw, 779, 77, etc. (the imper. 
 ^fa-ra0i, otc., and the opt. effTalyv, 3 p. pi. eo-ratei/, are post. only)j in.f 
 Vrttvctt ; part, ferrtfo, 4(rrwffa^ (rr6s (gen. wros, c6(riis % etc. j. 
 
 
 
VERBS IN -/U. 91 
 
 8. The forms eVe^j/ and re^^o-o/xai stand for ^6rjv and BcB^ffo^ai ( 4, 3). 
 84. 4>?7/-u (stem <E>A-), to say. 
 
 Indicative. Subjunct. Optative. Imper. Infin. Partic. 
 
 9!?'* 
 fa*l(v 
 
 D. <pjLr6v 
 0ar6i' 
 P. <f)d/j.{i> 
 
 ipalrjs 
 
 <palr)T 
 
 * and (j>d 
 
 0(s 
 ao- 
 d*' 
 G. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 07; 
 
 , USU. 
 
 P. e0a/xej> 
 0are 
 
 l ) and QaiTov, 0at/xe^, 0atre; 2 ) or 0a^i. Fut. 0^(rw, aor. e^ryo-a, perf. 
 
 imper. irecfrao-du, let it be said. 
 
 IW~ The middle forms e0aj>ro, 0do-^ai, and Qdnevos (affirming), but rarely 
 occur. 
 
 85. EZ/u (stem 'I-), 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Subjunct. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 S. l/tt 
 
 el or els 
 elo-i(j/) 
 D.rroi/ 
 ifrov 
 P. r/xei/ 
 7re 
 fao-t(j') 
 
 r 
 ri?s 
 
 ^ 
 rijTOf 
 
 f^TOV 
 fafJLCV 
 
 tyre 
 fwa'i(i') 
 
 foi/At and 
 
 foiS [/O^T/?/ 
 
 rot 
 
 totTOV 
 
 lolTrjv 
 
 toi/JLV 
 
 fotre 
 to Lev 
 
 Wi 
 tra) 
 trov 
 truv 
 
 trc 
 trbMrav or 
 
 ttvai 
 
 tibv 
 
 lov<ra 
 I6v 
 G. 
 
 16VTOS 
 
 6vT(t)V 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 S. ^eiv or ^a P. TjeifJAv or TJ^e?' 
 X/eis or TjeiffOa TJCITOV or TJTOJ/ rjeire or ?Jre 
 Tjct flefiaff or TJrr/j/ jjecrav 
 
 NOTE. In Attic prose, the present indie, (efyu) is generally used in the 
 sense of the future, / shall go or come. Hence the present indie, is sup- 
 plied by HpxofMi. The infin. and partic. (feVcu, l&v) have likewise a future 
 (sometimes a present) meaning. 
 
GRtiEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 80. r '\r)fjii (stein 'E-), to send. 
 
 The verb fy/u is throughout inflected like rLOrj^t. Many of its forms,, 
 However, arc found only in composition. It is inflected as follows : 
 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Subjunct. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 linperat. 
 
 Inlin. 
 
 1 ill'lK-. 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 
 S. fy/, 
 
 a 
 
 lw 
 
 leLrfv 
 
 
 Uvai 
 
 ie/s 
 
 
 fys 
 
 
 ifjs 
 
 litip 
 
 ui* 
 
 
 letj-a 
 
 H 
 
 flM 
 
 't(v} 
 
 LTJ 
 
 ieLf) 
 
 l^Td) 
 
 
 i^v 
 
 % 
 
 W 
 
 D. Zero*/ 
 
 irjTov 
 
 ieirov 
 
 terov 
 
 
 G. 
 
 c 
 H 
 
 terof 
 
 irjrov 
 
 ieLryv 
 
 itruv 
 
 
 itvros 
 
 
 
 P. l'e/16? 
 
 i&/j,ev 
 
 ieifjiev 
 
 
 
 
 
 t'ere 
 
 lyre 
 
 ieire 2 
 
 i'ere 
 
 
 
 
 la<ri(v) l 
 
 lGHFl(v) 
 
 
 
 
 Imperfect : 
 
 S. tou*', 8 tets, tet; D. teroj>, iirt]v\ p. t'e/xe^, i'ere, I'eo-ai/. 
 
 
 S. 77*< 
 
 
 (J 
 
 eirjv 
 
 
 elvai 
 
 eh 
 
 
 
 xs 
 
 Js 
 
 eir;$ 
 
 %s (for ^i) 
 
 
 el<ra 
 
 
 $(*) 
 
 
 647^ 
 
 ^rw 
 
 
 ev 
 
 
 
 D. elrov 
 
 77x0^ 
 
 ctTOV 
 
 trov 
 
 
 G. 
 
 <* 
 
 P. eF/z 
 
 v 
 
 V 
 
 (t)/J,V 
 
 iiiV 
 
 
 
 
 
 eFre 
 
 rire 
 
 elre 
 
 tre 
 
 
 
 
 elo- 
 
 CLV 
 
 <3<n(v) 
 
 elev 
 
 eruo-av and ZVTUV 
 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 
 S. re;* 
 
 at 
 
 tw/zcu 
 
 ieL/Jirjv'' 
 
 
 te<T0ai 
 
 tt/jievos 
 
 
 teo-cu 
 
 w 
 
 ieio 
 
 lecro or 'lov 
 
 
 
 
 terat 
 
 irjrai 
 
 leiro 
 
 tt<T0(t) 
 
 
 
 fe 
 
 D. UfjL 
 
 00 V 
 
 id>fJL00V 
 
 lel^edov 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 'tea- 
 
 00V 
 
 L7J<T00V 
 
 ie iff 0ov 
 
 l(T00V 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 tea 
 
 00V 
 
 L7JCT00V 
 
 ieio-0'rjv 
 
 ttvQuv 
 
 
 
 Ok 
 
 P. UfJL 
 'Icrr 
 
 e0a 
 f)f 
 
 i^0a 
 
 leL{jLe0a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i&VTOLl 
 
 ieivro 
 
 U<r0u<rar 
 
 
 
 Imperfect : 
 
 U/JLTJVJ i'etro, tero tt^eOov, 'ieaOov, UaQf\v i^e^a, ia0, LCVTO. 
 
 
 S. ei> 
 
 f)V 
 
 U/JLCU 
 
 OL/JLT]V 
 
 
 t<T0ai 
 
 fyevos 
 
 
 efo" 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 olo 
 
 ov 
 
 
 
 
 elro 
 
 T;TCU 
 
 olro 
 
 Zo-Qu 
 
 
 
 ti 
 
 D. et'yic 
 
 00 V 
 
 (JJIJL00V 
 
 OlfJL00V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ela 0ov 
 
 f}(T00V 
 
 ol<T00V 
 
 tffOov 
 
 
 
 <N 
 
 lff0TfJV 
 
 yardov 
 
 OL<T0r)V 
 
 ffOd3V 
 
 
 
 
 P. e?/ie0a 
 
 <Zfji0a 
 
 Ol/JL0a 
 
 
 
 
 
 efcr 
 
 
 
 yaOe 
 
 olo-0e 
 
 2cr0e 
 
 
 
 
 e?JTO 
 
 (SvTdL 
 
 OIVTO 
 
 tff0<a<rav 
 
 
 
 
 Future. 1 Aorist. rorfoct. 
 
 Pluporf. 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 ^o-w 77/ca ( 83, 6.) eka ( 83, 7.) 
 
 eiKctv 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 TJffOfJLCLl TJKdfJLrjV ( 83, 0.) dfJLCLl 
 
 e'i^v 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 c0r)(ro/JLai ei0r)v, inf. kQr\va.i el /mat. 
 
 eifJLTJV 
 
 a ) The usual Attic form instead of itao-i (Ion. lei<n}\ 2 ) d0/oire, Plat : 
 3 ) d0^oiep, Xen. ; 4 ) for fc^i, 83, 3 ; 5 ) contr. from l'eoi>, Jfees, tee, 83, 4 ; 
 ) see 83, 4; ?) Att. lo^i/, etc., 83, 5. 
 
VERBS IN -ULi. 93 
 
 87. OlSa (stem 'EIA-), to. know. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Subjunct. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 Iinperat. 
 
 In fin. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 S. olda 
 oT5e(*>) 
 
 D. tffTOV 
 t(TTOV 
 P. t<T{JiV 
 
 fore 
 
 eldrjs 
 eldy 
 
 eldeirjv 
 
 tffTW 
 
 tcrrov 
 
 'i(TT(f3V 
 
 tare 
 
 eldtvcu 
 
 et'Scos 
 eldvia 
 eldos 
 G. 
 eid6ros 
 
 eidrjrov 
 ei5'/)re ; 
 
 eldei'rjiJ.ev 
 eldeirjTe 
 eldeiev 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 S. ijSeiv P. ijdei/mev (rjo-fjLev^) 
 Tjdeis and fjdi<T0a ydeirov (r^rov) ydeiTC (flo-re) 
 rj5(j>) rjSelTrjv (jj<rTr)v} TJ5e<rav (rjaav^) 
 
 Fut. efrro/xcu (Ion. et'S^crw), I shall know. {I have known is rendered by 
 ZyvuKa; I knew, by eyvuv). The forms in parenthesis : TJO-TOV, etc., 
 are poetical. 
 
 !) The forms olSas, otdarov, ot'5a/xej/, of5are v ot5ao-i(^), rarely occur in the 
 Attic writers. 
 
 (stem 'EIK-), I am like, I seem. 
 
 8. Besides the indicative, the Greek writers used the infinitive 
 , the par tic. ecu/ecus, -u?a, -6s, in the sense of "like," and the pluper- 
 
 fect (#KeiV. 
 
 The phrases ws eot/ce, as it seems, probably, and ws ei:6s (for COLKOS) 
 sc. ^o-rQ, s 'is natural, are of frequent occurrence. 
 
 89. Ke//,<u, jaceo, and ^ 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Snbjunct. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 Infln. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 S. Kei/xcu, jaceo 
 
 AC^W/ACU i 
 
 Keoi/JL-rjv 
 
 
 Kelffdai 
 
 KeLjmevos 
 
 KiaOLL 
 
 /c^r/ 
 
 K^OLO 
 
 Kl(7O 
 
 
 
 KITCU 
 
 K^rjrai 
 
 K^OLTO 
 
 Ketadu 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 Plupf. ^KeL/JLrjv, KLcro, e/cetro ; ^Kei^edov, eKi<T0ov, tKelo-Oyv; ^/cei^ae^a, etc. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 S. iJ/Acu, sedeo 
 
 Kad)/J.ai 
 
 KaBol^rjv 
 
 
 rfffdai 
 
 rmevos 
 
 rival. 
 
 KaOfj 
 
 KaQoto 
 
 ^(TO 
 
 
 
 rfdrai 
 
 KaBrjrai. 
 
 Kadoiro 
 
 ?a-0w 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 Plupf. riwv, 77<ro, rfffro ; rmedov, rjffdov, rj<r6riv] rlfJieOa, r^ade, rjvro. 
 
 NOTE. Kdf^/xai, which in prose is commonly used instead of the simple 
 ), has the 3d pers. sing, without a ( = Kd0r/Tcu). In the pluperfect, it 
 either takes the augment (<?Ka07^j/, etc.) or omits it (KOLB^^V, etc.) : in the 
 former case the 3d pers. sing, is always ^/cdflrjro ; in the latter, Kadrjero, 
 The rest is supplied by /cafl^o^cu or /cafl^oAiat, 
 
GRAMMAB. 
 
 90. The verbs Qalvu, to go; o-jS^w/u, to quench; yiyv6<TKu, to know; 
 5uo>, to et^er^ and a few others, form a 2d aorist active, analogous to that 
 of verbs in -^u. The remaining forms of these verbs are like those of 
 verbs in w. 
 
 SECOND AORIST. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Subjunct. 
 
 Optutive. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 (Stem BA-). 
 
 fp^v^ I went 
 
 /3w 
 
 paLyv 
 
 1 prjvoiL 
 
 /3as 
 
 *Pw 
 
 prjs 
 
 Patrjs . 
 
 pr}Bi 2 
 
 1 
 
 pd<ra 
 
 e/3r; 
 
 Pv 
 
 Pair, 
 
 pr)TW 
 
 
 pdv 
 
 fP^JTOV 
 
 pTJTOV 
 
 palrjrov 8 
 
 PTJTOV 
 
 
 G. 
 
 tpr)T7)v 
 
 PTJTOV 
 
 Paiyryv 
 
 prjTuv 
 
 
 pdvTos 
 
 fprj/JLev 
 
 p}/JLV 
 
 Paiyfjiev 
 
 
 
 
 tfjSTjre 
 
 PJJTC 
 
 paiyre 
 
 PTITC 
 
 
 
 
 P&(Tl(v) 
 
 
 pyTuo-air and pdvTuv 
 
 
 (Stem SBE-). 
 
 co-prjv, I ceased 
 
 <rp& 
 
 ffpeirjv 
 
 
 (rprjvaL 
 
 apeis 
 
 <rpr)s [to burn 
 
 <rPfis 
 
 ffpeirjs 
 
 *&g* 
 
 
 (rpeiaa. 
 
 <rpT)TOV 
 
 (TprJTOlf 
 
 tfkhpo''* 
 
 fffiJTO* 
 
 
 G. 
 
 $<rpr]fj,ev 
 
 fpllZ 
 
 liS 
 
 apriTW 
 
 
 (TjS^J'TOS 
 
 &r0*rai' 
 
 ffpQffi(v) 
 
 <rpiev 
 
 a^Twffav and ff$vruv 
 
 
 (Stem TNO-). 
 
 Zyvuv, I knew 
 
 yvu> 
 
 yvoirjv 
 
 
 yv&vai 
 
 yvovs 
 
 eyvajs 
 
 yvys 
 
 yvoirjs 
 
 yv&0i 
 
 
 yvovaa 
 
 eyvu) 
 
 yv$ 
 
 yvoirj 
 
 yvwTu 
 
 
 yvbv 
 
 eyvuTov 
 
 yvu>Toi> 
 
 yvoiijTov 8 
 
 yviaTov 
 
 
 G. 
 
 eyvurrjv 
 
 yVdJTOV 
 
 yvoirjTrjv 
 
 yv&Twv 
 
 
 yvbvTos 
 
 eyvw/mev 
 
 yvw/jiev 
 
 yvoirjfjiev 
 
 
 
 
 eyvwTe 
 
 yvure 
 
 yvoirjre 
 
 yv)T 
 
 
 
 
 
 yvoiev 
 
 yv(JoT(*)O'CLv and yvdvT&v 
 
 
 (Stem AT-). 
 
 eSui', I went 
 
 dw 
 
 
 
 dvvai 
 
 dts 
 
 e5Ds [under 
 
 dvrjs 
 
 
 8V0L 
 
 
 dwa 
 
 Hdv 
 
 8vrj 
 
 
 SvTw 
 
 
 dtiv 
 
 edvTOv 
 
 dvrjrov 
 
 
 8VTOV 
 
 
 G. 
 
 tdvryv 
 
 dvrjrov 
 
 
 
 SVTUV 
 
 
 dlJVTOS 
 
 edvT 
 
 dVTf]T 
 
 
 Sure 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 dtiTwo-av and dtivTwv 
 
 
 , ^,*', 67J/WV, edvv, poet. 2 ) the compounds shorten /3^0i into pd ; e.g., 
 e/x/3a, dvd&d, Att. for /xj3770t, dvdprjOi. 3 ) and PCLITOV, etc., apeiTov, etc., 
 yvoirov, etc. 
 
 A similar second aorist active occurs in the following verbs, for each of 
 which see 95. 
 
 aXi'<r/coju,cu, betaken. Tr^ro/xat, fly. <f>0dvw, anticipate. 
 
 /3i6w, live. p^w, flow. <f>vw, produce. 
 
 w, burn (trans.). o-^XXw, dry, x a ^P w ? rejoice. 
 
DEPONENTS. 95 
 
 DEPONENT VERBS. 
 
 91. Deponent verbs are such as are used only in 
 the middle voice. They are either deponent-middle, or 
 deponent-passive. 
 
 Those verbs are called deponent-middle, which have a 
 middle form for their aorist and future ; e.g., xafji^ofiai, 
 I gratify ; aor. exapiad/jirjv, fut. ^apiovfjiai (Att.). 
 
 Those verbs are called deponent-passive, which have a 
 passive form for their aorist, but commonly a middle form 
 for their future ; e.g., evOvfAeofjucu, I reflect; aor. eveOv/jirjOrjv, 
 I reflected (fi^~ active signification), fut. evOvfjujao/jLa^ I shall 
 reflect. 
 
 The following are the principal deponent-passives : 
 
 Aya/jiai, wonder. jSotfXo,ucu, will, wish. ^7rt/xeX&)/xcu, take care. 
 
 aldtofMLi, reverence. /3pi>xdo,uat, bellow. eirla-ra/jLai, know. C 
 
 d\do/xcu, roam about. 5&>/xcu, want. euXajS^o^cai, beware q/. 
 
 it, contend: 5iaXyo/>tcu, converse. ofo/>iat, suppose. 
 
 ,i, despair. 5vj>a/*cu, 6e able. ?r/)o^u//,^o/xai, desire. 
 
 dpvo/j.ai, deny. ^^avri6o/^at, oppose. Trpopo^o/ucu, foresee. 
 
 d^x^o/xat, &e displeased, ewotofjiat, consider. a-^o/uai, reverence. 
 
 NOTE 1. Of several of these verbs (cu'5&>/Acu, #%0o/>tcu, 5iaX<tyo/>ccu, and 
 ^TTi/xeX^o/xai) the future has besides the middle form sometimes also the 
 passive. Of several (ct/uXXao//,cu, d/>j>&>/x,cu, /3/)ux<io/Acu, SiaXe^o/ucu) , the 
 aorist, besides the passive form, has sometimes (though rarely, or only in 
 later writers) the middle form. 
 
 NOTE 2. The verb ^'So/ucu, rejoice, has always fut. rja-Orjcro/jLai, and aor. 
 . A<?x<>/u, receive, has aor. tde%d/j.r)v, in the sense of I received, and 
 the sense of I was received. Thus /Sid^o/Acn, /orce, aor. ^tao-d* 
 MVi I forced; but ipid<F0rjv t I was forced. 
 
 ACTIVE VERBS WITH MIDDLE FUTURE. 
 
 92. The following verbs are most in use with a mid 
 die future : 
 
 dicouw, hear. diravrda}, meet, palvw, go. 
 
 , shout. dTroXauw, enjoy. /Sodw, cry out. 
 
 via, miss. j8a<5/w, go. 7eXdw, laugh. 
 
96 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 7i7pu>(r/cw, know. 
 bcLKvu, bite, 
 dapddva), sleep, 
 i, fear, 
 
 Kit). run away. 
 IffOlw, eat. 
 8w, run. 
 6iyydvw, touch. 
 OVTIO-KOJ, die. 
 Bptbo-Kw, leap. 
 Kdfj.v(a, coil. 
 K\al(a, weep. 
 Kw/xdfa>, revel. 
 \ayxdvu, obtain. 
 u , take. 
 
 Xi%/idw, lick. 
 fjiavOdvw, lear)i. 
 vtw, swim. 
 vevw, nod. 
 oUa, know. 
 ot>ww, lament. 
 
 Li, swear. 
 , see. 
 
 , sport. 
 
 ^t suffer. 
 
 , drink. 
 TW, fall. 
 
 irvlyw, strangle. 
 TTO^^W, desire. 
 TrposKwtu, reverence. 
 
 p^w, ^O'MJ. 
 (7i7aw, 6e silent. 
 ffiwirdu, be silent. 
 <77roi;<5afw, 6e zealous. 
 crvplrTu, whistle. 
 
 gnaw. 
 w, obtain. 
 , j^ee. 
 
 u, anticipate. 
 w, gape. 
 
 93. The following have both the active and middle 
 ta for the future ; but; the middle form is preferred r 
 
 fai seize. 
 
 Zive. 
 v, see. 
 
 , grow old. 
 
 Sia'Kw, pursue. 
 fryKtofudfa praise. 
 eiraivtu, praise. 
 0av/jid$w, wonder. 
 Orjpau, hunt. 
 Oypevu, hunt. 
 
 , punish. 
 
 (TACCUTTTCi), 
 
 T//CTW, 
 
 xw/>^w, withdraiv. 
 
 VERBAL ADJEO1IYES. 
 
 94. The verbal adjectives are formed by suffixing 
 -TO? and -Tec? to the stem. Those in -TO? correspond to the 
 Latin perfect partic. in -us ; those in -T>:, to the participle 
 in -dus : the former usually denote the idea of p o s s i b i 1 i t y , 
 and are rendered in English by adjectives in -lie; e.g., 
 Xu-To's, that may be loosed, soluble; o/oa-ro'?, that may be 
 seen, visible; ai/oe-To'?, desirable, etc. 
 
 ^~ Most verbal adjectives follow the analogy of the 1 aorist passite. 
 
 dya-rrdw, love, 
 Kivtu, move, 
 dr}\6cj, explain, 
 ypd<pw, write, 
 \tyu, say, gather, 
 M, fulfil, 
 
 dyaTra~ 
 
 KLV- 
 
 ypa(p- 
 
 \ey- 
 
 dvvr- 
 
 ypair-TOS, -r^os, 
 dvvff-rbs, -T&>$< 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS. 97 
 
 w, send, trreX- <rraX-rds, -r 
 
 ), stretch, rev- ra-r6s, -r^os 
 
 Travw, sop (trans.), wau- 
 
 XpdofMai, use, XP a ~ 
 
 ridrjfju, put, OE- 0e-r6s, -r^os. 
 
 t<m?/xi, place, Sff A- <rra-T6s, -T^OS 
 
 el/xt, gfo, 'I- t-r^os. 
 
 d0-^jat, Z6^ g'O, 'E- d0-e-T<Ss, -rA> 
 
 95. LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 , wonder, F. aydo-o/jiai ; A. rfydo-Orjv (Dem. rj 
 
 i,, break, F. d^a) ; A. eafa (inf. a^cw); 2 Pf. 
 broken; A. m. ea^a/ir/v; A. p. ewyTjv. 
 
 ayco, lead, 2 A. rjyayov (inf. ayayeiv^) ; 2 A. m. r 
 
 Pf. ^a (later a77?o^a); Pf. p. ri r w ai 5 1 A. p. ^ 
 
 alpcco, seize, F. alpqcra) ; Pf. yprjKa ; 2 A. etXo^ (inf. e\e>); 
 A. p. ypeffrjv ; F. p. alpeOr^ao^a^ Mid., choose, 2 A. 
 elXd/JiTjv ; F. alpTJao/jiai ; Pf . in. or p. yprj/jiai. 
 
 aia-6-dv-o pea, perceive^ F. alaOrjao^ac ; Pf. TjaOrj/tiai ; A. ?;(7^- 
 O/^T/Z/ (inf. alcrO-ecrOai). 
 
 a/cova), hear, F. afcov<ro/jia+' Pf. a/c-ij/coa (later rj/cov/cd); 
 Plpf. f)K-v)Koeiv (sometmies aK-rjKoeiv); Pf. m. or p. 
 ; A. p. rjicovcr07jv. 
 
 i, am taken (in this sense used as the passive of 
 aipeo)), 2 A. (stem 'AAO-) ^\G>Z/ and eaXwz/ (a\, -ok, 
 -oi), etc., dXoirjv, dXwirzi, aXov?, see 90), I was taken; 
 Pf . rjKwica and eaXo^K^. ; F. aXcocro/xar. The active is 
 supplied by a/peV 
 
 dfJLapr-dv-co, miss, F. d^prr^a-o^ai ; Pf . rjpdprrjfca ; Pf . p. 
 r)iJ,dpTrjfjLai' 9 A. p. v^aprrfdrjv ; 2 A. fipaprov (later 1 
 A. rjfJ 
 
 , elothe, Impf . without augm. ; F. a/i^eirrw, Att. 
 ; A. f)ii<f)i<Ta, ; Pf . a. wanting ; Pf. m. or p. 
 
 ; F. m. ai 
 u 
 
98 GKEEK GKAMMAR. 
 
 ava\-icrK-(o, consume, F. az/aXa><7<0; A. avrjXcocra and am 
 
 Pf . avrjXco/ca and avd\anca ; Pf . m. or p. avr)\oo/jiai and 
 dvdKtopai ', A. avrj\a)6rjv and ava\cx)0r)v ; F. ava\a)6^ 
 crofJiai. 
 
 iya), open, Impf. avecpryov; F. avoi^co ; A. aveay^a (inf. 
 dvol^ai); Pf. avw%a, I have opened; 2 Pf. ave'wya, 1 
 stand open; Impf. m. aveayydfjLrjv ; A. p. a 
 
 *>7T')(6-dv-oiAai, become hateful, A. air^B-o^v ; F. 
 rjo-o/jiai ; Pf . aTr^Q^^a^ I am hated. 
 j, it suffices, 3 per. plur. indie. aTro^pcoaL^v^), inf. 
 v, part. aTro^pSyv, -cocra, -wv ; Impf. aTre^prj ; F. 
 
 ; A. cnr^p^ae^v). 
 
 ), please, F. apeaw, A. ijpea-a-, Pf. m. ripea^ai; A. 
 p. rjpeaOrjv. 
 apdco, plough, F. apoo-co ; A. Tjpoaa ; Pf . m. or p. aprjpo/jiai ; 
 
 A. p. rjpdOrjV. 
 
 av^-dv-a), increase, F. au^cr&>; A. rjv^rjaa ; Pf. 
 Pf . m. or p. rjv^rj/jLai ; F. av^ao^ai and 
 A. rjv^rjOrjv. 
 
 i, am vexed, F. a^Oeo-o^ai, usu. (in prose) a%0eo-0r}- 
 ; A. rj 
 
 ivco, go (stem BA-), Fut. ^ao^ai; Pf. fieftrj/ca ; 2 A. 
 
 j^v ( 90); Pf. p. in comp. -$e$aiLai\ A. -e/3d0rjv. 
 (3i/3pd)crKa), eat (F. Att. ebopai from eaffico, 2 A. efydyov), 
 Pf. ftdftpcotca ; Pf . m. or p. ftefipapaL ; F. p. and A. p. 
 supplied from eadia). 
 
 , live, 2 A. e'/3tW (90), subj. /S^w, -o>9, -5, opt. @umiv, 
 inf. /Bi&vai, part. y8tou9 (but the cases of y&oifc are 
 supplied by the 1 Aor. partic. yStwo-a?). Instead of 
 the present and imperfect of /3>&>, the Attics generally 
 employed the pres. and imperf. of a&>, which, vice 
 versa, borrowed its remaining tenses from /&o'&>. F. 
 PidxTopat (more rarely f^o-co) ; Pf . /3e/3tWa ; Pf m. 
 or p. fieftforai. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS. 99 
 
 -dv-o), sprout, A. /3\aarov (later e/3A,acrT??cra) ; F. 
 ; Pf. ejSXdarrj/ca and /Be^Xdarr^ica. 
 
 , F. ftoa/ctfact), A. e/3oW?/cra. Mid. jfeed (in- 
 truns.), #a. 
 
 , wish, am ivilling, F. /3of A/T^TO/XCU; Pf. /3e/3ov\r)/ji,aii 
 A. efJQvKJOriv and r/3 
 
 co, uxorem duco, F. 7a/^w ; A. eyrj/ma (inf. yfj/jiai), later, 
 eyd/jirjcra ; Pf. yeyd/jirjKa. Mid. nubo, F. <yafjiov/j,ai ; 
 A. eyrHJsdfiTjv ; Pf . yeyd/jLrjfjicu. 
 
 (t), rejoice (poet.), Pf. <ye<yr)6a\. F. yrjOtjaa). 
 
 (or 7^/0^0)), (/row 0/6?, F. 777/0 acro/zcu ; A. eytfpdcra 
 (inf. j7]pdo-ai and <yr)pdvai); Pf. yeyijpafca, I am old. 
 
 , become, am (stem FEN-), A. eryevd/JLrjv (later, 
 ; F. yevrfao/Aai; Pf. yeyevrj /JLCLI ; 2 Pf. <yeyova, 
 I am. 
 
 xr/cto, know (stem FNO-), F. yvcoao/jiai; 2 A. eyvcov 
 (see 90); Pf. eyva/ca ; Pf. in. or p. eyvwcr^ai ; A. p. 
 eyvcocrdrjv ; F. p. 
 
 /cvco, bite, A. eSa/coz/; F. brj^o/jiai,, Pf. SeSrj^a; Pf. in. or 
 p. Se'Si/Y/xeu ; A. m. eSrj^d/jirjv ; A. p. eSjj^Orjv ; F. 
 
 d^a), tame, F. Sa^aaa) ; A. eSd/jbacra ; Pf. Se'S/^/ca ; Pf. 
 or p. SeSfjirj/jiai ; A. p. eSfjiijOrjv and eSd/jirjv. 
 
 -dv-a) (usu. AraraS.), sleep, A. e&ap&ov, F. 
 Pf. SeBdpOrj/ca. 
 
 ), fear, F. Se^ro/xat ; A. eSetaa ; Pf. Se&oi/ca and 
 (plur. and dual syncop. SeSirov, SeSifjiev, SeStre, e- 
 $idcri(y)', imper. SeSWi, -trw, inf. SeSievai, part. SeS^eo?). 
 
 Seiw, 6md, F. Stereo, A. eSrjcra, m. eSrjcrd/jirjv ; Pf. SeSe/ca ; 
 Pf. m. or p. SeSe/jiai ; A. e&edyv; F.-pf. 
 commonly used for 
 
 H2 
 
100 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 Be'co, want, usu. impers. Set, oportet (subj. Bey, opt. Sew, inf, 
 
 8ez>, part. Se'oi>) ; Iinperf. eSet; F. Se^cra; A. e8e?/cre(f); 
 
 Pf. SeSerj/ce. Mid. Se'o/Jiai, need, F. Se^cro/xcu; A. eSerjOrjv, 
 
 Pf. SeSerj/jiai. 
 8i$pdcr/c(o, run away, F. Spdcro/jbai ; Pf. SeSpd/ca ; 2 A. eSpdv, 
 
 -a9, -a, etc. (subj. fyxw, -a?, -a, -<w//,e*>, -are, -a>cn(z/), opt. 
 
 Spafyv, imper. Spd0i, -arco, inf. Spdvcu, part. S/oa?, -acra, 
 
 -aV, see 90). This verb is used only in compounds. 
 e'o), seem^ think, F. &>a> (So/CT/o-G), poet.); A. e8o^a; Pf. 
 
 m. or p. SeSoypai. 
 
 possum, am aA^, 2 pers. Svva&ai (subj. Svv 
 
 opt. SvvaLfjirjv, imp.. Swacro, inf. SvvacrOaL, part. 
 
 /ze^o?); Imperf. e^vvd^v and rfivvapriv, 2 pers. 
 
 F. ^vvrfdofjiai ; A. e$vvr)0r}V, rj&vvrjOrjv, and e&vvdadrjv ; 
 
 Pf. 
 
 ipa), wake up (trans.), F. eyepw ', A, rjyeipa; Pf. 
 
 eyrjyep/ca ; Pf . p. eyrjyep/Jiai ; 2 Pf . eyprjjopa, with pres- 
 
 ent signific. I awake (intrans.); 2 A. ^ypo^rjv, I awoke. 
 0\a) and 0\a>, will, Impf. jj0\ov and e6e\ov ; F. e 
 
 and 0\r)(ra) ; A. r)6e\7)ora and edeXrjaa ; Pf. rjOe 
 et'So), ^g (see opdcoy. 
 elirov, I said (see (^/-u)- 
 apo^ai (the present not in use), as&, inquire, F. e/o^o 
 
 A. ripopriv (epwfjiai, epoifjuqv, epov, epeaOai, epd/j 
 
 The rest supplied by epcorda). 
 
 e\avv(d, drive, F. eXacrco (Att. eXa>, -a?, -a, etc., inf. e'Xaz/); 
 
 A. TJXdaa ; Pf. e\r)\d/ca ; Pf. m. or p. eKrfKdfJiai ; A. 
 
 fj\d6r)v. Mid. drive from me, A. rjXao-dfjujv. 
 \ica), draw, F. eX^w (preferred to eX/a*); A. etX/cucra; 
 
 Pf. ei\/cv/ca; Pf. m. or p. eiX/cvcr/jicu', A. ei\Kva0r)v ; 
 
 F. e\icvcr0T)(TOi*ai. Mid. c?raw myself, eX/cvcro/jicu ; 
 
 A. i\Kvad^T]v. 
 7rifjL6\ofjiat (and eTrifJieKov^ai), take care, F. 7ri/ji\tf<TOfjiai 
 
 (also f jn/Ji\r)0r)O'o/jiai^); PL eTT^e/i^X^/xai ; A. evre 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS. 101 
 
 (like tcrra/iat), know , 'Impf. r^tricrrdi^riv (2 pers. 
 usu. 7777- tW&>); F. 7no-Trj<ronafy A. rjititrc rfir, v. ' 
 epapat, love, A. rjpdo-0r]v, I loved ; P. pacr0rjo-o/jLai, I shall 
 love. 
 
 eppw, go forth, F. lpftifa&\ A. ypprjo-a; Pf. rjpprjfca. 
 epvyy-dv-w, belch, A. rjpirjov ; F. epev^ojAai. 
 
 epxo/jicu, go, come (the indie, excepted, all the other moods 
 of the present are borrowed from el^i ; thus, e/o^o/iat, 
 ?t, ftn/zt, t^t, teVat, fc'wz/); Impf. r^p^o^v (usu. j/et^ and 
 9?a) ; F. el/zt ( 85, NOTE), I shall go ($%<, I shall come)\ 
 Pf. e\r}\v6a ; F. \evao^ai (poet., and in later prose) ; 
 A. ?f\0ov (e\0a>, eXOoifjii, e\0e, e\6eiv, e\6<*>v). 
 
 (T0(co, eat, F. $o/jiaL ; Pf. eBijSofca ; A. (f>dyov ; Pf. m. or 
 p. e&rjSecriJLai ; A. r}&(T0r)V. 
 
 , find, A. evpov, F. evptfcra) ; Pf. evpr]Ka\ Pf. m. or 
 p. evprj/jiai; A. vp0T]V F. p. vprj07]cro^ai. Mid., 
 obtain ; A. evpo^v. 
 
 , Aav^, Ac?^, Impf. eZ^oz/ ; A. ea")(ov (t 
 [in comp. cr^ot/ii], o-^e? [in comp. also cr%e], 
 &%&?) ; F. e^o) and cr^rfo-a) ; Pf . ea^rjica ; A.m. ee 
 F. in. e^o/jiai and ar^o-ofjiai ; Pf. m. or p. 
 A. p. eax&rjv. 
 
 o, cook, F. tyrjaopai ; A. etyrr?cra ; A. p. ^-^rf0Tjv ; Pf . p. 
 or m. 
 
 , boil (trans.), F. ^cro) ; A. efeo-a ; Pf. m. or p. 
 ; A. p. e%cr07jv. 
 
 , join, 2 A. p. e&yrjv (more rarely 
 The rest from fei^ya). 
 
 , gird, F. feoo-o) ; Pf . ^co/ca ; A. e^cocra^ m. 
 Pf. m. or p. 
 
 , F. 0evcrofjiai or 0V(rov/jiai, (later 0evcra)y The rest 
 wanting. See rpe^co. 
 0i<yydv(*), touch, F. 0(&iJi(u; A. e0iyov. 
 
102 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 Ovrjcr/coi), diz (stem AN-), A. direOdvov; F. ajroOavov/Jiai,; 
 PL '^6pr t :ta' (plur. s^t'op. ' reOvd^ev, reOvdre, re6vd(n, 
 opt. reOvairjv, imp. reOvdOi, inf. reOvavai, part. reOvrj/cdy;, 
 -via, -09, or reOved)?, -o-a, 09 ; Plpf . 3 p. plur. ereOvd- 
 cra^); F.-pf. T0vr)!;co, and later TeOv^o^ai, I shall be 
 dead. 
 
 0pa)(T/ca), leap, F. Oopovpai ; A. eOopov ; Pf . reOopa. 
 
 i, come, usu. afafcv&ficU) F. a<f)(!;o/jiai; A. afa/co (Jirjv^ 
 Pf. a 
 
 , propitiate, F. l\dao^ai\ A. iKacrd^v, A. p. 
 
 %co, seat, make to sit, Impf . eicdOi^ov ; F. /cadiw ; e/cdOlo-a. 
 Mid. F. KaOt^o-ofjLai^ A. eicaOicrd^v. But tcaOe^o- 
 fjiai, I seat myself, Impf. l/caOe^o/Jirfv ; F. KaOebovfiai. 
 
 vSa), sleep, F. /caOevStfao). Perfect wanting. 
 
 ^, F. /cavaa) ; A. e/cavaa ; Pf . /ce/cav/ca ; Pf . m. 
 or p. /ce/cav/jiai ; A. p. e/cavOrjv ; F. p. /cavOrja-ojULai ; 2 A. 
 act. e'/ca?^, 7 burned (intrans.), part, /cae/9, from stem 
 KAE-, see 90. 
 
 o, call, F. /caXecrft), Att. /eaXw ; A. e/caXecra ; Pf . K/c\ij/ca; 
 Pf. in. or p. K/c\rjiJiai, I am catted (opt. /ce/cXrjfjirjv, -^o, 
 O, etc.); A. p. e/c\rjOijv ; F. p. /c\r)0r)cro/Jiai ; F. m. 
 ; A. m. efcaXeo-d/jirjv. 
 
 o, toil, F. /ca/JLOV/JLai ; Pf. /ce/c/JLy/ca ; A. e/cd/jiov. 
 
 i, mix, F. /cepaao), Att. /cepco, -<Z9, -a ; A. iicepdcra ; 
 Pf. fce/cpaKa; Pf. m. or p. /ce/cpdfjiat, ; A. p. e/cpd0r)V 
 and e/cepdcrOrjv. 
 
 i, lend (XPA-), inf. /ct^pavat ; F. xptfa-Q); A. e^prjaa. 
 Mid., borrow, F. ^pr/croyLuu. 
 
 ic\aic0, weep, F. K\avo-o^ai and fcXava-ov/juai (rarely /cXa^cro) 
 or /cXa^crco) ; A. /c\av<ra ; Pf . KK\avfiai and later 
 
VEKBS. 103 
 
 , satiate, F. tcopeao), Att. /cop& ; A. e/copeaa, m. 
 e/copea-d/jirjv ; Pf . /ce/copefca ; P. in. or p. iceicopea pai ; 
 A. p. e/copecrOrjv ; F. p. /eo/oecr^croyiuu. 
 ^co, cry out, F. Ketcpd^ofjiai ; A. e/cpdyov ; Pf . (with present 
 signific.) /ce/cpdya (1 p. pi. tceKpayiiev, imper. 
 , hang, intrans. (subj. /cpe/jLco/jicu, opt. 
 part, fcpefjid/jievo^:, Impf. expend fjirjv ; A. e/c 
 F. p. KpejjiaaOriaofiac, I shall be hung; F. m. /cp 
 , I shall hang (penclebo). 
 
 , hang, trans., F. Kpe/Jiacra), Att. /cpe/AO), -a?, -a ; 
 A. e/cpe^daa. Mid. or Pass. Kpe^avvvfjiai, hang myself, 
 or am hung ; A. p. Kpe^dcrdr]v ; F. p. /cpe/jLaaO^a-ojuLai. 
 , obtain, F. fcrrjaofjiai ; Pf . fce/crtj/jiaL, I possess (subj. 
 , -y, -fjrai, opt. KetcTTJfArjv, -go, -yro, or 
 
 -WO, -(WTO). 
 
 ), obtain by lot, A. e\d%ov ; F. X^f o/xat ; Pf . 
 
 (rarely Xe\o7^a); Pf . m. or p. e^X^/xeu ; A. p. 
 \a/jL/3-dv-co, take, A. e\dj3ov ; F. X^i/ro/>ta^; Pf. 
 
 ) > f. m. or p. eiXrj^fJiaL ; A. m. \a/3ofjirjv ; A. p. e\?;- 
 
 tydrjv; F. p. XTjc^Oijcrofjiai. 
 \av6-dv-a), am concealed, A. e\ddov ; F. X^cra) ; Pf. \e\rj0a, 
 
 lam concealed. Mid., jfor$fc, F. XT^TO/ACU ; Pf. XeXi/cr- 
 
 /t^afc ; A. eXaGofiriv ; F.-pf. 
 
 MavO-dv-co, learn, A. epdOov ; F. paQ^voiLai ; Pf . 
 
 t, fight, F. fjia^ovfjiat (late prose /jLa^o-o/jiai) ; A. 
 
 o-dfjLrjv ; Pf . fiefJid^rnjiat ; A. p. e^a^eaOrjv, late. 
 c, obtain, Pf. ei^aprai, it is fated. 
 JJLOI, it concerns me, F. fAeXtfcrei ; A. e^eX^o-e^v); Pf. 
 
 , intend, am about to . . ., Impf. /JL\\OV and ^y 
 F. fA\\r)(rc0 ; A. r)iAe\\r)cra. 
 
 , mix, F. /A/lfo) ; A. e/^Z^a ; Pf. /tt^Ltt^a; Pf. m. or p. 
 
 ; A. p. efjifyOwv and efjbtyrjv ; F. p. 
 F.-pf. 
 
104 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 ptfj,vr)(7/cco, remind, F. iivr] ; A. e^vr^aa. Mid., remember^ 
 mention, Pf. ^^v^^ai, I remember (subj. fjucfjivw/jiat, -y, 
 -rjrai, opt. fjLe/JivrjiJirjv, -770, -^TO, or fJL/JiVq>ti7)V, -ox), -WTO, 
 imp. /ie/i^cro); F.-pf. /uc/ii^cro/iiu, / sAaW remember ; 
 A. e/jLvrjaOrjv, I remembered ; F. vLvrjcrOija-ofjiai,, I shall 
 remember. 
 
 'fc), swim, F. vsvcropai or -ovj^ai ; A. evevva ; Pf . vevev/ca. 
 , shave, Mid. vpopai ; A. egvpaprps ; Pf. egvp 
 
 s.), F. of^orG); A. &ty)(Ta\ Pf. o 
 
 with present signification. 
 
 or ol/iat, ^Am/:, Impf. ax>/ii?i> or ^77^; F. ol^ 
 
 A. wr)6r]vi Pf. wanting. 
 i, have gone (opp. to ^/cft>, Aav^ come), Impf. wxpjjLyv ; 
 
 F. ol^rjo^ofjiaL ; Pf. ^rip,ai and (esp. in Her.) Ottawa. 
 o\icr0-dv-a>, slip, A. wKiaOov, F. o\t,o~0tf(ra) ; Pf. w\{crOij/ca 
 
 (1 A. o)\i(T0r)o-a, later). 
 S\\V/JLL, destroy (perdo). Impf. wXXuj/; F. oX^cro) and o\&> ; 
 
 A. wXecra; Pf. 6\-a>\e/ca. Mid., perish, F. 6\oi)/-uu ; 
 
 2 A. a)Xo/x?7^; 2 Pf. oX-wXa (perii). 
 op-vv-iJii, swear, Impf. W/JLVVV ; F. o^ov^aL ; A. <5/iocra, m. 
 
 w/jioa-dfjL'tjv ; Pf . o/jL-cb/jLorca ; Pf . m. or p. o/-wo/io/*a* 
 
 (o/ta)/Ltora6, but o/i&)/io-cr-/z/z/o9) ; A. p. w/jidaOrjv (and 
 
 w^O TJV) ; F. p. o/AOo-Orjo-Qfjiai* 
 o/Jidpy-vv-fju, wipe off, F. o.pdp!; co ; A Mpopga, m. 0)^0/3^/177^; 
 
 A. p. w/Aop^Orjv. 
 avivqiu, benefit (inf. ovivavai), Impf- wanting ; F. ovrjcrco. 
 
 A. wvrjcra ; F. m. ovrjcro/Jiai ; A. a)vrjtirfV,'rf(ro,-r)TO (opt. 
 
 ovaifJLrjv, imp. ovrfa-o, inf. ova<r6aC): A. p. wvqO'qv. 
 
 The rest supplied by axfreXelv. 
 opda), see, Impf. ecbpcov ; Pf . ed)pd/ca ; A. eWoi^ (?Sft), *8otjj,i, 
 
 ISe, Ibelv, tfiwz/); F. 6S/ro/icu ; Pf. m. or p. t&pdpu or 
 (inf. &<j>6ai)', A. m. ei&ewijv 
 
 ; A. p. &<f)0rjv: F. p. oqt&wa 
 
IBKEGULAR VEKBS. 105 
 
 i, smell, A. c^a^po^v ; F. oa-^pijcro/jLaL (later A. 
 a)o-(f)pr)(TdfjLr)V and oo-^pavfffjvai). 
 
 6cf)i\(t), owe, ought, must, F. 6<f)i\r)(rQ) ; A. dxf>e(\r}(ra ; Pf . 
 a)(f)i\T)Ka ; 2 A. &$e\ov, -?, -e (1 and 2 pers. plur. 
 not used) means utinam! "would that ! " 
 
 o(f)\-i,cr/c-dv-G), incur, bring on myself, A. wcfrXov (later 
 F. o(f>\tf(rco ', Pf. eo<Xr?/ea ; Pf. m. or p. 
 
 ), sport, F. Tralfofjwu and Trat^ov^ai : A. eTrcucra ; Pf. 
 Treiraiar^ai (eTrai%a, ir^Trai^a, ireTraiyfui^ CTra^ffrjv are 
 later forms). 
 
 7rda%a), suffer (stem II A-) ; A. ejraOov ; P. irelaofjiai (from 
 i, see 15, 2); Pf. ir&rovOa (ntem nEN6)-)> 
 
 , spread out, F. Trer&o-Q), Att. TTCTW, -a?, -a; A, 
 ; Pf . m. or p. 7re7rra/xa6 (Luc- TreTreraa/jLai) : 
 A. 7TTdcrffrjv. 
 
 L, fly, F. 7rr?;<ro/xat ; A. eirro^rjv (more rarely 
 7T7dfjiT]V ; eTTTT/z', TTTW, Trrairjv, Trrrjvac, Trrac [see 90] 
 are later forms). 
 
 riy-vv-iu, fasten, F. TT^CO ; A. eTTT^a; Pf. TreV^^a ; 2 Pf. 
 Treirrjya, I stand fast, am frozen; A. p. eTrayrjv (more 
 rarely CTT?;^?/!/) ; 2 F. p. Trayrjcro/Aai. 
 
 t,, fill (stem IIAA-), inf. ir^Tr\avai ; Impf. 
 7rifJi7r\r)V ; F. TrX^ca ; Pf. TreTrXtjfca ; A. 7r\rjcra. 
 Mid. 7rt/x7rXa/za ; F. TrX^cro/ia^ ; A. e r jr\ria'dp,r)V. > Pf. 
 m. or p. 7T7r\r]cr/jiaL ; A. p. l7r\r}(T0rjv ; F. p. TrXrjv- 
 Orjaopai. (In composition, when /i comes before ?ri, 
 the /i before ?rX is dropped, as e/jLTriTrXrj/JU', but it 
 returns with the augment, as eVe7n/47rXa/477i>). 
 
 i-Trprj-iJLi, burn (trans.), throughout like TTI^TT^^I: 
 Trprjo-o), Tr^irpjjica, Treirprjcr^aL, 7rpij(T0r)V, TrpTjadijo-Ofjiai,, 
 7T7rpr)(To^ai. In composition the same remark holds 
 good as in the foregoing. 
 
106 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 , drink, F. irio^ai (later inovnai); 2 A. CTTIOV (imp. 
 TrWi); Pf. Tremw/ca; Pf. m. or p. 7re7ro//,cu; A. eTroOyv ; 
 F. p. TroOrjo-ofJiai. 
 
 ), sell, Pf , 7T7rpd/ca ; Pf . m. or p. TreTrpdfJiai ; A. 
 eirpaOriv ; F.-pf . TreTrpdaofiaL, in the sense of tne simple 
 F. TrpaOrjao/jiai, which but rarely occurs. The F. and 
 A. act. are usually expressed by dTroSaxro/jLai, and 
 
 7ri7TT(o,fall, 2 A. eirecrov ; F. Trecroty-uu ; Pf. 
 
 a^7, F. Tr^evcrofiai or -ov^ai ; A. eVXet'cra ; Pf . 
 7T7r\ev tea ; Pf. m. or p. TreTrXeu CT/ACU ; A. eTrXevcrOrjv. 
 ea), blow, F. TTvevcTOfjiai and ov/jiai', A. eTrvevcra ; Pf. vre- 
 
 TTvev/ca ; A. p. eTrvevcrOrjv (Pf. TreTrvv/nat, poet.). 
 irpiacrOai, to buy, only 2 A. eirpid^v (2 pers. eTrpia), subj. 
 opt. Trpiai^v, imp. Trpiaao or Trpto), part. 
 
 7rvv0-dv-o pai, inquire, 2 A. eTrvOdfjirjv ; Pf . 7T7rvo-/jLai ; F. 
 
 'Pe&>, jffo?/;, F. pevaofiai ; A. eppevcra (in Att. more usu. F. 
 pvqa-ofjuai\ A. eppvrjv, I flowed, from stem 'PTE-, see 
 90): Pf. eppvr)/ca. 
 
 p^-vv-fii, rend, F. /o^w; A. epprj^a; 2 Pf. eppcorya, lam rent, 
 A.m. epprj^d^r]V ; A. p. eppayrjv ; 2 F. p. pay rja opal. 
 
 pco-vvv-fju, strengthen, F. /oeocro) ; A. eppcocra; Pf. m. or p. 
 eppcoinai (imp. eppcoao, vale, farewell); A. epfxbaffrjv ; 
 F. p. payer ^ 
 
 i, extinguish, F. cr/Seaa) : ecr/Seaa (trans.); 2 A. 
 
 )v ( 90), / ceased to burn; Pf. eo-ftrj/ca, J. have 
 ceased to burn; F. m. cr^cro/iat; Pf. m. or p. e0-/3eo>wu ; 
 A. p. ecr/3cr0r)V ; F. p. cr^ecr^cro/xat. 
 
 <TKed-vvv-iu,, scatter, F. cr/cebao-a), Att. orceSft), -a9, -a ; A 
 eWeSao-a ; Pf . eo-KeSd/ca ; Pf. m. or p. 
 A. p. ecr/ceSdcrOrjv ; F. p. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS. 107 
 
 <r/ee'XXa>, dry, A. ecr/cX?/^ (inf. ovcX^zw, opt. a-/c\airjp ( 90), 
 intrans., to wither*)-, Pf. eovcX^/ca ; F. m. tfvcX^crofuu. 
 
 crvreV&w, powr libations, F. a-Treiaco (for cr7reV8cr<w, 15, 2); 
 ecnreicra, eVvm/ea, ecnreicriAai, etc. 
 
 <TTpio-/cco, deprive of; F. a-reprjacoi eareprjcra, ecrre'prj/ca, 
 t, ecrrepr^O^v, crrepijcrofjicu (more rarely areprj- 
 
 , spread out, F. crropeaco (Att. crropw); A. ecrro- 
 The rest from 
 
 , spread out, F. o-Tpdxrco, earpcocra, eo-rpco/ca, 
 , ecrrpcoOrjv, 
 
 ), cut, F. re/xft); A. eVe/xoz^ (more rarely era/^o^); Pf. 
 TTjjir]Ka', Pf. m. or p. Ter/Jbrj/JiaL ; A. p. erfiriOrjv ; A. 
 m. ere/jidfjujv ; F.-pf. Ter^o-opai (Plat.). 
 
 TI/CTCO, bring forth, F. re^o^ai; A. e're/eoi>; Pf. rero/ca. 
 TCVCO, expiate, F. T&7&> ; erlcra, rerlfca, rena-fiai, eriaOrjv. 
 
 TLTpdco, bore, F. rp^o-co-, A. erprjo-a. More usu. rerpaivco, 
 F, Terpdva) ; A. ererp^va ; Pf . rerprjfca, rerprj/jiaL. 
 
 rtrpcocr/cco, wound, F. Tpdxrco ; erpaxra, rerpcofjiai, erpcod^v, 
 rpcoOtjaofjiaL and rpeocro/xcu. 
 
 T\f)fjii, endure (Pres. and Impf. supplied by u7ro/>teW, az>- 
 e^oyu/a^); A. er\rjv (rXa>, T\airjv, r\r]0L, T\rjvai, rXa?); 
 F. rX^cro/iat; P. rerXr/^a (plur. syncop. rerXa/zez', -are, 
 -acn(y), imp. rerKdOi, -drco, subj. wanting, opt. 
 inf. rerXavai,, part. TerX^/cco?). 
 
 Tp%c0, run, F. SpafjiovfjiaL ; A. eSpdpov, Pf . * 
 
 Pf. m. or p. eTnSeSpdfjLrjiJiai (F. Ope^ofiat, rare). 
 
 o, happen, A. erv%o^; F. rev!;ofji(u; Pf. rerv^rj/ca. 
 
 , promise, A. vTrea^-o/jajv (imp. uTro 
 F. vTroa^cro^ai ; Pf . 
 
 <&dcr/cc0, say, Impf. e^acr/cov ; F. <f)ijo-a) ; A. 
 
108 GREEK 
 
 (bepco, bear, F. ollcrco ; 2 A. rfve^Kov (plur. -O/JAV, -ere, -ov, 
 and -afjiev, -are, -a*>), opt. eve^KOijJn (rarer -a^), imp. 
 ez/ey/ce, -era), etc., and -arw, etc., inf. eveyicelv, part. 
 eveytc&v (rarer evey/cas*) ; Pf . evr)vo%a. Mid.,, carry 
 off) win, F. oia-opai. Pf. m. or p. evr)V<y pai (~7eu, 
 -<y/CTU, or -e/ercu); A. f)ve/Kapr}V ; A. p. rjve^O^v ; F. 
 (more rarely oia-0r)o-o/jiai), 
 
 The 1 Aor. yveyKa is preferred to the 2d Aor. in those forms of 
 the imper. that begin with a, and also in the first pers. sing. 
 indie., when the next word begins with a consonant. 
 
 ), flee, F. </>cvfo//-<u and -ov/*ai', A. ecfrvyov; Pf. 
 
 </>?7/<u, say ( 84), 2 A. elirov (ef7ra>, e?7rcn/u, et?r [the rest 
 usu. -ara), -aroz/, -drcov, etc.], eiireiv, dir^v)^ 1 A. e?7ra 
 (2 pers. el?ra9, frequent, pi. etirare very frequent). 
 The rest of the 1 Aor., the imperative forms begin- 
 ning with a excepted, is wanting in the Attic writers. 
 F. e/>(3; Pf. eiprj/ca; Pf. m. or p. eiprj^at', A. p. 
 (stem 'PE-) ppij07)v ; F. prjOrjcro^ai and elprjcropai. 
 
 <f)0dva), anticipate, F. (^Orio-o^ai (more rarely <0ocrft>); A. 
 <t>0d(ra ; 2 A. e^Orjv ($6&, (^afyv, <^OrivaL, <f>0ds, 
 90); Pf. e</>0a*a. 
 
 <f>vc<), produce, 2 A. e<f)vv intrans., am born, am naturally (subj. 
 <f)va), opt. wanting among the Attics, (frvvai, <f>v$, 90) ; 
 F. <pvcra) ; A. e^wra, trans. Pf. TreQv/ca, intrans., am 
 born, am so and so by nature ; fyvfoopai and tyvrjv 
 (<f)v?jvcu, </>ue/9) are later forms for <^vao^aL and e<f>vv. 
 
 ), refoice, F. xaiprja-w ; A. e^aprjv (stem XAPE-), opt. 
 %apeir]V, part. %apek, 90 ; Pf . K%dprjKa ; (^Ke^dprj pai, 
 lam glad, poet.) ; F. ^a/^o-o/u-cu belongs to later prose. 
 
 %avSdvc0, contain (of vessels), A. e^dSop ; F. ^ewro/ia6 ; Pf . 
 /ce%avSa, with present meaning. 
 
 gape (later ^aiW) ; A. e%dvov ; F. ^avop/^ai ; PL 
 I stand open. 
 
IBREGUfcAB, VERBS. 109 
 
 , pour out, F. ^ew, F. m. ^eo/^cu (both like the present) ; 
 A. e%ea (subj. ^ew, imp. %eW, -ara>, inf. %e'cu); A. m. 
 e^edfjLtjv ; Pf . /ce^y/ea^ Pf . m. or p. Keyypai ; A. e^Wrjv 
 (later also e^eOrfv). 
 
 ), oportet, i^ w necessary (subj. ^/o^, opt. %/oet?7, inf. 
 Xpfjvai, part. TO %/oeo)^ [only nom. and aec.]); Impf. 
 e%pf]V or %priV) F. xprjO'Tai. 
 
 color, F. ^pd)aa) ; A. e^paxra ; Pf . m. or p. 
 ; A. %pd>o-0ijv. 
 
 o), push, Impf. ea)6ovv; F. w<7< and wOrjaoi) ; A. 
 (inf. (Scrat); Pf. eWa ; F. m. wo-opcii ; A. 
 Pf . m. or p. e&o-fjiai ; A. p. edxrdrjv ; F. axr^ 
 
110 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 PARTICLES. 
 1. ADVERBS. 
 
 96. Most adverbs of manner are formed from adjec- 
 tives, by changing the final v of the genitive plural into 9; 
 
 as, 
 
 <ro<f>bs, wise, G. pi. (To<f)-u>v, adv. (ro0-ws. 
 
 Xaplets, graceful, 
 
 TCLXVS, swift, 
 
 a&cfrpwv, prudent, 
 
 Tras, all, 
 
 H&yas, great, 
 
 evvovs, kind, evv-wv, 
 
 cra^^s, clear, 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 
 
 97. The comparative of adverbs of manner is gener- 
 ally expressed by the neuter sing, of the comparative 
 adjective ; and the superlative, by the neuter plur. of the 
 superlative. Thus, 
 
 (To0ws, wisely, (ro(f>&Tpov, a-o^ittrara. 
 
 xapi^rws, kindly, x a P i ^ a " r P ov t x a P L ^ a " raTa - 
 
 (ra0ws, clearly, o-a0&rrepoj>, (ra^^a-rara. 
 
 rax^ws, swiftly, OO.TTOV, rdxttrra. 
 
 8^= Most primitive adverbs, especially those in w, have the ending w 
 in the comparative and superlative ; as, 
 
 &vuj, above, dvurtpw, 
 
 Kdrw, below, /carwrcpw, /carwrdrw. 
 
 ^/cds, /ar Oj^", ^atrr^pw, ^caardrw. 
 
 r^XoO, /ar, T^Xor^pa;, r^Xordrw. 
 
 , near, tyyvrtpw, 
 
ADVERBS. 
 
 Ill 
 
 List of Adverbs. 
 
 &yav, very much. 
 
 fcrcos, perhaps. 
 
 6fjL&y, likewise. 
 
 ae/, always. 
 
 Kadd-rrep, like as. 
 
 o\l/e, late, sero. 
 
 a\\axov, elsewhere. 
 
 Kara), below. 
 
 irdw, very. 
 
 a\\o0i, elsewhere. 
 
 KpvfiSrjv, secretly. 
 
 TravTeXws, entirely. 
 
 a\\a>s, otherwise. 
 
 \iav, very. 
 
 irapaxp?if*a, forthwith. 
 
 a7ra, once, semel. 
 
 /xaAa, very. 
 
 7roAAa/as, often. 
 
 av6is, again. 
 
 fjLa\\ov, rather. 
 
 iroffdKis, how often ? 
 
 avpioi>, to-morrow. 
 
 /iaAto-ra, chiefly. 
 
 TroT, once. 
 
 auTi/ca, directly. 
 
 jj.GTo.vpiov, perendie. 
 
 irplv, before. 
 
 avrov, there. 
 
 iu.6\is, scarcely. 
 
 irp6(T(a, forwards. 
 
 Bia, by force. 
 
 vvv, now. 
 
 Trp6x^s, nudius tertius. 
 
 Sr^uoo-ia, publicly. 
 
 ofrcoi, at home. 
 
 7rpa>, mane. 
 
 elra, afterwards. 
 
 oirio-w, backwards. 
 
 (Tfj/u.epov, to-day. 
 
 e-n, as yet, still. 
 
 oi>a/j.ov, nowhere. 
 
 r6r, then. 
 
 fvdvs, forthwith. 
 
 ovSan&s, in no wise. 
 
 Xayuat, humi. 
 
 tfd-n, already. 
 
 ovTroTf, never. 
 
 Xa^a^ev, huniO. 
 
 rjv'iKa, when. 
 
 oi/Vco, not yet. 
 
 xOes, yesterday. 
 
 iSicas, privately. 
 
 ofcus, thus. 
 
 a>s, &<nrfp, as. 
 
 iKavws, enough. 
 
 ird\ai, formerly. 
 
 oDcravTws, just so. 
 
 98. ADVERBIAL CORRELATIVES. 
 
 INTERROGATIVE. 
 
 INDEFINITE. 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVE. 
 
 RELATIVE. 
 
 ^'lubi? 
 
 07TOU, j 
 
 Ti-orf, alicubi. 
 
 evravOa, hie. 
 e/cet, ibi. 
 
 ou, ubi. 
 
 ^^^ lunde? 
 
 OTTOfe?, J 
 
 TTO^*', alicunde. 
 
 evOtvde, hinc. 
 e/cet^ei/, ill inc. 
 
 &dev, unde. 
 
 : ?; }quo? 
 
 07T06, J 
 
 TTO^, aliquo. 
 
 Seupo, hue. 
 e/ce?o-e, illuc. 
 
 of, quo. 
 
 Ir6<re; 1 quando? 
 07r6re, J 
 
 TTOT^, aliquando. 
 
 7r6re, turn. 
 
 ^re, quando. 
 
 T 5s; Iquomodo? 
 
 6'TTWS, J ^ 
 
 7ru>s,aliquomodo. 
 
 oi'Ttos, w5e, sic. 
 
 ws, quomodo. 
 
 irrivlKo. ; ) quo tem- 
 oTrrjvtKa, ) pore ? 
 
 
 rrjvLKdde Ihoctem- 
 TrjvLKavra 1 pore. 
 
 ^vf/ca, quo tern- 
 pore. 
 
 
 !) The interrogatives beginning with TT are used in direct questions ; 
 those beginning with 6 in indirect. 
 
112 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 II. PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 99. Some prepositions govern only one case ; others 
 two cases ; and others again, three. 
 
 a.vr(, for (= in place of, in exchange for). 
 
 air6, ab, from; 0.$' 4aim>0, of his own accord. 
 
 IK (^|), out of; IK iraldtav, from very childhood. 
 
 irp6, for (= in behalf of), before (= in front of, in preference to). 
 
 DATIVE. 
 
 lv (rest where ?), in, upon; among, e.g., &> ivOptiwois. 
 06v, cum, with. 
 
 ACCUSATIVE. 
 
 avd (more frequent in poetry), up to, throughout, 
 fls (motion whither ?), into; against; till (of time). 
 us, ad, to (only of persons ; e.g., TT^TT^IV &s 3oo-tAe). 
 
 GENITIVE and ACCUSATIVE. 
 
 ( GEN. per, through, during (of time and place). 
 ' \ ACC. ob, propter, on account of. 
 
 t GEN. down to or under; against, e.g., \eyeiv K. TWOS. 
 \ ACC. according to, opposite to, during. 
 
 1 ( GEN. among, with, by means of. 
 ** \ACC. post, after, next to (of time and order). 
 
 j GEN. above (where ?) ; for (= for the good of). 
 
 (ACC. over (whither?); beyond (of time, measure, number). 
 
 GENITIVE, DATIVE, ACCUSATIVE. 
 
 (GEN. upon, at (of place) ; in, during (of time). 
 tirl -I DAT. at, near, by (of place) ; in the power of (penes). 
 
 I ACC. motion upon, as ava&ati>eu> e<>' 'Itrirov. 
 
 ( GEN. ab, from near a person, with verbs of going and coming. 
 irapd* -j DAT. apud, with, near by, e.g., eivai tr. rtf #a<nA?. 
 
 I ACC. ad, to (whither?); against, e.g., v. $6av, ^\><nv, etc. 
 
 (GEN. about, concerning ', for (= on account of). 
 irept < DAT. for, esp. with verbs of fearing (timere alicui). 
 I ACC. circa, around; about (of time and number). 
 
 J ) In poetry also with the dative, in sense of among, with, where in 
 prose 4v and trvv are used. 
 
 2 ) Used mostly with reference to persons. 
 
CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 113 
 
 GENITIVE, DATIVE, ACCUSATIVE, Continued. 
 
 f GEN. /row, by (with passive verbs, in place of vir6). 
 
 DAT. near, e.g., rpbs TTJ ir6\*i ; irpbs rovT(f, besides. 
 [ ACC. to (with verbs of motion), towards, against. 
 
 GEN. under (rest), by (with pass, verbs), /row, /or (prae). 
 DAT. under (rest, subjection), at the foot (of mountains). 
 ACC. under (motion), towards (of time, e.g., fab VVKTO). 
 
 NOTE 1. The preposition a^L around, on both sides, agrees in its 
 use with irepi, around, on all side**' *mt the use of a.pxpi is much rarer 
 thetn that of irtpt. 
 
 NOTE 2. Besides the above-mentioned prepositions, there are several 
 adverbs and nouns that are sometimes construed with either the genitive 
 or dative and are, therefore, called improper propositions. The following 
 are construed with the genitive : 
 
 &\is, enough. 
 &vev, without. 
 dtKjjv, instar. 
 s, near. 
 
 fAos, far from. 
 
 , on account of. 
 out of. 
 tv, between. 
 /9i(j), up to, until. 
 0(^, behind. 
 
 except. 
 
 v, before. 
 
 for the sake of. 
 
 without. 
 
 "A.fj.a, together with, and *\j)ffiov, near, are construed w?th the dative ; 
 rc\as, near; itfs and tQetfs, next to, with both the dative ^^ genitive. 
 
 III. CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 100. The following are some of the Conjugations 
 most in use : 
 
 a\\d, but. 
 
 !o>s, while, till. 
 
 8re, M/ien. 
 
 ydp, for. 
 
 $, or, than. 
 
 STI, because. 
 
 yovv, therefore. 
 
 Iva, that (ut). 
 
 ob IJL^JV aAAa, tamea 
 
 5e, but. 
 
 tcalirtp, although. 
 
 evdf-ovM, neither, n<T- 
 
 8i6n, because. 
 
 Kairoi, and yet. 
 
 olv, therefore. 
 
 Afc, if. 
 
 K&V, even if. 
 
 irus &v, utinam ! 
 
 lav /u-/?, unless. 
 
 /xeWoi, yet, however. 
 
 re (enclit.), and. 
 
 6i, if. 
 
 p.4], not (ne). 
 
 roiydp, therefore. 
 
 efdc, utinam i 
 
 /xrjSe, nor. 
 
 roiyapovv, wherefore. 
 
 efr-c-efre, sive-sive. 
 
 3/uftjy, nevertheless. 
 
 rolvw, therefore. 
 
 eVef, since. 
 
 57Tws, ^a (ut). 
 
 &s, in order that. 
 
 eVetSVj, since. 
 
 Sra^, whenever. 
 
 &<rrf, so that. 
 
 i 
 
 
 
114 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 SYNTAX. 
 
 CHAPTER I 
 
 THE FOUR CONCORDS. 
 I. OF THE FINITE VERB WITH ITS NOMINATIVE. 
 
 101. Every finite verb agrees with its nominative in 
 number and person ; as, I am well. 
 
 A wicked man is unhappy. 'Ai/fy> iroi/rjpbs dusrvxtf* 
 
 The Athenians fought bravely. of 'AOrivaiot Ka\&s f^x^cLvro. 
 
 NOTE 1. A collective noun sometimes takes a verb in the plural ; e.g., 
 The multitude brought assistance ; rb ir\7J0os eVe/So^rjo-a*/. The army 
 withdrew; rb (rrpa.T6ire^ov avex^pow. 
 
 NOTE 2. Two nouns in the singular, as well as a nominative in the 
 dual, frequently have a verb in the plural, instead of the dual ; e.g., A fox 
 and a he-goat, impelled by thirst, went down into <JL well ; aAwTrr?! Kal rpd- 
 yos di^MVTfs els qptap Ka.T&f\<rav. The two armies withdrew ; 5u o-rparw 
 
 NOTE 3. A nominative in the neuter plural is generally joined to a 
 veYb in the singular ; as. Animals run; ra fwa rp^ 1 - The chariots fled ; 
 TO. apjULara e^euye. HoiO IS this to end ? TTUS ravra waixrerai. 
 
 NOTE 4. When there are several nominatives singular, the verb is 
 generally put in the plural ; and when the nominatives are of different 
 persons, the verb agrees with the first person rather than the second, and 
 with the second rather than the third; e.g., A lion, an ass, and a fox, 
 went OUt hunting ; AeW teal ovos Kal ctAw7rr/| tffiXOov irpbs frypav. You and 
 
 I were writing ; tyk Kal (TV 
 
THE FOXT& CONCORDS. 115 
 
 II. OF THE ADJECTIVE WITH ITS SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 102. Adjectives, adjective pronouns, and participles, 
 agree with their substantives in gender, number, and 
 case ; e.g., A good man. 
 
 KamA.oj/ avdpwtrov / 
 Ol 
 
 We hate a blab. 
 
 The Greeks were very warlike. 
 
 NOTE 1. When an adjective refers to an infinitive or a whole clause, 
 it is put in the neuter singular, and not unfrequently in the neuter plural, 
 especially when it is a verbal adjective in -ros or -reos ; e.g., Friends are 
 to be trusted; iriard eVn TJU (J)L\OLS. It is impossible to escape death ; adv- 
 vard effTi i^bv Bdvarov arrowy) etV. 
 
 NOTE 2. When an adjective or participle belongs to several substan- 
 tives, the rules of concord are the same as in Latin ; e.g., When he saw his 
 father and mother and his own wife made prisoners, he wept ; us eZ5e irarcpa 
 
 re Kal ufirepa Kal r})v kavrov yovouica aiXjUaAujTous yeyevJHJievovs, fddxpu(rv. 
 
 Stones, bricks, timber, and clay, when thrown together confusedly, become 
 
 useless; \iOoi Kal ir\iv9oi Kal |uAa Kal Kpauos araKToos e'p/Si/^eVa, ou5e/ 
 
 NOTE 3. When a general idea or statement is expressed, the adjective 
 is put in the neuter singular, the word IT pay pa ("thing") being under- 
 stood; e.g., Virtue is something beautiful; Ka\bv y apery. Changes are 
 
 a Sad thing ; ai /uifTafio\a.i \\nrrip6v. 
 
 NOTE 4. When a demonstrative or interrogative pronoun is joined to 
 a following substantive, by means of tlvai or a verb of naming, deeming, 
 seeming, it generally agrees with that substantive in gender, number, and 
 case ; e.g., Tliis is the source and origin of all evils (Lat. hie fons est atque 
 origo omnium malorum) ; avrrj tarl 71-7777; Kal apx^ iravruv r<av KaK&v (more 
 rarely rour6 eo-riv 7] irrjy-fi, /c.r.A.). 
 
 III. OF THE RELATIVE WITH ITS ANTECEDENT. 
 
 *O a^p, ov eTSe?. 
 
 103. The relative agrees with its antecedent in 
 gender, number, and person ; but the case depends on the 
 construction of its own clause ; e.g., The man whom you' 
 saiv. 
 
 The soldiers against whom we 
 fought, were very brave. 
 
 Ol OTpanwrcu ois 
 
116 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 NOTE 1. When the relative by means of flvai or a verb of naming, 
 deeming, seeming, is joined to a substantive of a different gender from 
 that of its antecedent, it may agree with either ; e.g., The constellation 
 which is called the Goat ; rb forpov V (or ft) Alya KCL\OV<TW ; Lat. Sidus 
 quam (or quod) Capram vocant. 
 
 NOTE 2. The antecedent is often put in the relative clause in the same 
 case with the relative ; as, This is the man whom you saw ; ovr6s ea-nv &// 
 fides &vdpa. I have no friend whom I can trust; OUK ex w frm ^rto-TcCo-ai 
 
 IV. OP ONE SUBSTANTIVE WITH ANOTHER. 
 
 6 
 
 104. A noun used to explain a preceding noun or 
 pronoun and designating the same person or thing, is put, 
 by apposition, in the same case ; e.g., Cyrus, the king. 
 
 Cyrus marches to Colossi, a 
 populous and large city. 
 
 Kvpos tj-eAavvet els KoXo<T<rotys ? 
 iro\iv oiKovju.trrii' teal f 
 
THE ARTICLE. 
 
 117 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 I. THE ARTICLE. 
 *O 
 
 | 105. The article is used when a substantive repre- 
 sents an object as a definite one, or when it represents 
 u whole class, or is contrasted with another substantive. 
 E.g., The (i.e., a certain, particular) man. 
 
 Man is mortal. 
 
 Terra fida est, ma?re injidum. 
 
 'O 
 
 7) 777, &TTHTTOV 7) Od\arra. 
 
 TO 
 
 106. The article is often used in place of a possessive 
 pronoun, and also when the speaker points to an object ; 
 e.g., Bring (me) the (i.e., THAT) book. 
 
 Cyrus put on his breast-plate. 
 Parents love their children. 
 
 Kvpos rbv 
 
 Oi yot/fTs rel TCKV 
 
 107. The names of nations and countries are used 
 both with and without the article. The names of persons 
 usually stand without the article ; but when they have 
 been already mentioned and are afterwards referred to, 
 or when they are to be designated as well-known and dis- 
 tinguished, they take the article. E.g., Socrates said. 
 
 Alexander conquered the Per- 
 sians. 
 
 The Thebans defeated the 
 Lacedaemonians. 
 
 lKrwre rovs Tlfpvas. 
 aM>( AaKedaijioviovs. 
 
118 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 vip, an avr)p oros. 
 
 108. When auro? (self), ovros, 6'Se, etceivos, 0X09, ?ras 
 (^whole), afjL<f>a) and a/jLcfrorepos (both), are joined to a sub- 
 stantive, the latter regularly takes the article, the words 
 ai/rcfc, etc., being then placed either before or after the 
 article and its substantive ; e.g., This man. 
 
 This opinion. 
 Both hands. 
 
 c/ He f) yv&iAT] or -rj 71/0^117 
 ^AytK^xy ra> X ?P O1> T *> X- 
 
 NOTE 1. rias, in the sense of eacft, every, pi. a?Z, takes no article ; as, 
 ?ras #j/0po>7ros, every man ; TTVUTO. ir>)\is, every city ; -jrai/res &v0pvirci, all men, 
 In the sense of whole, it takes the article, when the whole is considered 
 in opposition to its parts (7ms, in this case, is emphatic) : as, ^ TTUO-J. TTO'AO 
 or TroAis y Trao-a, the whole city, riao-a 11 TroAts or 77 ir6\ts -H-curc, meaiiM 
 simply *'the whole city," without emphasis, and this is the more usual 
 construction. 
 
 Has, without the article, when joined to a numeral, marks an exact 
 number: as, eiWa Trcures, nine in full (no less). With the article added 
 to a numeral, it denotes the English in all, altogether ; e.g., He reigned 
 in ll twenty years ; effacrihtvcre ra iravra stxoffLv try. They captured in 
 all 200 triremes ; rpt-hpeis el\ov ras irdaras dtaKOffias. They sent a thousand 
 infantry in dU j eire^av x^ovs rovs Trdvras oirXiras. 
 
 NOTI: 2. Avroy preceded by the article means u the same" (idem}-, 
 as, o a-'TJs ay-///', the same man; 6 avrbs paaiXevs, the same kiny (but avr&s 
 6 &wi\J<> or 6 @a(7L\evs avr6s = the king himself}. 
 
 ' AAA>S without the article means another ; with the article (of aAAo/), 
 the rest. Thus, tiAAy? x<*>p*, another country ; but r; aAA?7 %'^a, the rest of 
 the country ; T? #\\V'EAAas, the rest of Greece. noAAoi means many ; ol 
 7rjA\yi, the multitude, populace. 
 
 Ol rore dvBpajTTOL. 
 
 1.09. The article is often prefixed to adverbs of time 
 and place, which thus acquire an adjective or substantive 
 meaning; e.g., The men of that time. 
 
 Tho excessive joy. 
 The reigning king. 
 
 'H &yaj> %apa. 
 'O vvv jSatnAeus. 
 
 Thus, ?; ^ w 7ro\69, the upper city ; ol irdXai crofyol, th^ 
 wise of old; al TreXa? Ktopai, the neighboring villages j 
 
THE ARTICLE. 119 
 
 /uuera^v TOTTO?, the intervening place; ol eV#aSe avSpes, 
 the men of this place. The article sometimes stands alone 
 without a substantive, and sometimes with participles ; as. 
 
 01 vvv (sc. av6pa)Troi 6We?), our contemporaries ; ol ev 
 aarei, the people in the city ; ol avv /3acnXe, the king's 
 suite; ol irepl nXarawo?,' Plato with his scholars ; ra rwv 
 
 v, the customs of boys ; ol e^o^re?, the wealthy ; ol 
 ?, the speakers ; 6 Trpdrrcov ra r^9 7rc/\eft)9, one who 
 conducts the affairs of the state, a statesman. 
 
 
 
 tj-^ 5 /)\ 9 / CSV > /) / 
 
 O ayauos avyp or o avrjp o ayauos. 
 
 110. 1. When an attributive (i.e., an adjective, an 
 adjective pronoun, a noun in the genitive, an adverb, or a 
 preposition with its case) is added to a substantive having 
 the article, so as to form but one idea with it, the attribu- 
 tive either stands between the article and the substan- 
 tive, or is placed after the substantive with the article 
 repeated when the attributive is to be made prominent. 
 The emphasis, in this case, is on the attributive. E.g., 
 The GOOD man (in opposition to the BAD man). 
 
 The age of the boy. 
 
 The men of our time. 
 
 The Persian war. 
 
 'H TOV iraiSbs rj\iKia or 77 f)\ifcla 
 
 Ol vvv &vQp(i)iroi or ol Mponroi 
 ol vvv. 
 
 'O irpbs TOVS Tlepaas Tr6\fJLos 
 or 6 7r6\e/u.os o irpbs TOVS 
 Tlp(ras. 
 
 2. But when the emphasis is on the governing substan- 
 tive, or when the accompanying adjective is to be regarded 
 as the predicate of an abridged subordinate clause, the 
 attributive without the article is placed either after or 
 before the article and its substantive. E.g., A good man is 
 happy, i.e., a man who is (because or inasmuch as he is, 
 if he is) good ; 6 avrjp ayaOd? or ayaObs 6 avrjp. 
 
120 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 The age of the boy. 
 
 The Athenian people. 
 The Persian war. 
 
 'O OTJ/JLOS ' 
 6 
 
 'O Tr6\/jios irpbs Tlpaas or 
 Ile/xras <5 v6\fj.os. 
 
 II. THE NEGATIVE PARTICLES 
 Ov/c oTSa. 
 
 AND 
 
 111. Ov (as well as its compounds ouSe, oure, ou 
 
 , ouSeTrore, etc.) denies absolutely ; e.g. , I know not. 
 
 Is not, what is good, also fair ? I Ou ol na\6v ten ri> 
 That may not happen. | Tavra OVK bv yiyvoiro. 
 
 OU stands (1.) in all direct statements whether expressed by 
 the indicative or optative ; (2.) in clauses with 6n and is (that), after 
 verbs sentiendi and declarandi ; (3.) in clauses denoting the time, cause 
 or consequence of a state or action, with such conjunctions as ore, ^TTCI, 
 eVi5?7, etc., when, after; 8n, Si6n, fact, etc., because since, and &sre, so 
 that, with either the indicative or optative ; (4.) in relative clauses, in 
 which the relative does not include any accessory idea of condition or pur- 
 pose (5.) in simple direct questions, which require the answer yes ; e.g., 
 
 You Will do this, Will you not t ov $pd<Tis TOVTO; or 5f>* ou Spdveis rovro; 
 
 OVK av euSai/zoz/ot^s /XT) 
 
 112. Mr} (as well as its compounds /xr/Se, 
 
 ia>9, ^SeTrore, etc.) denies conditionally; e.g., You 
 will not prosper without (= if you do not . . . .) toiling. 
 
 rovro ycvorro ! 
 
 May this not happen ! 
 Raise no tumult, friends. 
 
 NOTE. Mr/ stands (1.) in clauses expressing a command, entreaty, warn* 
 ing t wish,or exhortation ; (2.) in conditional clauses with ^, ldv t b'rav, etc., 
 e.g., fl (*}) ypdQets or cav fj.7) ypd<t>ps ; (3.) in clauses expressing a purpose with 
 Iva, etc. (also oVojy with the fut. indie.), or a consequence with &sr* and the 
 infinitive; (4.) in participial and relative clauses, when they imply a 
 condition or purpose ; (6.) in clauses denoting a repeated state or action 
 
THE CONJUNCTION "THAT." 121 
 
 [ whenever," " as often as ") whether introduced by */ tdv, etc., or the rela- 
 tive, or a temporal conjunction ; (6.) in clauses that can be resolved by 
 is qui with the subjunctive ( talis ut, ita comparatus ut) ;-*- (7.) in simple 
 direct questions, which expect the answer no ; e.g., You will not do this, 
 will you ? (ji^i Spdarets TOVTO or apa ^ 5. T. ; (8.) Mr/ regularly stands with 
 the infinitive. But after the verbs (py/mi, OLKOVOD, 5oeco, vopifa, ofyua/, and 
 inro\ajUL0dvo} (more rarely after other verbs of thinking and saying}, ov is 
 commonly used : yet when these verbs are in the imperative, ^ must 
 stand; e.g., Know that in human affairs nothing is stable; 
 elvat TUV a.vQp(air(v 
 
 OVK ecmv ovSeif. 
 
 113. Two or more negatives strengthen the nega- 
 tion, if they belong to the same verb; e.g., There is 
 nothing (= there is not anything). 
 
 No one has ever done this. 
 
 He will never do anything noble. 
 
 He cannot either speak well of, 
 or benefit anybody in any way. 
 
 OVK eiroirifff TOVTO ouSeVore ovSefo 
 OvSei/ iJ.4ya ovtieiroTf Spdcrei. 
 
 Ov tivvarai OVT* ev \4ysw, OVT 
 
 NOTE 1. When in an English negative sentence such indefinite pro- 
 nouns and adverbs as any one, anywhere, ever, etc., occur, they must 
 be rendered by their corresponding negatives. 
 
 NOTE 2. Ov ,io/, used interrogatively with the 2 pers. of the future 
 indie., is equivalent to a strong prohibition ; e.g., ov ^ <r/cotyeis ; don't scoff, 
 I tell you (lit. will you not-scoff ?). Ov ^ \7jp-fiffis ; don't talk nonsense. 
 
 But without interrogation, with any person of the future, and more com- 
 monly of the aorist subj., ov ^ denotes a strong denial ; e.g., TOVS irovypovs 
 ov yu^TroTe &e\riovs Troir)(Tis, no, never will you make the wicked better. Ov 
 ^ y4vnra.t TOVTO, this certainly will not happen, Lat. non (vereor} ne hoc fiat. 
 
 III. THE ENGLISH CONJUNCTION "THAT." 
 
 114. The English conjunction THAT is variously 
 rendered in Greek, as by ti/a, OTTO)?, w9, &5re, on. Often, 
 THAT is not expressed at all, and then the accusative with 
 the infinitive is used, as in Latin. 
 
 v 
 
 115. 1. "I i/a, OTTO)?, and 69 ( u in order that"), are 
 used when a purpose is expressed. They stand w*th the 
 
122 
 
 GREEK GBAMMAR. 
 
 subjunctive when a principal tense precedes, and with the 
 optative (but never the optative future 1 ), when an histor- 
 ical tense precedes. E.g., / write that you may come. 
 (I wrote that you might come ; eypa^a tV 
 
 He explored the whole country, 
 that no one might escape. 
 
 You have come at the right 
 time to hear the trial. 
 
 pav, tva. , 
 Els Kaipbv 
 
 2. *O7n9 (OTTCO? p>rj) is used esp. after verbs signifying 
 to beg, to care, to exhort, to advise, to consider, to incite, to 
 strive, to effect. It stands with the subj. or opt., accord- 
 ingly ; and very often with the future indie., after histor- 
 ical as well as principal tenses. The verb before OTTCOS 
 must sometimes be supplied; e.g., Take care lest you b& 
 beaten to death ; OTTCO? aTroXe? fJLa&Tiyov/jLevoS) supply opa or 
 TOVTO Trpdrre before OTTO)?. 
 
 Show yourselves worthy of 
 
 liberty. 
 They endeavored to obtain 
 
 help. 
 
 "Enparrov SITUS 
 
 3. *fl9f (so that) is used when a consequence is expressed. 
 It stands most frequently with the infinitive, but also with 
 the indicative, when the consequence is to be represented 
 as &fact, as something actually accomplished. E.g., 
 
 He was very courageous, so as 
 to hazard everything. 
 
 He did not return the next day, 
 so that the Greeks began to 
 be anxious. 
 
 irdvra 
 
 Kol eti /mfv TJ\V ixrrepaiav 
 
 ^KV, G&S0' 01 
 
 NOTE. When it is stated that the consequence would take place under 
 a certain condition ( 165, 2), the indicative of the historical tenses is used 
 with &v ; but when the subordinate clause expresses a mere conditioned 
 supposition ( 166, 4), the optative with hv is used. 
 
 l ) We read, however, in Xen. Cyr. 8. 1, 43: 
 
 ^re &woTol wore 
 
 8* vir 
 
THE CONJUNCTION " THAT. 
 
 123 
 
 4. "On and Q>? (that) are used after verbs of feeling and 
 declaring. They stand with the indicative, when the sub- 
 ordinate clause is to be represented as something certain, 
 as a fact (particularly after a preceding pres., perf. or 
 fut.), and with the optative, when the statement of the 
 subordinate clause is to be viewed as the opinion not of the 
 writer, but of the person spoken of. E.g., Itivas announced 
 that Megara revolted ; rjyyeXOr] on Meyapa 
 
 O/ 5' H\yov ort &pKra rro\- 
 \ovs tfdr) TT\r)(nd(TavTas 8t- 
 <j>6ipav. 
 
 Koiparddrjs $\yev on 
 
 ia&d\\et (histor. 
 present) rbv Kvpov irpbs rbv 
 a$\<f)6v, us 
 
 They said that bears had de- 
 stroyed many that had ap- 
 proached them. 
 
 Coeratades said that he was 
 prepared to conduct them. 
 
 Tissaphernes brought an accu- 
 sation against Cyrus before 
 his brother, (saying) that he 
 was plotting against him. 
 
 5. M?; (in the sense of that*) and //,?) ov (in the sense of 
 that not) are used after verbs of fearing with either the 
 subjunctive or optative, according as a principal or an 
 historical tense precedes. The subjunctive, however, not 
 unfrequently stands even after historical tenses ; e.g., The 
 Athenians were afraid lest the allies should revolt; ol 
 *A.0rjvaioi rot*? ^v/jifjid^ov^ eSebieaav p 
 
 I fear (that) they will revolt. 
 I feared lest they should revolt. 
 
 I fear he will not come. 
 
 I was afraid he would not come. 
 
 OVK 
 n^) OVK 
 
 NOTE 1. When a completed action is referred to, 
 the perfect indicative: as, I fear he is dead, StSot/ca 
 we have failed in everything, <f>o^ovfj.ai ^ tr&vruv 
 
 and ^ ov tak% 
 T*QVI\K.*V. I feat 
 
 NOTE 2. Verbs signifying to fear, to be anxious or uncertain, to doubt,. 
 to distrust, to deny, to hinder, to forbid, to oppose, to prohibit, are gener- 
 ally followed by the infinitive with /^, and when a negative, or any word 
 equivalent to a negative, precedes, by the infinitive with ^ ov. M^ and 
 ft^ ov are then not expressed in English. Thus, 
 
GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 I forbid you to do this. 
 Nothing prevents you from do- 
 ing this. 
 
 You will not deny that you are 
 my brother. 
 
 Socrates dissuaded the Athe- 
 nians from doing anything 
 against the laws. 
 
 K.(a\v(t) o~ jUr; ravra wot^y, 
 
 O&dfV K(*)\Vl <T JUT) OV T. 7T. 
 
 OVK &/ eapvos yevoio JUT; OVK 
 /j3)s a?)\<pbs eli/ot. 
 
 Stttfparrjs 7)vavTi(aQii 'AOyvaiovs 
 /zrjSej/ TroieiV irapa TOVS vb^ovs. 
 
 IV. THE ACCUSATIVE WITH THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 116. The conjunction THAT is often left 
 lated, as in Latin, and then the construction of the accusa- 
 tive with the infinitive takes place. 
 
 Otei ^/zas apupreiv. 
 
 The accusative with the infinitive is used : 
 
 1) After verbs sentiendi and declarandi ; 
 
 2) After the impersonals Se, must, ought ; TrpeTrei, Trpos 
 ij/cei, it is becoming ; So/ceZ, it seems ; et-ecmv, it is allowed, 
 it is possible; crvpftaivt^ it happens; Xe^erat, it is said; 
 ayry\\erai, it is announced; 6fjio\o<yeiTa(,, it is (/ranted; 
 7rii/c$ (/caXoV, Si/caidv, KCLKOV) ecmv, it is fair, it is just, 
 etc.; e.g., You think (that) we have erred; putas nos errasse. 
 
 I believe that the good are 
 
 happy. 
 They say that the earth is a 
 
 sphere. 
 
 They announced that Cyrus 
 
 conquered. 
 It happened that the king was 
 
 present. 
 
 No/uiw TOVS ayaOovs 
 &ao~l T^)V yijv ff<f>aipav eli 
 
 Hyyci\av T^V Kvpov i 
 'SvvfQr) TOV f3ao~i\fa TT 
 
 NOTE 1. The impersonals Ae^ercu, ayyf\\Tai, 6fjLO\oye'iTat, 5oe7, (Tv/uL~ 
 ftalvcii SiKCLiov (^|to/, Suvar6v, etc.) eV-n, and roffovrov 5e? with the infinitive 
 followed by &sre with either the infinitive or indicative (tantum abest ut 
 w), are often construed personally. E.g., ayy\\ovrai ol 'AQrjva'ioi vLKr\o-ai 
 or ayy\\Tai rovs 'A.6r)vaiovs vudjaaL. -At/cat 6v eari pe TOVTO \yeiv Or diicaids 
 ti/LLt TOVTO \eyeiv. 'Eirio'oj-di' effTi OTL rb avTb Treio'6iui0a or ^Tribo^6v eort 
 TO CLVTO TreiaeaOai or iri5ol-oi fff/mev TO avTb Trio~o~6at 1 it IS probable that 
 shall suffer the same. TOO~OVTOV deovcnv aOufjif'iv, &ST /cai ^uKXov ^aipouflT 
 
 so far are they from desponding that they rather rejoice* 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 125 
 
 NOTE 2. When the subject of the subordinate clause is the same as that 
 of the leading clause, the accusative of the personal pronoun is generally 
 omitted. E.g., ofc^cu a/mapTew, credo (me) errasse ; oUi a/xapreiV, putas (te) 
 
 errasse; otovrai a^apretV, putant (se) errasse. 'O 'A\a*stipos e</>ao-/cei/ elvai 
 
 Aibs vl6s, Alexander dicebat (se) esse Jovis filium. Kpotcros tv6pi*v elvai 
 iravruv oAjSiojraros, Croesus (se) omnium fortunatissimum esse putabat. 
 
 The accusative of the personal pronoun, however, is expressed, when 
 there is any special emphasis or contrast ; e.g., Kpo?<ros Mpifa tavrbv 
 
 eivai na.vTtav 6\fiiwTo.TOv. 
 
 j0=> After verbs sentiendi and declarandi, instead of the ace. with the 
 inf., the conjunctions on and ds are frequently used ( 115. 4). 
 
 V. QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 
 
 117. There are two kinds of questions : simple and 
 double. 
 
 A simple question is one that consists of one member 
 only ; e.g., Did I do right? 
 
 A double question is one that consists of two or more 
 members connected disjunctively by or; e.g., Did I do right 
 or wrong ? 
 
 Both simple and double questions are either direct or 
 indirect. 
 
 A question is said to be direct, when it asks positively, 
 that is, when it does not depend on any word or phrase 
 going before ; as, Did I do right ? Did I do right or wrong ? 
 
 A question is said to be indirect, when it depends on 
 some preceding word or phrase, such as to ask, to doubt, to 
 see, to consider, to know, to try, it matters, it is uncertain, 
 and the like ; e.g., I doubt whether I did right. I know 
 not whether I did right or wrong. 
 
 In both direct and indirect questions, the indicative is 
 used. But when a question asks doubtingly, the sub- 
 junctive or optative is used, according as a principal or 
 historical tense precedes. The English language, in this 
 case, generally employs the auxiliaries may, can, shall, 
 should, etc. E.g., What can we do? TI Trotw/jiev ; Shall 
 we speak or be silent ? eiTrw^ev rj 
 
 Nescio quo me vertam. 
 Nesciebam quo me verterem. 
 
 OVK ex^ OTTO i TpdTr<i)/j.ai. 
 OVK ^x ov oiroi rpairoifj^ 
 
126 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 (Simple Questions.) 
 Hois 
 
 118. Simple questions, both direct and indirect, are 
 introduced : 
 
 a) By the interrogative pronouns and adverbs rt9, quis ? 
 Troo9, qualis? 7ro'o-09, quantus? TrocrroV, quotus? 7rorepo9, 
 uter? TrrjXfaos, how old? TroSaTroV, of what country? 7ro)9, 
 Tr?;, how ? TToO, where ? TTOA, whither ? 7ro'0ez>, whence ? Trore, 
 when? 7ro0-a/a9, how often? rt, &a rt, why? 7170/0, what 
 then ? (B^~ In indirect questions, the forms beginning with 
 6, as O9rt9, O7rofc09, oTrdaos, O7rft)9, etc., are generally used); 
 
 b) By the interrogative particles 77, ^ 7a/o, apa, apa 76 
 etc. E.g.? JSW are you? 
 
 -bv 
 
 Do you not admire Socrates ? 
 Did you plant any of these ? 
 
 I wonder how this happened. 
 I know not who has done this. 
 
 ' ov OavfjLiS rv 
 
 T H yap (rv TOVTUV n t(f>vrv<ras ; 
 
 # 
 
 7Tft>y TOVTO 
 
 OVK ol5a OSTIS ravra 
 
 NOTE 1. T Apa, like the Latin ne, simply asks for information; e.g., 
 
 Would you tell me 9 apd pot fOf^acus &f etVeu/ (SC. el ere *p<ar<?i]v) ; 
 
 T Ap' ou is the Latin nonne and expects the answer YES. T Apa /u^, on the 
 contrary, always expects the answer NO ; e.g., &pa /UT) voffets; you are not 
 sick, are you ? NO. 
 
 In simple indirect questions ov stands with ei, whether; e.g., Say whether 
 you erred not in telling this ; Ae'o/ el oi>x ^fj-apres ravra \fas. 
 
 The particles ov arid ^ are often used as interrogatives without 5/>a, 
 the former- expecting the answer yes, the latter the answer no ; e.g., Do 
 you not wish to go ? (Ans. yes) OVK eflsAeis levai; You will not punish 
 me, will you ? (Ans. NO) ^ /me Ko\d<rp ; 
 
 4=- The interrogative ^ often occurs in indirect questions in the sense 
 of whether not, after expressions of fear and anxiety, of inquiring and 
 considering; e.g., lam considering whether it be not best for me to be 
 silent ; Qpivrifa ^ Kparurrov rj /uot o^S*'. 
 
 NOTE 2?. Mv (the Latin num) always leads one to expect a negative 
 answer, especially in connection with ^. But when ov is added to it 
 (M.&V ou), the question is affirmative (= nonne?). 
 
 In indirect questions the simple relatives (' 39) are sometimes used 
 instead of the indirect interrogatives. Thus 3s for os, oTos for d^ows, 
 Sffos for 6w6(T05, etc. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 127 
 
 NOTES. "AAAo n % (properly &\\o n tvnv ^, "does anything else 
 happen than"), or simply &\\o n (without ^), stands for nonne; e.g., 
 Will they not suffer hunger ? &\\o n t) ireivfoovo-iv ; Do not the avaricious 
 love gain ? &\\o n ovv of ye ^uAoKepSets QiKovai rb Kp5os ; 
 
 In Attic, questions are frequently introduced by ri ^Mv and ri ira6<av, 
 in the sense of why ? e.g., ri paduv rovro ^irolrjo-as ; what reason had you 
 for acting thus (more lit., " where could you have learnt to do so ") ? 
 ri iraQovres rovro ttroi-fiffare ; what came upon you that you did this (what 
 tempted you to do this) ? 
 
 (Double Questions.) 
 
 119. In double questions, both direct and indirect, 
 the first member is introduced by Trdrepov (also n. pi. 
 TroVepa), the second by ^. (Tldrepov in the first member 
 is sometimes omitted.) E.g., Is he doing it willingly or 
 unwillingly ? 
 
 Do you doubt whether these 
 things are the result of 
 chance or of reason? 
 
 Can he please nobody or are 
 there some whom he does 
 please ? 
 
 Tavra airope'is irdrtpov 
 r\ 
 
 Tl6repa 
 
 r) for iv ofs 
 
 NOTE. Double questions, if direct, are sometimes introduced by 3pa 
 tf ; if indirect, by * 1j or ?T efre. 
 
 The English or not, in the second member of indirect double questions, 
 is expressed by % ov as well as by 
 
 *H opas TOV ytpovra ; 'Opal. 
 
 120. The answers YES and NO are variously ex- 
 pressed. 
 
 The answer YES : 1) By vat, vrj rov Aia, teal ptvovv, 
 Trdvv, e7a)yc, TTW? 7^/3 ov ; 2) by repeating the emphatic* 
 word. 
 
128 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 The answer NO : 1) By o#, ov (frrjfjii, OVK 70), ouSa/A&)9, ov 
 pa Ata, etc.; 2) by repeating the emphatic word with a 
 negative placed before it. E.g., Do you see the old man? 
 I do. 
 
 Are these men enemies, grand- 
 father ? Yes, certainly. 
 
 You do not wish to become an 
 architect, do you ? No. 
 
 'H OVTOl, & TTCtTTTTe, TTOAeyUiOl 6iVt; 
 
 HO\/ULIOI fjifvroi. 
 ' Apa /*^ o/oxtTeKTaj/ jSouAet yeve- 
 
 NOTE, The interrogative particle is often wholly omitted, the em- 
 phatic word being then placed first, especially if it be a negative. Some- 
 times, vice versa, there are in the same sentence two or even more 
 interrogatives without being connected by KO.( ; e.g., ris rivos afrits tan; 
 who is guilty and (guilty) of what? 'E/c rlvos ris eyevtro; Who is he and 
 from whom descended ? 
 
SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 128 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 Ta TOV 'A^tXXeco? 
 
 121. Any substantive which answers to the question 
 whose ? or of whom or what ? asked in connection with 
 another substantive, is put in the genitive ; e.g., The arms 
 of Achilles. 
 
 Initium sapientiae timor Do- 
 mini. 
 
 I admire the wisdom of Soc- 
 rates. 
 
 ffotptas <f>6^os Kvpiov. 
 fou ^(DKpdrovs rfyv (ToQia 
 
 ndcrov SiSctcncei ; 
 
 222. A substantive denoting the price of a thing, 
 the material of which a thing is made, or the part by 
 which something is seized, is put in the genitive ; as, What 
 are his terms (lit., how much does he teach for)? A pillar 
 made of brass, crr^X?; %a\/cov 
 
 The gods sell all things for 
 
 toil. 
 He caught the pigeon by the 
 
 wing. 
 
 Ot 0ol TWV ir6vwv iravTa 7ro>A- 
 
 OVfflV. 
 
 Urcpvyos r^v ire purr epctv \a- 
 
 123. A substantive denoting the cause, manner, or 
 instrument of an action, is put in the dative ; e.g., He died 
 of hunger. 
 
 He beat the ass with a stick. 
 All was done with great care. 
 
 rbv ovov fTrdra 
 Meyd\r) ffirovSf) irdvTa. 
 
i30 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 rrjv 
 
 124. A substantive limiting the meaning of another 
 substantive (verb, or adjective) to some particular part or 
 circumstance, is usually put in the accusative, more rarely 
 in the dative; e.g., A Syrian by birth (lit. as to his country). 
 
 The youth is sound in mind. 
 Hercules was large in person. 
 
 tas ras typcvas vyiaivei. 
 rb ffw/uta. ^yas %i>. 
 
 Ae/cci 
 
 125, A substantive denoting measure or distance, is 
 put in the accusative ; e.g., He is ten stadia distant. 
 
 He was three days' journey off. 'Aire?x* rpia>v ^tpuv Mv. 
 They stood ten feet from one Aa n68as dA\^Aa/ duixov. 
 another. 
 
 NOTE. The extent of space how long, how wide, how high, how deep, 
 i& usually expressed by the substantives ^KOS, evpos, irdxos, fyos, ftdOos, 
 with elvcu and the genitive of the extent, or witli %x an ^ the accusative ; 
 e.g., The garden is three stadia long ; rov KTJWOV rb /JLTJKOS tvrl (amounts 
 to) rpitav (rradiwv, 01' 6 KTJTTOS rb JLLTJKOS (in or as to) ecrrl rpiwv ffrafiicav, or 
 6 KTJw)S e^et rpets ffraSiovs (also n. rpta ffrddia) rb /ULTJKOS. 
 
 Haprjv rfi rptrr) r} 
 
 126. A substantive denoting the time when, if definite, 
 is put in the dative; if indefinite, in the genitive; e.g., 
 He arrived on the third day. 
 
 T?) varepaia r^v &ov\)jv 
 Koi Oepovs Kdl xt^uv 
 
 The next day they called the 
 
 council. 
 They hunt both summer and 
 
 winter. 
 
 NOTE 1. The time how long is usually put in the accusative; e.g., 
 There he remained a long time (Jive days three months two years 
 
 during the ivhole of that day) ; ivravBa. irap/j.cive iro\vi> xp^vov (ireVre TjfJLi- 
 pas T/>e?s fj.9)va.s Suo err? ravrrjv r^v Tj/mfpav). j[^W" ravrr^s TTJS rj/Afpas 
 would signify indefinitely "some time in the course of that day ;" and 
 Tavrrj rfi r)^pa, definitely, u on that particular day." 
 
SUBSTANTIVES, 131 
 
 NOTE 2. The English old is expressed either by Ji/a: with the genitive 
 of the years, or by yeyova with the accusative, or by a numeral adjective 
 in ys ; e.g., He died thirty years old, or at the age of thirty ; trwv rpiaKovra 
 
 &v .ereAeirra, Or ytyovks vq Tptdxoi/Ta tr\VTa (natUS triginta annos), 
 or Tpux,KO,i/raTr)s (Att. COntr. rptaKovrovrrjs^ 
 
 127. The place where is put in the dative with eV; 
 the place whither, in the accusative with efc; and the place 
 whence, in the genitive with e/c; e.g., At Home. 
 
 'Ev 2trdpTT) TOVTO tytvtro. 
 'EK TlcpffiSos els 'E\\dSa 
 
 This happened at Sparta. 
 
 He fled from Persia into Greece. 
 
 NOTE. The place where is often expressed by adverbs in 61, as ovpa- 
 v66i, in heaven ; the place whither, by adverbs in $*, fe, and <re, as 'A0^i/afc, 
 to or towards Athens ; and the place whence, by adverbs in Bev, as < 
 from Thebes. 
 
 128. In exclamations of wonder and grief, the name 
 of the object wondered at, etc., is usually put in the geni- 
 tive ; e.g., the wretched city ! 
 
 O the acuteness of his wit ! 
 O the misfortune to be called 
 hither ! 
 
 K2 
 
 TTJS 
 
 fevpo ! 
 
132 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 GOVERNMENT OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 * A **' > ' 
 
 Agio? errausov. 
 
 129. Adjectives denoting knowledge, remembrance^ 
 worth, power, participation, fulness, and their contraries, 
 govern the genitive of the thing, of which one is worthy, 
 mindful, etc.; e.g., Worthy of praise. 
 
 Life is full of cares. M.ffr6v <rn rb rjv QpovriStav. 
 
 Be able to control your passions. TJ/ t-triBviuwv eyKpar^s Wi. 
 
 NOTE. To these adjectives belong also those signifying to be deprived 
 of, free from, inferior to, also many compounds of a privative, and ad- 
 jectives in -i/cos (derived from verbs transitive), which denote skill, fitness. 
 Thus, e\evdepos <f>6fiov, free from fear; ovSevbs Sevrepos or uVrepos, inferior 
 to ho one; airatStvTos IJLOVO-IKTJS, ignorant of music; eu%^y Sitcaias OVK avfi- 
 KOOS 06s, God is not deaf to a just prayer ; <n 
 Sclav, a general capable of providing provisions. 
 
 130. Partitives govern the genitive of the whole; 
 e.g., Not one of the Greeks. 
 
 Each animal has some weapon. 
 Impudence is the greatest of 
 maladies. 
 
 WV (d)b)V O1T\OV T( (TTl 
 
 'H pey'io-Tr) rSov voffwv avaideta. 
 
 131. Adjectives denoting usefulness, pleasantness, 
 fitness, likeness, readiness, nearness, equality, facility, and 
 their contraries, govern the dative; e.g., Like Achilles. 
 
ADJECTIVES. 
 
 133 
 
 Good men are dear to one 
 
 another. 
 Demosthenes was useful to his 
 
 country. 
 
 <p <t>t\os. 
 
 rpldi. 
 
 NOTE. Here belong many adjectives compounded with avv and 6/xoO, 
 and also <5 avr6s, the same ; as, 6^6y\(arroi rots Kapai, speaking the same 
 language as the Carians ; wTrAtoyxeVos TO?S aurots ry Kvpc? oVAois, furnished 
 with the same arms as Cyrus. 
 
 K.ow6s, common, and frros, equal, like, usually take the dative, but the 
 genitive is found also. 
 
 eoriz>. 
 
 132. Verbal adjectives in -reo9 (Lat. -dus) govern 
 the dative of the agent; e.g., We must fight, Lat. nobis 
 pugnandum est. 
 
 Boni vobis imitandi sunt. 
 
 Tibi virtus colenda est. 
 
 Mihi epistolae scribendae erant. 
 
 Mi/xrjreot etfflv vfjuv ol ayaBol. 
 'Aff/cr/rea eVr( ffoi rj aper^. 
 FpaTTTeat fiffdv /xot iri(TTO\ai. 
 
 NOTE. Verbal adjectives in -reos, derived from verbs transitive, admit 
 both the personal and impersonal construction. In the impersonal con- 
 struction, the object is put in the accusative, the verbal adjective in the 
 neuter sing, or plur., and the verb dpi in the 3d pers. sing. ; as /-u^TjreW 
 (TT\V vfjuv TOVS aya0ovs, a.<TKf]Tov (or -Ta) &TTi ffoi T})V apcT^v, ypaifTfov 
 (or -Tea) ?iv IJLOL tiri(TTO\ds. 
 
 But those derived from intransitive verbs (e.g., tiriOv/uiriTcos from finOv- 
 pcw TWOS, etc.) admit the impersonal construction only, and retain the 
 case of the verb from which they are derived ; e.g., All must desire virtue, 
 ov (or -rea) tffrl rrjs apery*. 
 
 USE OF THE COMPARATIVE. 
 
 TOV 
 
 133. When two objects are compared by ^, they are 
 both put in the same case; e.g., He is taller than his 
 brother, i^ei^cov CO-TIP rj 6 aSeX</)09. But when they are com- 
 pared without $, the latter is put in the genitive. 
 
l34 UREEK GRAMMAB. 
 
 A good friend is better than 
 
 wealth. 
 Nothing is grander than virtue. 
 
 Alter altero capite major est. 
 Gold is better than a myriad 
 of words. 
 
 Bbs. 
 
 <f>i\os aya- 
 
 OvdfV ACTTJfta CTfjLl>6- 
 
 repov. 
 
 "Erepos T*pov rrj K 
 Xpvabs Kpeirruv pvpiwv 
 
 NOTE 1. The measure by which one thing exceeds or falls short of 
 another, is put in the dative ; as, Older by a year, friavry TrpefffivTcpos ; 
 a head taller, rf) Ke<f>a\fi p.ei(<ov. Such datives are : iro\\<f, much j o\(y<p 
 or fjnicptpt little; roo-ovry, so much; 6Vy, how much; Bey rocrovTcp, the 
 the (quo eo, or quanta tanto). Sometimes the accusatives pcya, o\l- 
 yov, TroAv, offov, roaovro, are used in the same sense. 
 
 NOTE 2. After the comparatives TrAeV, txarrov, nelov, when joined to 
 numerals, % can be omitted without change of construction ; e.g., more 
 than ten days, vfreov % 5ea V e V at or wXeov HCKO, fipepcu, also w\ciovs t) 
 Ka ri/jitpai Or TrAsious 5ea 7]fj.epwv. 
 
 The particle rj sometimes stands between two comparatives ; e.g., cele- 
 rius quam prudentius hoc fecit ; Oarrov f) o-o<f>wTpov TOVTO ^iroirja-ev. 
 
 NOTE 3. The particle 17 followed by nard or irp6s with an accusative, 
 corresponds to the Latin quam pro with the ablative, and is rendered by 
 4 'too e.g. great many . . . for," or "in proportion to" ; e.g., More arms 
 were taken than the number of dead would lead to expect, ov\a v\flw t) 
 Kara rovs veKpovs ^A^flrj. Superhuman or above human nature, /me'ifrv t) 
 
 When followed by an infinitive with or without &STC (ws) before it, it 
 is rendered by " too e.g. great . . . ." with the infinitive ; as voarj^a ^e^ov 
 t) (Ssre) Qepftv, a sickness too great to endure or be endured. 
 
 NOTE 4. The English one of the most .... is expressed by $v rots 
 fji.d\i(rTa with the positive, or by eV rots with the superlative. The ro?s 
 remains unchanged, whatever be the gender of the noun referred to ; e.g., 
 One of the greatest opponents to democracy, av^p tv rots ^d\i(rra tvavrios 
 r<? $T)fji<p. One of the most numerous fleets, lv rols irteTffrai rfes. 
 
 To increase the meaning of the superlative, on, us, oo-ov, fi, are often 
 added ; e.g., as soon as possible, &s (or or*) 
 
PRONOUNS 135 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. Personal Pronouns. 
 
 !#* The nominatives of the personal pronouns 
 orv, rjfjieiS) etc.) as well as the possessives are, in general, used 
 only when emphasis, contrast, or perspicuity, requires it ; 
 
 /shall go, do thou remain. 
 Parents love their children. 
 
 , (TV 5 fJL^V. 
 
 01 yoveis (TTtpyovo-i rd rticva. 
 
 NOTE. The English my (thy, his, her, our, your, their} own is thus 
 expressed in Greek : 
 
 My (thy, his, her) own. 
 
 6 tfJiavTov ((TeauroO, eauroG or ^avTTjs) irarrip. 
 77 tyavTov (0-eauroO, eavrov or eaur^s) 
 
 Our (your, their) own. 
 
 6 ty/^repoy avrwz/ (also 6 TJ/JLUV aurtDf) Trar^p. 
 7) v/Aer^pa avT&v (also 7) u/uwi/ avrcuv) /x^riyp. 
 6 (T0^repos O.VT&V (better 6 ^avrwp) d5eX06y. 
 
 2. The Pronoun aurcfc. 
 
 135. Concerning the use of the pronoun auro? the 
 following is to be observed : 
 
 1) In the nominative, and when joined to a substantive 
 or a personal pronoun of the first or second person, it 
 means ipse, u self ;" as, auro? e</>r/, he himself said it. 
 
 2) In the oblique cases (not, however, at the beginning of 
 a sentence, nor joined to a substantive) it is used instead 
 of the simple pronoun of the third person, him, her, them. 
 
 3) When immediately preceded by the article, it means 
 u the same" (idem); The same man, 6 avros avqp. 
 
136 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 Even Socrates (Socrates him- 
 self) wept. 
 
 I saw the king himself. 
 They asked him to remain. 
 
 AVT&V rbv jScuriXe'a eldov. 
 'E5eWro avrov irapafjieivai. 
 
 NOTE. AMs is sometimes used with ordinals in the following manner : 
 AeVctTT/s avr6s, he with nine others (lit., himself being the tenth). Eevo- 
 K\eLdes a-Tparrjybs fjv 7re>7rros ai)r6s, Xenoclides was commander ivith four 
 associates. 
 
 3. The Relative Pronouns. 
 
 136. The relative is frequently put, by attraction, in 
 the case of the antecedent, if the latter be either in the 
 genitive or dative ; e.g., He remembers what he has done, 
 fjLe/jivrjTai eiceivav sc. Trpay/Jbdrcw a eirpa^ev, and by attrac- 
 tion : p4p,vyrcu wv 
 
 I enjoy the goods I possess. 
 He set out with what force he 
 had. 
 
 (Sv c^w dyaOwv. 1 
 'Etiropeuero (rbv 77 e?xe (Wa/uet. 2 
 
 NOTE 1. This attraction takes place chiefly when the relative would 
 otherwise be in the accusative, as in the foregoing examples. But with 
 oZbs, as or such as j tivos and TJ\IKOS, as great as, the attraction takes place 
 even when these relatives are in the nominative, provided the verb ei> 
 occurs in the sentence. Thus the sentence : I favor such a man as you are, 
 is rendered : xa/^Mcu dvdpl roioi5ry olos cri) el, and by attraction (that is, 
 by omitting the demonstrative roioi/ry together with the verb el of the 
 relative clause and putting o?os with the nominative at in the case of the 
 antecedent dvdpt) xa/)^o^cat dvdpl ofy <rol, and by transposition 
 ot'y croi dvdpl, or simply xap^o/xai oty ffoi. In like manner : 
 
 G. ^ptD oiov <rov (d^5p6s), pi. otw^ vfj.&v (avdpuv). 
 D. Trto-rei/w o!y <roi (dvdpl), pi. olbis vjuv 
 A. rt/xw 016^ (re (#i>5pa), pi. otous u/xas (d 
 
 Sometimes an inverted attraction takes place, that is, the antecedent is 
 attracted into the case of the relative, and not the relative into the case of 
 the antecedent. This inverted attraction most frequently occurs with the 
 phrase ovdets fans ov (nemo non, i.e., u every one") where l<rrl is omitted 
 
 1 by transposition for ATroXarfw &ya.es>v <3v exw, and this by attraction 
 for d,7roXatfw ayad&v a exw. 2 by transposition for eVopetfero <n>i/ dwdnci y 
 eix i and this by attraction for eV. a-dv dvvdfici ty elxev. 
 
PRONOUNS. 137 
 
 after ovdek. E.g., There is not one whom he did not oblige, that is, "he 
 obliged every one ;" ovdevi ory OVK tx a P<- TO i for ovdels ten. #ry OVK tx a pl- 
 fero. Thus, 
 
 Nom. ovdels OSTIS OVK olocv. 
 
 Gen. ovdevbs 6'rou ov KCLTaye\$. 
 
 Dat. ovdevi 6'ry ov doKeT. 
 
 Acc. ovdtva OVTLVOL ov \oidopei. 
 
 NOTE 2. The verb fort with cJ/, ofs, ous, <X, following, is equivalent to 
 <?j>/wi/, ^>/iois, ^j/ious, some. The &rr in this construction always remains in 
 the 3d pers. sing, of the present indicative ; but when the relative is in the 
 nominative, daiv o'l is generally used instead of 6<rru/ ot. 
 
 I remember some ; <TTLV wv ( = tvlwv) 
 
 It seemed to some ; ecrrii/ ols ( e^/ots) doei>. 
 
 He praises some ; eo-nv ous ( ^^ous) ^rcum. 
 
138 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 THE VERB. 
 
 I. GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 
 VERBS WITH TWO NOMINATIVES. 
 
 137. Verbs signifying to be, to become, to seem, to 
 appear, to remain, and passive verbs signifying to be named, 
 to be made or chosen, and to be deemed, take two nomina- 
 tives, one of the subject, in answer to the question who or 
 what ? placed before the verb ; the other of the predicate, 
 in answer to the question what? placed after the verb. 
 E.g., I am called Alexander. 
 
 Alcibiades was chosen com- 'A\KLpiddr)s yptOr) o-rpar^s. 
 
 mander. '0 7rora/*6s /caXetrai EvQpdrrjs. 
 
 The river is called Euphrates. 
 
 VERBS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE. 
 
 Me^^Tjcr' 'OpeorTOV. 
 
 138. 1. The genitive stands with verbs of remember- 
 ing, abounding, admiring, caring, excelling ; and their con- 
 traries, also with verbs signifying to begin, to abstain, to 
 be distant from, to deprive, to desist, to desire, to despise, 
 to differ from, to enjoy, to free from, to miss, and to rule. 
 E j., Remember Orestes. 
 
 Darius reigned over Persia. 
 We all have missed the waj. 
 Take care of the public good. 
 
 Sparta was deprived of its 
 power. 
 
 He made him cease his inso- 
 lence. 
 
 Xet us begin all things with 
 God. 
 
 t(3a<rl\v<r TWJ/ 
 HdvTS TTJS odov rj/j.ap 
 Tou Kotvov dyaGov ^Trt 
 
 TTJS ui>d/xews 
 
 avr&v 
 
 Gey 
 
VERB. 139 
 
 NOTE. TloOfto, to desire, and /cpareco, in the sense of to conquer, take 
 the accusative. @au/xao>, to admire, is thus construed : (1) 0au/xa Kv- 
 pov, (2) 6. r^v aofyiav, (3) r^v rov Kvpov votyiav, (4) 0. Kvpov TTJS (ro^tas or 
 
 tirl rrt aoQia, and (5) 6. Kvpov TTJS o~o<j>(as (rarely). 
 
 Ka/coupyou ecrrw/. 
 
 2. The genitive stands with elvai, and yiyvecrOai, when 
 they denote origin or possession, and with elvai, moreover, 
 in the sense of "it is a sign (the part, the duty) of," "it 
 shows, it betrays," etc. E.g., It is the characteristic of a 
 criminal. 
 
 This becomes a wise man. 
 Messene belonged to the Lo- 
 
 crians. 
 Cyrus was the son of Mandane. 
 
 TOVTO tffrlv avdpbs ( 
 
 T&V Aotcpuv cyevtro. 
 
 Kvpos jU7jrpi>s 
 
 3. The genitive stands with verbs signifying to accuse, 
 condemn, and acquit; to participate, to touch, to border on, 
 to acquire, to strive to acquire; e.g., He is charged with 
 murder. 
 
 j Biyrjrs, 7rcu6s, rov tcvi>6s. 
 , veaviai, TTJS &pTrjs. 
 a<r&ias 
 
 Do not touch the dog, boys. 
 Strive, youths, after virtue. 
 They accused Socr. of impiety. 
 
 NOTE. Merexeti', to share in; /jLeraSidSvai, to give a share; and KOIVU- 
 velV, to have a share of, besides the genitive of the thing, take also a dative 
 of the person (rivi nvos). 
 
 4. The genitive stands with verbs signifying to pity 
 (rivd riz/o?), to envy (rivi wo<?), to spare, to deem worthy of, 
 and with verbs of sensation, as to hear, to smell, to per- 
 ceive, to understand; e.g., I hear Socrates saying. 
 
 Agesilaus did not spare his 
 
 wealth. 
 
 Cimon perceived the plot. 
 The horses got scent of the 
 
 camels, 
 
 TTJS tiri0ov\rjs 
 
 Ol ?7T7TOl TWV 
 
140 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 NOTE. 'A/COVOJ, to hear, frequently takes the accusative of the ihiujr, 
 especially when accompanied by a genitive of the person ; e.g., Hear the 
 Counsels Of the Old; a/coiWe, i/eo/, ras r<av yepoi'Twy Tf/zj8ouAay. 
 
 napa 
 
 5. The genitive dependent on VTTO (also on TT/W and 
 Trapa), stands with passive verbs, to denote the Agent, or 
 author of the passive state ; e.g., It is acknowledged by all, 
 
 He was sent by the king. I Uapa TOV 0acn\o)s encnQOy. 
 
 By whom was Hector Slain ? | 'rirb rivos "EKTwp aireOavev; 
 
 NOTE. When the Agent or cause is a thing, it is usually put in the dative 
 without preposition ; e.g., The country is distressed by war and pestilence ; 
 f) x^P a vo\fjLtp Kal \oi(j.q> vic(cTat. The dative is often used even when the 
 Agent is a person ; e.g., It has been wen said by you xa\ws \e\exrat trot. 
 They managed the affairs of the state ; eirpdrrero avrols ra T?IS ir6\ews. 
 
 6. The genitive may stand with any verb transitive, when 
 the action does not affect the whole of a thing, but a part 
 only ; e.g., They ate of the honey-combs. Thus, to eat (of) 
 flesh, eaOieiv /cpewv ; to take a drink of wine, irteiv olvov. 
 
 VERBS GOVERNING THE DATIVE. 
 
 139. 1. The verb elvai in the sense of to have, takes 
 the dative of the person who has, and the nominative of the 
 thing which he has. Thus ^i^vo^ai and vTrdp^co. E.g., 
 The frogs had a fight. 
 
 Not all have the same mind. 
 
 My name is Alexander. 
 
 They had one hundred triremes. 
 
 Ov Traffiv 6 avrbs vovs tcmv. 
 
 Ovofjid fjLol (TTIV 'AXefavdpos. 
 TpiTjpets Karbv virrjpxoi* avrots. 
 
 TleiOov r<5 
 
 2. The dative stands with verbs signifying to please, to 
 favor, to help, to trust, and their contraries, fa 
 
THE VERB. 
 
 141 
 
 to obey, to serve, to resist, to meet, to approach, to liken and 
 compare, to threaten, and to be angry with. E.g., Obey the 
 law. 
 
 Like always draws to like. 
 Aid your allies, Athenians ! 
 
 He compares Cyrus with Alex. 
 Neptune was angry with 
 Ulysses. 
 
 "O/j-oiov ofjLoitf ael TreAa^et. 
 BoT70e?Te, 'A0T7J/CUOI, rots au 
 
 XMS. 
 
 This Kvpov y A\^dv5p(}} OMOIO?. 
 IlocmSaJj/ f^pijLLovro 'O5u(T<Te?. 
 
 NOTE. The verbs w(f>e\e'iv and bvivou/ai, to be useful j 6spanViv, to 
 
 Serve; KoKaxeveiv, to flatter ; RKairreiv, to hurt ; a5i/ce?J>, to inj ure ; v&pi&iv, 
 
 to insult; \w&a(T0ai and Xv/uaiveffdai, to maltreat, take the accusative. 
 
 ne/0e<r0c, to obey, takes the dative ; but weffletr, to persuade, the 
 accusative. 
 
 TO) 
 
 3. The dative stands with verbs signifying to exhort, 
 to reproach, to fight with, to befit, to assent to, to agree wit\ 
 to use, to pray to, to converse, to yield, to submit, to follow^ 
 to accompany. E.g., Pray to Grod. It becomes a poor man, 
 avSpl TrevnTi. 
 
 OuSei/ 6avjj.a.ffT^}V rb ofjLiXtlv Toils 
 Trovrjpo'is rovs irovj]povs. 
 
 Ol ' f E\\r)Vs avdpetcDs rots Uep- 
 
 No wonder that the wicked as- 
 sociate with the wicked. 
 
 The Greeks fought bravely with 
 the Persians. 
 
 NOTE. M/j.(f><r0ai, to blame, reproach, is thus construed: (1) nvl TL 
 (e.g., ircuSi ToA/Ar;piaj/), (2) rivd TIVOS (noiSa roA^ptas) and (3) nv6s 
 ri (rty TOV iratdbs ToA/x-rypiar). 
 
 4. The dative stands with /jueXet poi TLVOS, I care for, and 
 with many compounds of O/JLOV, crvv, and yuera. E.g., Syria 
 borders on Egypt. 
 
 We care for the public good. 
 God certainly will take care of 
 this. 
 
 What do we care for the opinion 
 of the multitude ? 
 
 'H/xtV TOV KOIVOV aya6ov ytteAf 
 
 Tttl/TO fJLfV OVV <p /UArj(7(. 
 
 Ti 
 
 rrjs 
 
142 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 NOTE I. MC'ACI, instead of the genitive of the thing, sometimes 
 the nominative, when it is expressed by the neuter of a pronoun. 
 
 NOTE 2. The datives /xof, (rot, rj/iuV, and /*?/, are sometimes redundant 
 and serve merely for the purpose of indicating familiarity and liveliness 
 of feeling (dativus ethicus) ; e.g., & /^rep, &s Ka\6s /tot 6 irdiriros ! mother, 
 how beautiful is grandfather! 5 TCKVOV, ^ pffaKev ^v 6 |i/os; O child, 
 has the stranger left us f 
 
 NOTE 3. The verb tlpl not unfrequently takes the dative of a personal 
 pronoun with a participle (such as 06'Awi/, jSowA^evos, r)$6/uLevos, axOdnevo?, 
 Trposdexfyevos} agreeing with it. The verb from which the participle is 
 derived, is then made the verb finite in English. E.g., efo-oi ^So/xeVy (or 
 /SouAojueVy) tari, if you please, if you are willing. 'E^uol a<rpcv<p sty, I should 
 like. Tavrd pot irpos$exi ji * v( p ^^ ^ was as I expected. 
 
 Here belongs also the phrase &s a-w\6vTt. tVe?i/, to say briefly or in a 
 word (o-ui/eAccv Ac7&>i I say in a word). 
 
 VERBS GOVERNING THE ACCUSATIVE. 
 
 140. 1. The accusative stands with transitive verbs 
 in answer to the question whom? or what? placed after the 
 verb ; e.g., Know (know whom ? ) thyself. 
 
 The Ausonians inhabited Italy. 
 The Athenians killed Socrates. 
 Love ye, children, your parents. 
 
 TV 'IraXiav $Krj(rav Atfowes. 
 'AOrjva'ioi aireKretvav rbv 'SajKp 
 Srepyere, TratScs, rovs yovets. 
 
 NOTE. Several transitive and intransitive verbs take an accusative of 
 kindred signification, but mostly in connection with an adjective ; as, to 
 wage war, TroAcyueTv WAC/XOJ/ ; to fight a battle, imdxr0ai ^xnv ; to run 
 the risk, Ktv5weviv iclvSvvov ; to hold an office, fy>x etl/ PX^^ e ^ c> ^ the 
 verb is transitive, it may at the same time take an accusative of a person ; 
 as, to praise some one, fyKdi^iov eyKta/judCeiv nvd; to maim one's self, eai>- 
 rbv Aa>0a<r0ai Xwftyv ; to inflict blows on some one, TvirTcw nva ir^yds ; 
 
 to call some one by the worst name, Ka\fw nva oi/oyua tdmo-rov. 
 
 2. The accusative stands with verbs signifying to do good 
 0r evil to any one (by word or deed) ; to swear by, to conceal 
 from, to run away from, to wait for, and with \o^av and 
 , to lie in wait for. E.g., Do good to your country. 
 
THE VERB. 
 
 143 
 
 TOVS 0OVS &(JLO 
 
 'O 5ot)A.os airedpa T)>V 
 
 He swore by all the gods. 
 The slave ran off from his 
 
 master. 
 Nothing escapes the notice of 
 
 God. 
 
 NOTE. Instead of ev and KaK&s with the verbs AeVeif, TroteiV, etc., the 
 neuters ay add, na\d, xaKd, are often used; e.g., He said many kind things 
 . // you ; Tro\\d re Kal Ka\a \cyev fyms. He has done the state much ser- 
 vice j TroAAct ayaOa T^V w6\iv 
 
 wrripa fjyovvrcu. 
 
 3. Verbs signifying to nctme, to make, to deem, take two 
 accusatives, one of the object, the other of the predicate of 
 the object. The former answers to the question whom? or 
 what? the latter to the question what? placed after the 
 verb. E.g., He made (made whom?) the slaves (made the 
 slaves what?) citizens. 
 
 They called the island Sicily. 
 They regard you as their 
 
 saviour. 
 They elected Nioias for their 
 
 leader. 
 
 Toi> TrcuSa 
 
 4. A double accusative stands, also, with verbs signifying 
 to teaeh, to remind of (jiva n, and also nvd rivos), to entreat, 
 to demand, to inquire, to divide into, to deprive, to put on or 
 off, to surround with. E.g., "I teach the boy music;" 
 Lat. puerum musieam doceo. 
 
 We deprived them of their arms. 
 He divided the army into two 
 
 parts. 
 They begged money of the 
 
 Thebans. 
 
 dvo 
 
 Tovs 
 
 NOTE 1. Verbs of inquiring are construed, also, nvb irfpt TWOS, and 
 those of dividing sometimes take the preposition els ; e.g., He divided the 
 Lydians into tvso parts, AuSoi/s els dvo poipas 5te?Ae^, or without els f making 
 the word /xolpa depend directly on the verb, and putting the object divided 
 in the genitive) : Svo juoipas AvSwv SieTAci/ (pass., 5uo fj.o'ipai AvS&v StrfprjvTai). 
 ^rcpcw and airoffTcpw, to rob some one, are construed, also, nvd nvos. 
 
144 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 NOTE 2. Thu verbs of teaching, demanding, and clothing, retain in 
 the passive construction the accusative of the thing ; as, 5i5a / \0')ycu -r^x^v 
 vir6 TIVOS, doceri artem ; fpwrrjOTivat r?V yv&w, rogari sententiam ; fv^v- 
 0/)j/cu x iT( *> va i indui tunica. Thus, uvo/ma K\f)dfjvat vn6 TIVJS, to be called j 
 
 TT\f]yOLS TVTTTfffdjil, tO get WOWS. 
 
 Sometimes the accusative of the thing is retained in the passive, even 
 with verbs that take the dative of a person, the latter being then made 
 the nominative to the verb; e.g., The administration of the state was 
 
 entrusted (jncrTtvtiv rivl n) tO LyCUrgilS ," AvKovpyos T^V TTJS TT^ACWS eViyue'- 
 \iav tiria'TfvQ'ri virb rov 5?7,uou, instead of : AvKOvpyy 77 rijs ir6\(0s ^TrtyueAex^ 
 u?rb rov 
 
 II. MOODS OF VERBS. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE and OPTATIVE. 
 1. In independent propositions. 
 
 HoOev /SovXei ap^cojJLai ; 
 
 141. The SUBJUNCTIVE stands in independent sen- 
 tences (1) in exhorting and encouraging ; (2) in warning 
 and prohibiting ; e.g., "Do not steal;" /x?) /cXeVre (in gen- 
 eral) or /x?) /cXei/r?;? (in a particular case), but neither /LIT) 
 K\7TTrj<; nor /JLTJ /cXetyov; 1 (3) in doubting questions, with 
 or without /3ov\a or 0e'\ei,$. E.g., Where do you want me 
 to begin? 
 
 Friends, let us fight bravely. 
 Do not praise yourself. 
 
 TTTC/) ffeavrov ^ Qpdcrps 
 
 The OPTATIVE stands in independent sentences (1) usu- 
 ally with az/, to express in a general manner a supposition, 
 an undetermined possibility (a negation, in this case, is 
 expressed by ov or ou/c); (2) to express a wish, either 
 with or without eWe, el yap (utinam!)', (3) in doubting 
 questions, when reference is made to past time ; e.g., Friend, 
 what could I have done ? rl, </uXo9, pe^aifju : This might be, 
 
 1 ) That is, the prohibitive ^ stands either with the present imperative 
 or the aorist subjunctive, but not with the present subjunctive, nor the 
 aorist imperative. 
 
eVoiTo iraTpbs cvrvx 
 
 THE VERB. 145 
 
 rovro yevotro av. I would not say, OVK av Xey<u/u. One 
 would not find a better man, OVK av TLS evpoi av&pa /3eXr/&>. 
 
 . What can I do for you ? 
 May he be happier than his 
 
 father ! 
 
 It is perhaps time to break up. 
 Where may the strangers be ? FioG Uv eTtv of |eVoi ; 
 
 NOTE 1. A wish conceived as impossible, which, we know, cannot 
 or will not be realized, is expressed by the indicative of the historical 
 tenses ; e.g., that you had written ! fW Zypatyas. O that this had been 
 done ! eWs rovro ^yeVero. Would that you were able to do this ! #' fo8a 
 dwarbs TTOI^V rovro I or by the 2d aorist &<f>c\ov (-ey, -e, from 6 
 which see 95) with the infinitive ; as, that you had written, 
 that Cyrus were still alive, &$\ ^v Kvpos (TJV. 
 
 NOTE 2, By doubting questions are here meant interrogative sen- 
 tences (of the 1st person sing, or plur.), in which the speaker deliberates 
 with himself what is best to do ; e.g., What shall I say ? Whither shall 
 we go ? What could I have done 9 j^" A negation is here expressed by ^ 
 
 2. In temporal clauses. 
 
 142. Temporal clauses are introduced by such con- 
 junctions as ore, oTro're, qvitca (tvhen^), ewe/, eTreiStf (after) ; 
 ev <p, eW (while*) ; irpiv (before)-, eo>?, /ie^/3t, e9re, etc. (until); 
 t% ou, aft ov (since). 
 
 arravra afcovcrTyre, Kpvare. 
 
 The SUBJUNCTIVE stands in temporal clauses after a 
 principal tense (1) when the subordinate clause conveys 
 the accessory idea of condition or purpose; (2) when an 
 action oi frequent occurrence is to be denoted. In both 
 cases, the particle av is united with the foregoing conjunc- 
 tions, as oral/, orrrorav, fyitc av, eVaz>, eTre^fiai^, 9r' az>, eW ai>, 
 etc. E.g., When you shall have heard everything, then 
 pronounce judgment. 
 
140 
 
 GKEEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 We shall not cease, until we 
 take the city. 
 
 As long as the ship can be saved, 
 
 let all be on the alert- 
 Whenever the barbarians en- 
 camp, they entrench them- 
 selves. 
 
 Ov irpdrepov 
 
 "Etas 
 
 irplv 
 
 Trepi(3d\\ovTai. 
 
 The OPTATIVE stands in temporal clauses after an his- 
 torical tense (1) when the subordinate clause conveys the 
 accessory idea of condition or purpose ; (2) when an action 
 of frequent occurrence is to be denoted, in which case the 
 principal or leading verb is usually in the imperfect. With 
 the optative, the conjunctions on, oTrdre, etc., are used 
 without av. 
 
 They begged him not to desert 
 them, until he had led off 
 the army. 
 
 As soon as they had eaten 
 something, they rose up and 
 proceeded. 
 
 As often as the Gr. attacked the 
 enemy, the latter readily fled. 
 
 'E5eoi/TO fji^] aireXQe'iv irplv airayd- 
 yoi rb ffTpaTevfjLa. 
 
 Kttl 
 
 ol </ E\\riVS TO?S 
 
 NOTE 1. npiv is often construed with the aorist infinitive, and when 
 the infinitive has its own subject, the latter is put in the accusative ; e.g., 
 He mounted the summit before any of the enemy perceived him; M T!> 
 
 &Kpov avafiaivfi irpiv nva alffOevdai TUV iroXtpitov. 
 
 NOTE 2. Whenever actual events facts are stated, and no acces^ 
 sory idea of condition or purpose is implied, the conjunctions ore, oTrJrf, 
 eve/, etc., are construed with the indicative ; e.g., When Cyrus came, Asty- 
 ages rejoiced, ore 6 Kvpos %\0, 'Avrvdyris ^x<W They continued fighting 
 until the Athenians sailed away, fj.dxovro fj.exP iS * 'Adrjvaiot aveir\V(rav. 
 
 3. In relative clauses. 
 av (=tdv riz/as) crrepyco/xev, rourotg 
 
 143. The SUBJUNCTIVE stands in relative clauses, after 
 a principal tense, when the relative conveys the accessory 
 
THE VERB. 147 
 
 idea of condition. The relative, in this case, stands with av 
 (09 av, 09^9 av, etc.), and is equivalent to edv with rfc or 
 another pronoun. E.g., Whom we love, those we favor. 
 
 I shall honor whomsoever I see 
 performing noble deeds. 
 
 First weigh well in your mind, 
 whatever you are about to 
 say. 
 
 Ol>S SiV 6pdo TO, KCL\a TTLT7)dUOV- 
 
 ras, TOUTOVS TL/jirjcrto). 
 Hav 6 TL SLV /xA\7/s \tyeiv, 717)6- 
 
 TCpOV tTTLffKbirti v yvW/JLT). 
 
 The OPTATIVE stands in relative clauses (without av), 
 after an historical tense (1) when the relative is equivalent 
 to el with T9 or another pronoun ; (2) when an action of 
 frequent occurrence is spoken of. The principal verb, in the 
 latter case, is usually in the imperfect. 
 
 They put to death as enemies 
 all those whom they had 
 taken. 
 
 Whomsoever he saw marching 
 in order, he inquired who 
 they were. 
 
 Ildvras ftaovs (= eif nras) Ad- 
 
 iro\fj.lovs 
 
 pov. 
 
 Ovs IAV idoi 
 oirives eiev, 
 
 NOTE. The optative stands with &v, after any tense, when the relative 
 clause expresses a mere conditional supposition, an undetermined possi- 
 bility; e.g., It is (was) necessary for him to converse with those from whom 
 he may (might) receive a reward j dvayKaiov eanv (ftp} CLVT($ dia\fy<rdai 
 Tra/o* cJj> SLV XdjSoi /jucrObv. 
 
 4. In conditional clauses. 
 
 144. There are four kinds of hypothetical, or condi- 
 tional clauses. 
 
 EL TOVTO Xeyeis, d/xapra^et?. 
 
 1. Where both the condition and conclusion are con- 
 sidered as facts, and hence as certain. In this kind of 
 conditional sentences the condition takes el with the in- 
 dicative, and the conclusion likewise the indicative. E.g., 
 " If you say this, you err ; " si hoc dicis, erras. 
 
 Si tonuit, etiam fulsit. E/ tpp6vTr)<re, /cai tf<TTpa\pt>. 
 
 Si hoc dices, errabix. 
 
 L2 
 
U8 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 fit rovro eXeyes, rjfjidpraves av. 
 
 2. Where it is affirmed that something would take (or 
 have taken) place under a certain condition, but did not, 
 because the condition was not fulfilled. In this kind of 
 conditional sentences, the condition takes el with the in- 
 dicative of an historical tense, and the conclusion likewise 
 the indicative of an historical tense with av. E.g., " If you 
 said this, you would err ; " si hoc diceres, errares. 
 
 Si quid haberet, daret. 
 Nisi jussisses, non fecissem. 
 
 'Edv roCro Xeyijs, 
 
 3. Where the condition is represented as a mere sup- 
 position, the realization of which, however, is regarded as 
 possible, and is even expected. In this case, the condition 
 takes edv with the subjunctive, and the conclusion the in- 
 dicative of a principal tense, commonly the future. E.g., 
 "If you say this, you will err ; " si hoc dicas, errabis. 
 " If we are victorious in that quarter, our object is fully 
 accomplished ; " eav rovro vL/c&jJiev, TrdvO* \ 
 
 If thou art wise, all will be thy 
 friends. 
 
 Et TI etxfv, tdtdov &v. 
 E/ IJLT) &c^Xei;<ras, OVK & 
 
 Edv cro<f>bs ytffli & Trot, 
 ffoi 0/Xot ecrovrai. 
 
 Ei rovro Xeyots, dpaprdvoLS av. 
 
 4. Where both the condition and the conclusion are 
 represented as a mere supposition, without determining 
 whether the thing supposed be real or not real, possible or 
 impossible. In this case, the condition takes el with the 
 optative, and the conclusion the optative with av. E.g., 
 "If you should say this, you would err;" si hoc dicas, erres. 
 
 Si quid habeas, des. 
 Si hoc noveris, mireris. 
 
 Ef rt 2x<u 
 
 E/ TOVTO eldelyS) 0av/xd<rats Av. 
 
 NOTE 1. The optative with &v often stands alone, the conditional clause 
 being either understood, or implied in a relative sentence. E.g., I would 
 be happy (if . . .); efovxri* &v etyv. Whoever (= if any one) should say 
 this, he would err / os (= ef TIS) raOro X^yot, dpapTdyQi &v r 
 
THE VERB. 149 
 
 NOTE 2. The optative with el often stands in the sense of u as often 
 as," to denote actions of frequent occurrence, with reference to past 
 time; e.g., as often as he thought any one indolent, he would beat him; 
 et TIS aurip doKolfj jSXaKeuav, i-Traiev &v. 
 
 NOTE 3. As in Latin the indicative stands in place of the subjunctive, 
 in such phrases as loiiyum est, aequum erat, fieri oportuit ("it would be 
 tedious," "it would have been fair"), and the like, so in Greek the in- 
 dicative of the historical tenses without &v is used in such expressions as 
 XP^n v i e5ei, 7rpos77/ce(i>), Kaipbs f)v, KaXbv ^>, alcrxp^v ^l v t &ftd with verbal 
 adjectives in -TOS. E.g., It would have been base to do this ; alcrxpbv %v 
 ravra. orotetv. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 1. The Infinitive without the article. 
 145. The infinitive without the article stands: 
 
 1. With verbs which do not express a complete idea by 
 themselves, such as to wish, to dare, to begin, to be able, etc. ; 
 
 I am afraid to stay. 
 I dare face the danger. 
 
 We all wish to be happy. 
 I am able to do this. 
 
 <l?0/3oC/*CU 
 
 VTTO/JLtViV T&V 
 
 (3ov\6/Ji0a 
 016s r' elfj.1 TroietV ravra. 
 
 2. With verbs of feeling and declaring; e.g., 
 
 *o> d/JLapreiv (116, N. 2). 
 
 "E077 etvai 
 
 I think I have erred. 
 He said he was a gerjeral. 
 
 Never hope to remain hidden, 
 when you have done any 
 base action. 
 
 3. With many verbs and adjectives which are construed 
 in Latin with the subjunctive or the supine; e.g., "He 
 happened to fall," crvvef3r) avro) Trecreiv. " I came to see," 
 ?]\9ov ISelv, " We are come to learn," rjicopev 
 
 I make you laugh. 
 I advise you to flee. 
 
 I beg you to come. 
 I present myself to be ques- 
 tioned. 
 
 Ilota) <re ye\av. 
 Tlapaivu) arot 
 
 <rov {\6eTv. 
 
1 50 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 NOTE 1. The infinitive act. or mid. often stands with certain verbs and 
 adjectives where we might expect the infinitive pass. ; easy to learn or to be 
 learned, fxfdtov navBdvew, worthy to be admired, #ios Qavpidrai, pleasant 
 to hear or to be heard, rjdb dKoteiv, capable of being understood, dwarbs 
 Karavorjo-ai, a city difficult to be taken, ir6\Ls x a ^ 7r ^ XajSetv. 
 
 NOTE 2. The infinitive without article stands also with the expressions 
 oUs r' dpi, I am able, and e0' y or e<p' <$re (for eirl rovry wsre), on condition 
 that j e.g., I could not stay within, ovx ^ os T %v$w /neveiv ^v. They were 
 unable to aid, ovx oloL re ?}<rav por)07)<rai. They were chosen for the purpose 
 of drawing up laws, TJpe'Byo-av e$' yre <rvyypd\l/ai vb^ovs. 
 
 NOTE 3. When the infinitive is accompanied by a predicate-noun or 
 adjective, the latter is put, by attraction, in the same case as the word to 
 which it refers; e.g., 
 
 EjCpT) 61VCLL pCtff'lXei'S. 
 
 A&ma aov ' 
 
 He said that he was king. 
 I beg you to be zealous. 
 I exhort you to be zealous. 
 I bid you to be zealous. 
 
 eivai. 
 
 HapaivG) <roi TrpodtiiJup elvai. 
 KeXetfw ere irpdOvfiov elvai. 
 
 Instead of the genitive and dative of the predicate-noun or adjective, 
 the accusative may also be used j as, d^o^ai <rov (or Trapcuvti croC) wp60vfjLop 
 eivai. " Now you can show yourself a man," vvv aoi eo-r> dvdpl (or dvdpa) 
 
 2. The Infinitive with the article. 
 
 146. The infinitive, with the article prefixed, is used 
 like a substantive. Thus, 
 
 Nom. An honorable death is 
 preferable to a disgrace- 
 ful life. 
 
 Gen. Cyrus endured everything 
 for the sake of being 
 praised. 
 
 Dat. Men make use of every 
 means in order to be 
 happy. 
 
 Ace. Nothing was done because 
 he was not there. 
 
 Ace. Virtue is everywhere at 
 hand, because it is im- 
 mortal. 
 
 T6 KctXws airoQaveiv TOV 
 KpeTrrdv (TTLV. 
 
 C Kvpos Trdvra 
 eiraiveiffBai eveica. 
 
 Ot avOpwiroL Trdvra 
 
 Ovdev 
 
 /AT] irapelvai. 
 
 'H dpert) wavraxov Trdpevn did 
 rb elvai dSdvaros. 1 
 
 l ) dOdvaros, instead of being in the accusative, is attracted into th^ 
 of the nominative, dper-/i> 
 
PARTICIPLES. 151 
 
 3. Conditioned Infinitive. 
 
 147. The conditioned infinitive is expressed in the 
 following manner : 
 
 Prs. ypdfaiv av, scripturum esse. 
 Prf. jjpa(f>vaL av, scripturum fuisse (rare). 
 Aor. ypd-^rai av, scripturum esse or fuisse. 
 Fut. ypd-freiv av, scripturum fore (rare). 
 
 E.g., Dixit se, si quid hob eret, daturum esse; d TL 
 (f)rj, Sovvai av. Dixit se, si quid habuisset, daturum fuisse; 
 ei n i%ev, <j)rj, Sovvai, av. 
 
 NOTE. The infinitive (esp. the infin. of elfiC) is used in several phrases, 
 without depending on any word. Such phrases are the following: u>s 
 enretV, so to speak ; ^ol doKeiv, as it seems to me ; 6\iyov <5eZV, nearly, almost; 
 TO vvv e?vai, for the present, "according to the present state of things"; 
 rb crri/Aepov eivat, for to-morrow ; rb JJLV ^TT' enetvoLS eivai, SO far as it depends 
 on them; rb Kara TOVTOV eivai, as far as he is concerned; Kara TOVTO eivcu, 
 in this respect; eK&v elvai (chiefly in negative sentences), as far as depends 
 on me, e.g., TOVTO CK&V elvai ov TTOI^CTW. 
 
 PAETICIPLES. 
 
 148. The participle is often used in Greek, where in 
 English the infinitive, or a relative clause, or a subordinate 
 clause with ^y, when, while, though, after, that, etc., is em- 
 ployed; e.g., 
 
 Ask those that are present. 
 Cyrus was admired when yet a 
 
 boy. 
 He thinks he knows something, 
 
 though . . . 
 Water is cheapest, though it 
 
 is the best. 
 
 cira rods 7ra/o6i/ras. 
 
 TL 7TCUS 
 
 TL eldtvai otidtv eld&s. 
 
 T6 vdwp evuv6TaToi>, 
 
 The verbs which admit of an accompanying participle, 
 are chiefly the following : 
 
 1. Verbs signifying to hear, to know, to perceive, to re- 
 member, to prove, to be evident; e.g., 
 
152 GKEEK G&AMMAB. 
 
 I once heard Socrates discours- "HKOVVO. trore ZuKpdrovs vcpl 
 ing about friends. <f>i\<uv fiiafayoftevov. 
 
 It was evident that they ren- Qavepol tyevovro rV warplda 
 dered service to their country. voifoavres. 
 
 Thus, pe/jLvijo-o avOpcoTros &v, remember that thou art a 
 man. OZSa 1 ffvrjTos &v (by attraction), I know that I am 
 mortal; but, olSa avOpWTrov dvrjrov ovra, I know that man 
 is mortal. ILvvotSa e/jbavra) ev Troi^avn (agreeing with 
 e/iauTft)), or e5 Trot^crav (agreeing with the subject 700), 
 I am conscious of hav&ng done well. 
 
 2. Verbs denoting an affection of the mind, as joy, grief, 
 shame, regret; e.g., 
 
 Ot t A0Tiva,'ioi /ierc/AeAoj/To TcU 
 (TTTOJ'Say ov $ea/x6i/ot. 
 
 Of 0oi TTo\\dKi.s xaipovvi rovs 
 
 The Athenians repented of. not 
 having accepted their offers. 
 
 The gods often rejoice to make 
 
 the small great. fJUKpovs /j.eyd\ovs iroiovvres. 
 
 Thus, xaipopw voi eXOovn, we rejoice that you have come, 
 hlayvvonai ravra Xeyoa^ 2 or Xe|a5, lam ashamed that I say 
 or have said this. IIoAAa/u? /ieTe^eXTycre pot, 
 I often repented of having spoken. Tot*? Se<7/Aft>ra9 
 /ieXoz/ro aTToSeSco/core?, they were sorry for having surrendered 
 the Captives. 
 
 3. Verbs signifying to permit (Ida excepted, which always 
 takes the infinitive), to persevere, to be weary, to begin, to 
 cease or cause to cease, to omit, to fail ; e.g., 
 
 We are weary of packing up, 
 of walking and running. 
 
 The passions never cease to 
 torment the souls of men. 
 
 Kal 
 
 At irt6'>piai 
 
 l ) oT5a takes the participle in the sense of to know ; the infinitive, in 
 the sense of to be able, to know how to do something. 2 ) Aitrx^po/uu ^eywv 
 means I am ashamed that I say this ; aiexwo/jLai k&ycw, I am ashamed to 
 say this and therefore do not say it. 3 ) Perfect from 
 
PARTICIPLES. 153 
 
 Thus, fir] ted/ays cj)i\ov avSpa evepyerwv, do not grow weary 
 of doing good to a friend. "}lpavTo 1 ra rei^r] /caOeXovvres, 
 they began to destroy the walls. Havco ere aSucovvra, I make 
 you cease doing ivrong ; Travo/jiai ae abuc&v, I cease doing 
 'wrong to you. Ov Trepidtyo/jiai ere a^LKOVfjievov, I shall not 
 permit you to be injured. 
 
 4. Verbs signifying to do well or wrong, to endeavor to 
 excel, it is fit (good, useful, etc.), irapaa/cevd^eaOaL, to pre- 
 pare (usu. with o)9 and the future partic.), and also the 
 verb e^eiv, to denote a continued state of the action, similar 
 to the Latin aliquid cognitum o? per spec turn habere, pecunias 
 collocatas habere, and the like (e'%, in this case, is generally 
 joined to an active or middle aorist participle, imparting 
 to the aorist a perfect signification). E.g., 
 
 You do wrong to begin war and 
 break the treaty. 
 
 The Peloponnesians were pre- 
 paring to wage war. 
 
 (TirovSas \VOVTCS. 
 Ol H.e\oirovv}}(rioi ir 
 
 Thus, ev eTroirja-as avaiivrjaas fie, you did well to remind 
 le. IIayT09 Treipw VIKCLV ev TTQI&V, endeavor to excel all in 
 doing good. HpeTrei croi ayaOa) OVTL (or elvai), it becomes 
 you to be good. TT;Z> 7rd\iv e^ei Kara\a^a>v, he took (and 
 still holds) the city ; Lat. urbem occupavit = occupatam 
 tenet. 
 
 5. The verbs rvj^dvco, to happen; \av6dvo), to escape 
 notice ; Sidyoy and StareXw, to continue ; ^aivQ^ai, to be 
 manifest ; $>6dva), to be or come before ; j^aipco, to rejoice ; 
 and 0%%0/jLai, to go away. In English, these verbs are 
 usually rendered by adverbs, and the accompanying parti- 
 ciples made the principal verbs. E.g., 
 
 a ) That is, they were in the beginning of destroying the walls, the 
 destruction of the walls began ; ij,^avm KaOtktl'; would simply signify 
 that they began to do what they aimed at. viz., to destroy the walls. 
 
154 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 TOVS 
 
 Croesus unwittingly nourished 'o Kpowos Qovea rov 
 the murderer of his son. 
 
 The Scythians arrived long be- 
 fore the Persians (were before 
 the Persians in arriving). 
 
 Thus, xalpovaiv 7rcuz>oiWe9, they gladly praise. 
 SLaXeyd/jievos v^lv, I gladly converse with you. 
 K\aio)v, he evidently wept; efyaivero icKaieiv, he seemed to 
 weep (but did not). "En^oi; /caOevSovres, they were just then 
 (or by chance) sleeping, 'fl? Se r)\6ov, erv^ev airitov, he just 
 left, when I came. Tr)v elprjvrjv ayovres SiareXoucriv, they are 
 always at peace. "Ei\a0ov efceX^oWe?, they entered secretly. 
 "fl^ero fyepwv, he carried away ; a)%ero favycDV, he fled 
 away. 
 
 ^" QOdvc* (opt.) with OVK &v expresses an urgent command ; e.g., OVK 
 &v Qddvois A67&JJ/, a/cjAou0wy, etc., you could not be too quick in speaking, 
 following, etc., = speak quickly, follow immediately. 
 
 CONSTRUCTION OF PARTICIPLES. 
 
 149. The rules for the construction of participles are 
 in Greek nearly the same as in Latin. The following two 
 peculiarities deserve to be noticed : 
 
 1. The Latin ablative absolute is rendered, in Greek, by 
 the genitive absolute ; as, 
 
 Kvpov fta(ri\evovTos TOVTO eycvero. 
 eov Sc56i/ros ovfiev Iff^vei <f>06vos. 
 
 ovv 
 
 (riwn<avT<av 
 
 Cyro regnante hoc accidit. 
 Deo dante invidia nihil potest. 
 
 All being silent, he said. 
 
 The enemy approaching, he fled. 
 
 2. The English perfect active is not expressed by the 
 perfect partic. pass., as in Latin, but by the partic. perfect 
 or aorist active; e.g., Having let go the things visible, do 
 not pursue the invisible, a<et? ra (fravepa /JLTJ Stco/ce ra(f)avf). 
 
 The generals having heard this, 
 thought the device ingenious. 
 
 After the soldiers had taken the 
 city, they returned. 
 
 i ravra ro?s <TT 
 
 'Aicovc-cur 
 rb 
 
 o* f ffTpariu rat r}\v n6hiv 
 
 res 
 
CONSTRUCTION OF PARTICIPLES. 155 
 
 NOTE 1. Instead of the genitive absolute, the accusative is sometimes 
 u<sed. This is the case especially with impersonal verbs, such as Q6v 
 (from ee<7Ti), quum liceat or liceret ; irposyKov (from Trpos^/cet) , quum 
 keceat or deceret; deov (from 5e7), quum opus sit or esset; 8oKovv or 8oav 
 auTots, quum ipsis videatur, videretur, or visum esset; tiyXov uv, quum ap- 
 pareat or appareret; Suvar'bv ov, quum fieri possit or posset; e.g., Why do 
 you remain when you are allowed to depart ? Sta rl ^tvus tbv cbneWt; 
 When these things had been agreed upon, the army returned, SS^avra ravra, 
 
 ra (rrpaTev/j.aTa a.irri\0ov. 
 
 When a neuter pronoun is joined to an impersonal verb, the genitive 
 absolute is preferable, though the accusative is found also, as 86}-av TOVTO 
 and 86j-avTos TO&TOV, 8oj-dvT<av rovruv. 
 
 NOTE 2. The particle o>s is often joined to participles in the sense of 
 though, as if, saying (or thinking) that, with the intention of. Thus, He 
 told them to prepare themselves, saying, that there would be a battle, Trap^y- 
 yt\i> auTots TrapaffKevdCccrOai ws i^-dx^s eVo^eVrjy. They fear death as if they 
 well knew that it was the greatest of evils, SeSiWi rbj/ Qd.va.rov &s e iS6rs 
 tin ptyiffTov TWV KO.K&V cffTiv. Fathers keep their sons from the wicked, 
 knowing that such intercourse is the bane of virtue, ol irarepes ffyyovo-i TOVS 
 ui'e?s curb TCOV irovrip&v av6pd>Tr(i)V, ws r^v rovrtav 6fjn\lav Kard\v(riv ofxrav TTJS 
 apery* (accus. absol.). 
 
 The genitive absolute with ws often stands instead of the accus. with 
 the infin., with verbs of thinking and knowing ; e.g., Know that I shall 
 go wherever you go, &s 6/xoO ovv I6vros, ^TTT; &y /cal y/xe?s, ovr<a rfyv yv(a^r)if 
 e, instead of e^te Isvai. 
 
 NOTE 3. ''A^a, at the same time, is sometimes added to participles in the 
 sense of while ; e.g., e/maxovro a'/xa TropevS/uLevoi, they fought while marching. 
 
 MTa|u with a participle is equivalent to the Latin gerund in -dum with 
 inter ; e.g., /*Ta|i> Xtyw, while speaking {inter loquendum); KAelrw /ufrav 
 SenrvovvTa. <j>6vv(Tv, he killed Clitus while at supper (inter coenandum}. 
 
 The participle reXeurwi/ often stands adverbially in the sense of finally, 
 at last; the aorist partic. dpayuej>oy with air6 nvos, in the sense of espe- 
 cially, and the partic. excoj>, in the sense of with. E.g., T\VT>J> o-wfx^- 
 pyo-ev, he finally agreed; TeAein-a>j>Tes c^Ka^vov, at last they got tired. 
 ndi>Ts ol irotrjTal airb 'O^pov apdjj.vot, all the poets, particularly Homer. 
 Tas VCLVS curcffTeiXav x VTa 'AA/aSay, they sent Alcides with the fleet. 
 
 NOTE 4. The English in order to (esp. with verbs of going, coming, 
 and sending) is often expressed by the future partic. act. ; e.g., c o Kvpos 
 7T6/ii//f rbv Tuppvav eVoiJ/^ei/oi/, Cyrus sent Grobryas in order to see. Aer;o-^- 
 pevoi irdpea-fjiei', we are here to beg. 'Eiropevovro xpyv^fjievoi, they went to 
 consult the oracle. 2e 76 5i5awi/ &p/u.r)/u.ai, I have hastened to inform you. 
 
 The future partic. is sometimes used, also, to express the English can, 
 be able; as, -/) xw/>a ayaOT] ^v KO.\ vr\aa.v ol pyao~6/u,evoi, the land was fertile, 
 and there were people to (= who could) cultivate it. 
 
156 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 NOTE 5. With participles, the English not is regularly rendered by 
 ou, as ou irurTffav, one who does not believe. But when a condition is 
 implied, or when the subordinate clause expresses a mere conception or 
 jupposition and can be resolved by is, qui with the subjunctive (= ita 
 comparatus ut), p-fi must be used Thus, 6 /zr; Tno-retW, one who (=if 
 one) does not believe / OVK Uv SiWtv ^ Ka^v euScu^oj/eu', without toiling 
 (= if you do not . .) you cannot be happy ; 6 ^ Sapcls frvdpuiros ov TT&I- 
 Sfverai (= 5s &/ (ATI 5apf), 143), a person who (= if he) has not been 
 flogged, is not educated / &v6p(airoi (joiouroC) ol &/ Sr)A.ot 3xn /m^ cmrp^ov- 
 TS, men who manifestly will not permit. 
 
 NOTE 6. The Latin periphrastic form ,urus sum is usually expressed 
 by /UL\\W with the infinitive present or futare (more rarely perfect) ; e.g.: 
 Vos in Asiam ducturus sum, /uL\\oo v/mas &jtv tls 'Aaiav. Ibi deversuri 
 erant, evQx f/nf\\oi/ KaTa\v<T*w. 
 
ACCENTS. 157 
 
 APPENDIX I. 
 ACCENTS. 
 
 150. There are three accents in Greek : the acute ('), 
 the grave ( N ), and the circumflex ("). 
 
 The acute denotes the sharp tone. It stands on one of 
 the last three syllables, as TrdXe/xo?, fjpepa, ero</>o9 ; but on 
 the antepenult only, when the last syllable is short, and 
 when it is also not long by position. Thus TroXe/Ao?, but 
 
 The grave denotes the heavy or falling tone. It stands 
 on the final syllables of words in connected discourse. 
 
 The circumflex denotes the prolonged tone. It stands 
 on one of the last two syllables ; but that syllable must 
 always be long by nature ; as, crw/xa, Trpay/Jia, /cdXov. 
 The circumflex stands on the penult only when the last 
 syllable is short, or long only by position ; as, reZ^o?, av\a% 
 (gen. -a/eos). The particle e?0e, utinam, is excepted. 
 
 151. With regard to accents, words are called : 
 
 Oxytones, (acute on the last) 0r/p <NT^ ' l P^ s - 
 
 Par-oxy tones, (acute on the penult) rvirrco, a\(*>in). 
 
 Pro-par-oxy tones, (acute on the antepenult) &ios, SiSatr/caAos. 
 
 Peri-spomena, (circumflex on the last) -rras, Ka\ws, eu^uwso 
 
 Pro-peri-spomena, (circumflex on the penult) o-w^a, <f>i\ovvros. 
 
 Barytones, (no accent on the last) TVTTTW, irpdy/uLaTa. 
 
 Change of the Accent by inflection. 
 
 152. The accent is changed by inflection in two 
 ways : (1) by lengthening the final syllable, and (2) by 
 shortening the final syllable. 
 
 (1) By lengthening the final syllable, 
 
1>8 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 (a) K pro-par -oxy tone becomes a par-oxytone ; as, 
 
 /xeAi(r(ra Hyyehos (regard \4yotrov 
 
 (b) A pro-peri-spomenon becomes a par-oxytone ; as, 
 
 yUoiVa dov\os dwpov OVTOS 
 
 fjLofoijs Sov\ov ddcpov afar) 
 
 (2) By shortening the final syllable, 
 
 (a) A dissyllabic par-oxytone becomes a pro-peri- 
 spomenon; as, 
 
 Saifjuav <f>vyci) Trparrw rpi&(a 
 
 Saipoif <J>evy Trparre rpt^e 
 
 (b) A polysyllabic par-oxytone, whether the penult is 
 long or short, becomes a pro-par-oxytone ; as, 
 
 evdaifj-w ayy\\(a SicaKw 
 
 &yy\\ SioDK 
 
 Change of the Accent by contraction. 
 
 153. A contracted syllable is accented only when one 
 of the two syllables to be contracted, has the accent. 
 
 1. When the contracted syllable is the penult or ante- 
 penult, it takes the accent required by the general rule ; 
 as, 
 
 Ti/uLao/nai n/u.'f)(raa fffTadros 
 
 2. When the contracted syllable is the last, it regularly 
 takes the circumflex, and the acute only when the accent 
 is on the second of the syllables to be contracted ; as, 
 
 ayairda) 
 
 arv^iav 
 
ACCENTS. 159 
 
 3. When neither of the syllables to be contracted has 
 die accent, the contracted syllable also remains unaccented, 
 and the syllable which had the accent previous to contrac- 
 tion, still retains it. Thus, 
 
 rei'xea <f>i\ce aydirae drj\oe 
 
 <f>i\et aydwa 5^A.ou 
 
 Change of the Accent in composition. 
 
 154. In composition, when a word receives a syllable 
 or syllables at the beginning, the accent is generally thrown 
 back as far as the quantity of the last svllable will permit ; 
 
 as, 
 
 v6jj.os \6yos 6d6s 6vfi6s 
 
 avo/j.os $\oyos 
 
 Change of the Accent in Crasis and Elision. 
 
 155. 1. In Crasis, the word formed from the two, 
 takes the accent of the second word, and when the second 
 was a dissyllabic par-oxytone with a short final, the acute 
 is changed into the circumflex ; as, 
 
 for TO. ayaOd rofipyoit for rb epyov 
 
 " TTJ wcpa I rSAAa u TO, &\\a 
 
 %. In Elision, the accent of the elided vowel goes back 
 as an acute on the preceding syllable ; as, 
 
 WAA' X&> for irO\\a XOO TTT y ^(TaV for 67TTO ^ffO.V 
 
 <*> ^tV 67T77 *' deiva far) 
 
 When the preceding word is either a preposition or one 
 of the five words aXXa, ouSe, /^Se, TLVO,, Trore, the accent of 
 the elided vowel wholly disappears ; as, 
 
 Trap' ffjiov for irapa e/xou ovS* eyd for ovSe *y<a 
 
 ct\\' cyt& t; ctAAa ty<& tor 
 
160 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 3. In continued discourse, the acute of cDxytones Is 
 changed into the grave ; e.g., rov pep ayaOov avbpa <f)i\w, 
 rov Be Trovrjpbv favyco. But the acute must stand before 
 any mark of punctuation when a real division is made in 
 the thought, and also at the end of a sentence; e.g., ol 
 fiev ay ado (, ol 8e /ca/coL 
 
 ATONICS AND ENCLITICS. 
 
 156.-- -ATONics are certain monosyllables that have no 
 accent at all. These are the forms 6, 97, ol, al, of the article; 
 the prepositions eh, ev, e/c, &>? ; the conjunctions el, ?, and 
 ov (OVK, ovx). 
 
 ^= Ov is accented in the sense of no, and at the end of a sentence. 
 
 ENCLITICS are certain small words which throw back 
 their accent on the last syllable of the preceding word. 
 These are: (1) The pronouns /JLOV, pot, pe; crov, crol, ere; 
 ov, ol, e; o-(f>coiv, crfyicri; (2) The whole present indie, of 
 elfif and $77 /u (the second pers. sing, el and </>?;? excepted) ; 
 (3) The indefinite pronoun ?, rl, through all the cases 
 and numbers, together with the forms TOU and T<, for nvds 
 and TIV(; (4) The indefinite adverbs (not interrogatives) 
 
 7Tft)9, TTft), 7T?7, 7TOV, 7TOL, 7TOT6, TToOi, 7TO0V ; (5) The particles 
 
 re, ro(, ye, vvv, Trep, and the inseparable particle Se ; as, eire, 
 ovre, &?T, &S7rep, oSe, ijSe, Too~ds&e, etc. 
 
 INCLINATION OF THE ACCENT. 
 
 157. 1. An oxytone followed by an enclitic, changes 
 the grave accent into the acute. Thus, 0rjp TIS for 0rjp rls, 
 aya0d$ eo-riv for aya0bs 
 
 Kal rivts for Kal rives 
 Ka\6s re '* KaXbs T 
 
 TI for a\ri0Sjl 
 iro\\ot <f>curiv " iro\\ol tya 
 
 2. A par-oxytone followed by a monosyllabic enclitic 
 remains unchanged, the enclitic simply losing its accent ; 
 
ACCENTS. I6l 
 
 out when the enclitic is a dissyllable, both the enclitic and 
 the par-oxytone remain unchanged. Thus, 
 
 <jjl\os JAOU for <f>i\os p.ov ^ \6yos ^rrfi/, Ae'cyy Trorfc 
 
 8. A pro-par-oxytone and a pro-peri-spomenon followed by 
 an enclitic, take the acute on the last syllable ; as, 
 
 TIS for j/5o|os rls 
 
 Ti for irpayjULa rl 
 eVri*' ' 4 tra/xa ^rtp 1 
 
 4. A peri-spomenon followed by an enclitic, remains 
 unchanged, the enclitic simply losing its accent ; as, 
 
 ypavs ns for ypavs r\s 
 <j>us (TTLV " Qws tcrrlv 
 
 Traivc? ns 
 KCL\OV nvos 
 
 for 
 
 NOTE 1. Pro-peri-spomena in | and xj/ do not admit the inclination of 
 dissyllabic enclitics; e.g., a\a ^crrtV, AatAa^ fVT/f. The forms O?~<TIVOIV, 
 S>vTiv<av, are considered as separate words, like KO.KWV nvcov. 
 
 NOTE 2. When several enclitics come together, each throws back its 
 accent on the preceding, so that the last only is unaccented ; as, df W/o ris 
 <t>r}<ri wore. 
 
 ENCLITICS ACCENTED. 
 
 158. 1. The enclitic personal pronouns retain their 
 accent : 
 
 (a) When they stand after an accented preposition. In 
 this case the long forms e/xoi), e/W, and e'/^, are used instead 
 of the enclitic forms /^oO, /iot, /*e. Thus, 
 
 ircpl crov /uTa ff irepl ^/ioG Tear* ^/xe 
 
 rrapa ffol vpbs ffoi irpbs /j.oi Trap 1 fj.ov 
 
 When the preposition is unaccented, there is an inclina- 
 tion, and then the forms /ioi), /AOI, and /ie, are used ; as, tc 
 iv jjioi,, e?5 ere, /c crof, eV trot, etc. 
 
 (b) When they are emphatic. In this case, again, the 
 forms e/iiov, e/twu, and e/A^, are used instead of the form? 
 pot, (*4. Thus, e/ie /cal ere, ev e/W, a\\' ovtc ev aoi 
 
162 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 When the emphasis is on the preposition, tnere is an 
 inclination; e.g., against you rather than with you, eVt ere 
 jj crvv croi. 
 
 2. The forms of <j>r)p( retain their accent when they 
 stand at the beginning of a sentence, and when they are 
 separated from the preceding word by a punctuation mark ; 
 as, eariv dvrjp dyaOos, 
 
 3. The form eari is accented on the penult (e'cm) : (1) at 
 the beginning of a sentence ; as, can 0eo'?, eanv ourcw? ; - 
 (2) when joined to an infinitive, for e^ecm, e.g., ISeiv earns, 
 one can see, videre licet; (3) after the particles aAA', el, 
 ov/c, a>9, ^r\, Kdi, fiev, on, TTov, and the pronoun TOUT'; as, 
 OVK earriv, rovr ecrnv, etc., and (4) in the formula ecrnv 
 &v (ecrnv ofc, ea-Tiv ou?, 136. 2), in the middle as well as 
 at the beginning of a sentence ; as, KXeoTro/^Tro? TT}? nrapa- 
 OaXacro-iov ecrnv a eSrjcoae, Cleopompus plundered several 
 maritime places. 
 
 H^~ The remaining enclitic forms of et^uf, and those of the pronoun T)S, 
 retain their accent when they stand at the beginning of a sentence ; e.g., 
 flffl 0eoi, rivS \eyovffiv. 
 
 4. An enclitic retains its accent when the preceding 
 syllable is elided ; as, o-oc^o? S' ecrrlv, but eroc^o? Se earns ; 
 
 S' 66(7 tl/, but 7TO\\ol 8 
 
 SPECIAL RULES. 
 ACCENT IN THE DECLENSIONS. 
 
 159. Observations concerning the quantity of the 
 final syllable. 
 
 Final a of words in a (gen. -a?) is generally long, as 
 o-ocfrid, xpeid, Ovpd. But it is short: (1) in polysyllables in 
 -oid and -eid, as evvoid, Sidppoid, d\r)6eid, jBacri\eid, queen, 
 except abstracts from verbs in -evco, as rra&eid, SovXeld, 
 $ao-i\eid, kingdom, from TraiSevco, Sov\evco, fiacnXevco ; 
 
ACCENTS. 103 
 
 (2 y HI (Jivld and in words in -pa with at, ei, or v before 
 it, as crcfraipd, p^d^atpd, Treipd, <ye(f)vpd. 
 
 Final 01 and ai, and final a of words in a (gen. -779), are 
 always short. 
 
 Final a in the feminine of adjectives in 09, a, ov, is always 
 long ; as, ay id, fieftaid, e\v6epd, crTrovSaid (from # 
 
 160. RULE. The accent remains on the tone-syllable 
 of the nominative, as long as the quantity of the final 
 syllable permits. Thus, 
 
 fiiJLfpa \6yos irotfJL'fiv K6pa 
 
 fipepas \6yov iroi^fvos KdpaKos 
 
 (but according to 152. 1) 
 
 &yy\os (rcafjLctTa oi/o/xa 
 
 ayye\ov (TCDjmdTwv bvAfJLOTOS 
 
 NOTES TO THE I. AND II. DECLENSIONS. 
 
 161. 1. The genitive plural in cov of the 1 decl. is 
 Always circumflexed; e.g., ^6/oa, gen. pi. fmcpwv. But 
 Irrjo-iai, monsoons, and barytone adjectives ana participles 
 in -09 (as eVo9, Si/ccuov, o-7rouScuo9, \ev0epos, etc.) are in the 
 genitive plur. par oxy tone ; as, gevwv, Sifcaicov, a-Trov&aicov, 
 etc. (m., fern., and n.). 
 
 2. Oxytones of the 1 and 2 decl. take the circumflex in 
 the genitive and dative of all numbers ; as, n^ -7)9, -77, -&v, 
 -ah, -alv ; 0809, -ou, -w, -co^, -049, -olv. But oxy tones in 
 <09 (Attic decl.) retain the acute throughout. 
 
 3. The words Seo-Trdrrjs, lord, and SeX(^o9, brother, have 
 in the vocative & Seo-Trora, & aS 
 
 4. Contracts of the 1 decl., and all simple substantives 
 and adjectives in -eo9 and -eov of the 2 decl., take the 
 circumflex on the contracted syllable. nXou9, vnv^ and 
 
 M2 
 
164 
 
 GHEEX GilAMMAK. 
 
 oarovv, however, have in the dual 7rXft>, i>o>, and 6<jrft>, 
 instead of TrXw, vw, and oarw ; and compounds in -009 lake 
 throughout the acute oil the penult ; as, evvovs, evvov, evvo( 
 (not evvoC), Tre/HTrXow, TrepiTrXov, 7re/H7rXot, etc., from evvoos, 
 
 5. In Attic polysyllables in -e<9 and -e&>i> (see avatyewv, 
 J x Xeft>9, 8. 24) the endings eo>9, ecov, etc., are considered as 
 monosyllables : hence the apparently irregular accentua- 
 tion. 
 
 NOTES TO THE III. DECLENSION. 
 
 | 162. 1. Monosyllables of the 3 decl. are accented, in 
 the genitive and dative of all numbers on the final syllable; 
 as, 0r)p, #77/009, 0^p^ 0ijpa, Orjp ; 0fjp<>, 0rjpMV, 0rjp(ri, 
 etc. Thus, 
 
 S. TTOVS ir6$< 
 
 D. 
 
 irofiolv 
 
 i/y| 
 
 VVKT5 
 
 fa 
 
 jnvis 
 
 vvKrGs 
 
 VVKTUV 
 
 t>tvfa 
 
 fiivwv 
 
 vvKrt 
 
 wli(y) 
 
 frivi 
 
 fiiffi(i 
 
 VVKTU 
 
 VVKTO.S 
 
 fiiva. 
 
 fivas 
 
 yvtcre 
 
 VVKTOIV 
 
 five 
 
 t>w<nv 
 
 Exc. The following words are paroxytones in the 
 genitive plur., and in the genitive and dative dual: ?ra9 
 (jrdvTa>v, Trdvroiv), all, every ; 
 
 8as (^), dtfAs, torch. o5y (rb), t>r6s, ear. TpAs (5, ^), -a>^y, Trojan. 
 
 $H<as (6), -&6s, slave. TTOIS (6, ^), -Us, child. $<?$ (r)), (pydts, burning. 
 a>y (6, ^), Q<a6s, jackal, o-fis (<5), <re6s, moth. 0ws (rb), (parts, light. 
 
 2. &r)fjirJTrjp, Ceres, has a varying accent: 
 r/009, ArjfJLrjTpi, ArjfjLTjTepa, a> ^rjfJLrjrep. 
 
 3. Feminines in co contract da of the accus. into co instead 
 >>i w ; as, ace. rrjv 
 
 4. Concerning the accent of the Attic genitive in 
 and ea>i> (e.g., 7roXft)9, TroXewz/) see 161. 
 
ACCENTS. 165 
 
 ACCENT IN VERBS. 
 
 163. -Observations concerning the quantity of the 
 (inal syllable. 
 
 The endings a and a? of the indicative are short ; a? ci 
 the 1 aor. partic. act. is long, but av is short ; as, Xu<ra9, 
 Kvaav. 
 
 The endings 01 and ai are short throughout, the optative 
 form CM, and cu of the 1 aorist optative active excepted. 
 
 164. RULE. Verbs, both simple and compound, throw 
 the accent back as far as the quantity of the final syllable 
 permits; in compounds, however, the accent cannot go 
 back beyond that syllable of the word prefixed, which 
 before composition had the accent, nor beyond the first in 
 double compounds, nor beyond an existing augment. E.g., 
 
 <f)pe olSa el/jii 5<ta 5Js i]Kov 
 
 ircpei/iu airoSos 
 
 Thus, eWcr)e9, 7ra/oeV#e9, Traprjv, 
 
 7r/oo9e%oi>, Trap&xov, avevpe, a^licrai (not 
 , Trdprjv, V7rrjp%ov, a,7 
 avevpe, afafCTai), etc. 
 
 165. I. The accent is on the last syllable in the 
 following forms: 
 
 1) In all participles 2 aorist active; as, X^TTCO^, -oV; 
 
 2) In all participles in ay; and e&, and in those of the 
 present and 2 aorist active of verbs in -/u, both simple 
 und compound ; as, \e\v /cco9, \vOek, </>aw9, /crra9, 
 , etc. 
 
 3) In the present participle of compounds of a/u, to J0, 
 and eZ/u, to go; as, Tra/ooii/, %vva>v, Trapi<i>v, %i<i>v, etc. 
 
 4) In the five imperatives etW, eX^e, ev/o^, Xa/8^, M^ (but 
 in comp. e'feX^e, ?968, a7roXa/Se, etc.). 
 
166 GREEK GKAMMAH. 
 
 5) In the infinitive 2 aorist act. and the imperative 
 2 aorist mid., as circumflex; as, \nrelv, \aftdv, evpelv, 
 e\6elv , K/3a\ov, a</>eXoi), afafcov (but dual and plur. 
 always etcftdXecrOe, yeveaOe, etc.), and so in verbs in -/u, 
 compounded with monosyllabic prepositions, as Tr/ooSoO, 
 evOov, a</>oO, but those compounded with dissyllables become 
 paroxytones, as aTro'Sou, /carddov (plur. and dual 
 ac/>e0-#e, /carddecrOe^ etc.). 
 
 II. The accent is on the penult in the following cases : 
 
 1) In the infinitive of the perfect mid. or pass.; as, rerd- 
 (a), TTV(f)OaL (u), Ke/cd<p0cu, Trenrpa^Oai (a), 
 
 2) In the infinitive of the 1 aorist act. and 2 aorist 
 mid.; as, rdgcu, rvtyai, Tptyai, Ti^dai ; <yeveadai, \nrea6 ai^ 
 SiaSdcrOai. 
 
 8) In all infinitives in -vai ; as, rervfyevai, 
 TV(f)0fjvai, rpi/3f}vai, $avr)vai ; icrrdvai, 
 SOVVCLL. 
 
 4) In the participle perfect mid. or pass. ; as, 
 icecap IT cofJievo^. 
 
 NOTE 1. The following polysyllabic aorist forms are thus distinguished 
 by the accent : 
 
 Infin. 1 aor. act. Optat. 1 aor. act. Imper. 1 aor. mid. 
 
 ei/T/twJ/cu (i) evrptyai evrpi-fyai 
 
 When the penult is short by nature or long only by position, the infill 1 "' 
 tive and optative 1 aorist active are alike, but the imperative 1 aorist mid, 
 is proparoxylone ; as, 
 
 NOTE 2. The participles of the active voice retain in the nominative 
 the accent on the same syllable through all the genders ; as, 
 
 vo/uuov 
 
DIALECTS. 107 
 
 APPENDIX II. 
 
 DIALECTS. 
 166. The chief Greek Dialects are : 
 
 The AEOLIC (Writers: Alcaeus, Sappho), used in Boe- 
 otia, Thessaly, and in the Aeolian colonies 
 in Asia Minor. 
 
 The DORIC (Writers : Pindar, Theocritus), used through- 
 out the Peloponnesus and in the Dorian 
 colonies in Asia Minor, Italy, and Sicily. 
 
 The IONIC (Writers : older Ion. or Epic, Homer, Hesiod ; 
 later Ion., the historian Herodotus), used 
 especially in the Ionian colonies in Asia 
 Minor. 
 
 The ATTIC (Writers : earlier Att., Aeschylus, Sophocles, 
 Euripides, Aristophanes, Thuci/dides ; middle 
 Att., Plato, Xenophon, Isocrates ; later Att., 
 Demosthenes, Lysias, Aeschines), used in 
 Attica. 
 
 The Aeolic dialect is harsh and rough ; the Doric, strong 
 and full-toned ; the Ionic, soft and delicate ; the Attic holds 
 the middle place between the three, combining the harsh- 
 ness of the two former with the softness of the latter. 
 
 After the subjugation of Greece by Philip and Alexander of Macedon, 
 the Attic dialect began by degrees to degenerate from its primitive purity, 
 and thus arose the so-called COMMON or HELLENIC language. This was 
 used by Aristotle, Apollodorus, Diodorus, Plutarch, Polybius, Strabo, 
 and others. 
 
 At a still later period (the Roman period) there were several Greek 
 writers, such as Lucian, Aelian, etc., who affected to retain scrupulously 
 and imitate the ancient Attic forms. They were on that account called 
 Attitfst** 
 
168 
 
 GREEK GKAMMAK. 
 
 THE DlGAMMA. 
 
 167. The DIGAMMA, or double Gamma (f), belonged to the most 
 ancient language and was longest retained by the Aeolians, whence the 
 name u the Aeolic Digamma." It was called vau and pronounced like 
 the Latin v. This character, however, very early disappeared, but its sound 
 was softened sometimes, after a vowel, into v, as vavs (vdfs), navis ; 0ovs 
 (iSJ/rs), bovs, bos; sometimes, at the beginning of a word, into a mere 
 soft breathing, as olvos (/ro?pos), vinum; Zap (fV) ver ; sometimes into 
 a sharp breathing, as in eo-Trepoy, vesperus. In the middle of a word, be- 
 tween two vowels, it was not indicated at all, as in ois (of is), ows; &6v 
 (wf:6v}, ovum; &o6s (#o/r<k), bovis. 
 
 THE AEOLIC DIALECT. 
 
 168. 1. The Aeolic writers put a for rj and a for at,, 
 before a vowel ; e for et before a liquid, the liquid being 
 then doubled; and v for o (o-ix^o? for o-oc/xfc). Thus, 
 
 for 
 
 for 
 
 2. They put rj for ct ; at for a in /x^Xa? and raXa? and 
 in the ace. pi. of the 1 decl.; and o* for ou. Thus, 
 
 for 
 
 <n7/uioi/ 
 
 for 
 
 3. They interchange the labials (a/i7rt, 0\^/3ft), etc., for 
 a/ic/u, 6\i^(d); change f into o-S and i/r, into O-TT and cr/c. 
 Thus, 
 
 for 
 
 1Tf I/T 
 
 4. They double a consonant after a short vowel ; drop < 
 between two vowels, and replace the aspirate by the 
 digamma or by /3 (before /o). Thus, 
 
 tiffffov for 
 d\({0a " 
 ird\aos " 
 
 for 
 
DIALECTS. 
 
 169 
 
 THE DORIC DIALECT. 
 
 169. 1. The Doric writers put a for o, ry, and c; 
 ty for e in words in eifc, as /3aa-i\rjo^ for ftaaiKeos ; also rj 
 for 6, as o^a, /ca\fjv, for oea, tcaXelv ; and o> for au and of. 
 Thus, 
 
 for 
 
 Trparos 
 
 irp&ros 
 
 for rpav/JLo. 
 u 8ov\os 
 
 2. They put r for cr (as TV, re, reo? for cru, ere, cro?), 
 f for cr in the fut. and aor. of verbs in o>, and transpose or 
 drop p. Thus, 
 
 elf/cart for efrcocn 
 
 for 
 
 3. They sometimes put 7 for /3; often interchange 
 and T, and put </> and % in place of 6. Thus. 
 
 TTOKa U 7TOT6 
 
 rrivos u Ktivos 
 
 ror 
 
 u 
 
 u opvidos 
 
 4. They put S for f, cr, and 7 ; <rS for ^, but only in the 
 middle of words ; and v for X, before r and 6. Thus, 
 
 Aevs 
 
 *M 
 sa 
 
 for Zeus 
 
 for 
 
 (j>i\Taros 
 
 5. In the inflection of verbs they admit the following 
 peculiarities : 
 
 TUTTTes foi TTjirreis rvirroura for rvwrouffa 
 
 rvtrroiffi ll * rtJirroirirt Tvirr6^<TBa. u ruTrro^e^a, etc. 
 
 THE IONIC DIALECT, 
 
 170 1. The Ionic writers, ; \i general, omit the con- 
 tractions, change in some words cr before a liquid into ov 
 9, Oifveua, Kovpos, for /AO'ZW, etc.^, and au into a)i) in 
 
170 
 
 GKAMMAK. 
 
 Tli us, 
 
 and 0avfjia, but into wv in the compounds of aimfc. 
 
 v6os for vovs 
 
 aoidi] u <jp8^ 
 
 TVTrreai t4 
 
 for 
 
 rpav/xa 
 
 2. They put rj for e in the endings eto? (of adj.) and eia 
 (of nouns) ; contract eo and eou, ao, aou and oou (sometimes 
 also oe and oo, as eSi/catev for eSi/caioe) into ev. Thus, 
 
 for 
 
 for (piAe'ou 
 
 3. They put e for before a liquid; e for et, in 
 
 also in words in which the e becomes long by position, 
 as fjie^cov, icpeo-acov, and in adjectives in ew (fern. ea). 
 Thus, 
 
 for 
 
 tpd)Td(i) 
 
 T\OS for reAetos 
 w/cea " a>/feTa 
 
 4. They avoid the aspirates, put avr* o5, ou/c ocrtcy?, and 
 the like for a</>' o5, ou% ocrtW, etc. ; interchange TT and /t, 
 and double a consonant in the middle of a word. Thus, 
 
 avrt 
 
 for a0ts 
 
 KOT for 7TOT6 
 
 (JLeffffOV * * {JitffOV 
 
 5. They put rj for a in the 1st decl. : croc^u?/, etc. ; make 
 the gen. pi. in eow, the dat^ in yen for a^o-^ (/AOfcraw^, 
 ; the gen. sing, of the 2d decl. in o^'o, dat. pi. in 
 (\dyoio, \6^oiai). -In verbs in da) they frequently put 
 e for a (^opeofiev for opdopev); they sometimes omit the 
 augment (Xa'ySe for eXaySe) ; put 
 
 TVTTTfffKOV for TVTTTOV 
 
 TtyaaKOv 4< ervfya 
 rvrroiaro * 4 T^ 
 
 TV1TTfJLV for 
 
 TVTTTIV 
 
 rvnrjvai 
 
DIALECTS. 171 
 
 THE ATTIC DIALECT. 
 
 171. 1. The Attic writers change <r into (old 
 Att.), sometimes into p ; o-a into rr ; and suffix L to certain 
 words. Thus, 
 
 for 
 
 aAaTra for 6d\affaa 
 otf/c 
 
 o/c 
 
 2. They sometimes drop in a and at ; change in some 
 verbs the augment e into rj, and make the op tat. in olrjv for 
 
 . Thus, 
 
 for 7rAe?oj> 
 
 e's 
 
 for f/j.\\ov 
 
 3. They usually make the 2d pers. sing, f ut. in a instead 
 of 77, and the 8d pers. pi. imperat. in dvrcov, eaOcov, etc., for 
 ^, etc. Thus, 
 
 6(rei for 
 
 AITTTJO"?; 
 
 for 
 
 These and several other Attic peculiarities have been 
 noticed in the course of the Grammar. 
 
 THE EPIC or HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 (Arranged from Kiihner. ) 
 
 Change of Vowels. 
 
 172. 1. The Homeric dialect frequently drops, 
 changes, doubles, or inserts vowels. Thus, 
 
 67TA6TO, ^)pT6, TltyO* (= TtTTTc) for fTTfACTO, <>6p6T, T^TTOTC 
 
 &6\erai, era/>oy, /cetfos, /5a " 0ov\erai 1 eralpos, ^KetVoy, ^a 
 
 ^cos, o^p >s, ?tVos, 0(apr} for ews, opoy, eVo 
 
172 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 2. CRASIS but rarely, DIAERESIS often occurs ; as, OV/JLOS, 
 o5p6crT09, covrds \ 7rai'9, o69 ? i5, for 6 /w, o api<TTO<$, 6 
 Trafc, ofc, e5. 
 
 3. ELISION and SYNIZESIS (=the contraction of the 
 two vowels into one [in reading only, not in writing]) 
 are also of frequent occurrence. Thus, HrjXrjidSea), 6eoi, 
 o'rySooz>, TroXms, redve&o-i, eyco o, pr) aXXoi. 
 
 The a is elided in the neut. pi. ; ace. sing. 3d decl., and the 
 particle apa. 
 
 The 6, in the voc. 2d decl. ; dual 3d decl. ; in ^ue, /ue, <re ; also in . 
 verb-endings and particles. 
 
 The i, in the dat. pi. 3d decl. ; in a^i, fy*/x<, a$i ; in rfnoai and 
 verb-endings. 
 
 The o, in air 6, uir6, 5uo ; in the neuter of pronouns, and endings of 
 verbs. 
 
 The at, in the endings /xat, rat, ffOat ; and ot in poi (to me), rot. 
 
 4. 'Am, /cara', 7ra/oa, and the conj. apa (rarely cnro and 
 VTTO) often drop final a before a consonant. Thus, 
 
 fyu TreAayos, d/xySaAAcc, uj8)8aAAcy, for ava. ireXayos, a7roj8aAAa>, etc. 
 ^, /caS Suj/a^atv, /ca/c /cc^aA^s " /careAiTro^, Kara 5., /cara K. 
 
 5. HIATUS (= the concurrence of two vowels in two 
 successive words) occurs in the Epic dialect in the follow- 
 ing cases : 
 
 a) When the first word has the apostrophe ; e.g., SeVSpc' f6a\\cv ; 
 
 b) When the second word has the digamma ; e.g., ou-|5e obs \ 
 
 ircuSas -\affKv (= ovdt /rous) ; 
 
 c) When a punctuation-mark separates the two words ; e.g., aAA' 
 &va, el /nf/j.ovds ye ; 
 
 d) When the final vowel does not admit elision ; e.g., TrotSi fyiuj/c*/; 
 
 e) When the first word ends in a long vowel or diphthong which 
 & either in the arsis or in the thesis. In the latter case, the long 
 vowel or diphthong is used short ; 
 
 'H/ieW-lpy i/l I ofay, V I "Apyti \ Trj\60i \ irdrpTjs. II. o. 30. 
 
THE HOMERIC DIALECT. 173 
 
 f) After the 1st and 4th foot of the verse, when a word and a foot 
 end together; e.g., 
 
 e7X 6 * I 'I8o/ie-| rf)&y a-\yavov | AeuKaAi-j ddo. II. fj.. 117. 
 
 g) In the feminine caesura, after the first short syllable in the 3d 
 foot; e.g., 
 
 T&V ol | e| 67^- 1 vovro || -| vl pey a- \pouri ye- \ vtQXf}. II. e. 270. 
 
 Change of Consonants. 
 
 173. 1. The Homeric dialect inserts, doubles, drops, 
 and transposes consonants. Thus, 
 
 7TT0'Aiy, S^U^pOTOS, V(i)VV^.VOS for TT^AtS, HftpOTOS, V&VVfJLOS j 
 
 , oTrt^ev, tydpvyos for ^Ax'^eus, oiricrQev, (pdpvyyos. 
 wpaSir;, Tcrparos, fTTpaOov " /ca/o5ta, rerapros, (fr. irepOca). 
 
 2. The consonants S and often remain before /A ; as, 
 KefcdpvdfjLa^ ?S/>cez>, for /ce/copvcr/jia^ lajjiev. 
 
 SUBSTANTIVES. 
 The suffix </>6(z>). 
 
 174. The Homeric suffix <^>^(^) replaces the endings 
 of the genitive and dative ; as, 1 decl. ftirj-fa, by force 
 (= j3ia); 2d decl. Oedfav, of or from the gods (=0ecof, 
 ; 3d decl. Spec-fa, on the mountains (=o/oecrt); air 
 v, from the chariot (= o%cov, o^e'cov, o^ea-i). 
 
 First Declension. 
 
 175. The 77 is put for a throughout; as, Ovprj, -779, -77, 
 -771^ ; veavir)*;, -77, -77^. 
 
 Exc. 0ed, A^Veta?, 'Ep/ieta?, and a few other proper 
 names. 
 
 NOM. sing, masc., a for ys ; as, 6 ^m-Jra, 6 alxwra, etc. 
 
 GEN. sing, masc., do, e, w ; as, 'Ar^eiSdo, and -ecu; 'Ep/^etd^ ^nd 
 
 'Ep^ueia'. 
 
 GEN. pllir. , awr, U)i> ; as, Oopdwi', TraffeoJi/, TruAaajy and iriiKftov. 
 
 DAT. plur., 770-1 or r^y (ats only in 06a?s), as Ofy-pai, Ovpys. 
 
174 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 Second Declension. 
 
 176. GEN. sing., ov and oto, as \dyov, \dyoio, 
 DAT. plur., 0^9 and owi(i'), as 0eols and 6eol(n(y). 
 GEN. and DAT. dual, ouz> (two syllables), as W/JLOUV. 
 ATTIC clecl. GEN. sing., wo for ft>, as Il^^eXecoo (usu, 
 from 
 
 Third Declension. 
 
 177. DAT. plur., cr^, cr<n, and eow (rarely e<n), as 
 vtlfcvcn, vetcv-crai, icvv-ecrcn, Trobeacn (usu. TTOCTCT/), 
 
 GEN. and DAT. dual, ouv, as 
 
 Contr. in os ; gen. eu$, dat. e? and ti', as yevevs, yevei and yevei. A 
 few words in os lengthen the e into ei or 17, as (TTTCOS, gen. o-Tre/ofs, 
 dat. cTTT/yi' ; gen. pi. ffireiw, dat. {T7reV<rt and airrjtffcrt. 
 
 Contr. in 77?. Proper names in -x-Afjs take T/, as 'HpatfAr/s, -/cX^oy, 
 -xAfjt, -/cA^a, VOC. 'Hpa/cAeiS ; but adjectives in -erjs (as euw-Ae-^y, 
 d/rAerys, etc.) have ez and 17, as eu/cAeias (eu/cAcea*)? aKX-^fls (avAe'eas). 
 
 Contr. in ty retain i throughout, but sometimes take y instead of i. 
 Thus, 
 
 N. 7^9 
 G. TTOAlOS, TTOAeOS, ir6\1)OS 
 
 iro\iu>v 
 
 1fO\lffffl 
 
 es 
 
 A. ir6\iv 
 
 TTo'AjaS, TT^AtS, TTOATjaS 
 
 Contr. in us (-uos) ; nom. pi. always vts, as 
 
 'x^yes, IxOvffffi and 
 
 IxQveffffi. The ace. sing, is sometimes IxOua- 
 
 
 Contr. in aus change a into rj, as 7pi?i~v, dat. 7^1 
 
 , voc. 7/OTjD. Thus, 
 
 vai/s, ship, 
 
 K^Os, f^^s, I'^t, i/r)a VT]S) i f Trju>v^ vTf]vnl or vf]ffffL^ v?jas 
 
 V&S VO. I/S, V6OJV, and Vffffl) VO.S 
 
 Contr. in cus, as yBarrtAeu?, have -^os, -?;i:, -^a, -eD ; -^fs, -eunr/, -^as. 
 
 The words ai/?Jp, irar-hp, etc., drop or retain e, as a</5p<^s and d^epov, 
 etc., but always dj/Spwj' and ai>Spd<ri or d^5/36rra/(j/). 
 
 Bovs has pi. /3<ks, ^^as, dat. &6<r(ri. Instead of os (WT^S), ear, 
 Homer uses oSas, oi/aros, pi. ouara 
 
THE HOMERIC DIALECT. li 
 
 The words 76X0)9, laughter ; epw?, love; and ISpon, sweat 
 (gen. -o>T09), take also forms of the 2d Attic dee.l., as 
 ye\a)Ti and 7eX&>, yeXcora and yeXcov or 76X0). 
 
 The neuters 7oVu, knee; Sdpv, spear; and 
 have the following forms : 
 
 yovvaros and yovv6s 
 Sovparos and dovpds 
 
 yovvara and 701/1/0, yovvoav, yovv-aai ( (7(n) 
 
 S. N. 
 
 G. KaprjTOSi /cap^aTos, Kpar6s 
 D. /eapTjT/, Kaplan, Kpari 
 A. /capy; 
 
 and SoGpa, 5oupa>p, 5ot5p-a<ri 
 
 PL N. /capa, /cap^ara, 
 G. KpdrcaV) 
 D. Kpaai 
 A. /cpaara Kaprji/a 
 
 The gen. and dat. sing, have also the forms /cpaaros, Kpdan. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 178. Adjectives in 1/9 make the feminine sometimes 
 in ea or 77, as ovcea for w/ceia ; /3a0ea for /BaOela, gen ( 
 
 ace. (3a6er)V. 
 
 Adjectives in -oe^9, -o'ecrcra, -dev, contract oe into eu. - s 
 ,V9 Homer has the following forms: 
 
 Neut. TroAv, TrouAu and iroAA^ 
 
 Neut. TroAvj TrouAu and iro\\6v 
 Neut. iro\\d 
 
 S. N. TroAus, irouAvs and TTOAA^S 
 
 G. TToXeos and TTO\\OV 
 
 D. TroAAq? 
 
 A. TroAvy, irovXvv and iro\\6v 
 
 P. N. iroAecs, 7roA?s and TroAAof 
 G. Tro\0)V and TroAAwv 
 
 D. iroX-fffffi, -eecrtr/, -ecri, iroAAoTs 
 A. TroAfas (iroAery) and rro\\ovs 
 
 Neut. 
 
 179. COMPARISON. In the comparison of adjective^ 
 Homer, for the sake of the verse, sometimes uses -ft>re/oo9, 
 -ft)Taro9, even when the preceding vowel is long. 
 
 In those in -w and-/oo9, he prefers the form in tcov, tcrro9. 
 He has, also, the following anomalous forms : 
 
 aOds, apeiwv, Kdprurros ; waw^s, ^epcicw^, x f P fL ^ T P os i ?)KI<TTOS ; 
 i'fiios, /Srjfrepos, ^fraros, and ^rjiVros ; 
 )8ap5t(TToy J /ia/fp(Jy, /iatrtrwi/ ; Trax^ 
 
176 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 180. NUMERALS. 1. Instead of the feminine /u'a 
 Homer uses the form ?a (g. 6779, d. ??;, ace. 7ai>); dat. neut. 
 l& for kvL 
 
 2. Svco and SOLO) (for all cases), also SOL-OL, -at, -a ; gen. 
 -ofc ; ace. -oik, -a?, -a. 
 
 3. r/otraro? for rpiros ; 4. iricrvpes for reWape?, rerparo^ ; 
 9. elVaro9 for evvaros or eWro9. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 181. Personal Pronouns. 
 
 S. N. reg. and 
 G r e>eo, <?,u* 
 ' I e/ie?o, tfjic 
 D. reg. 
 A. reg. 
 
 P. N. reg. and 
 
 G. ^/teav, J\ 
 
 D. reg. #/*;iu 
 A. ^/xeas, ^a 
 
 reg. and TVM 
 
 {0"O, (Tff, (TflC 
 TCO?0, (T0V 
 
 reg. rot, -rei'v 
 reg. 
 
 reg. and 
 reg. v/uLfjn 
 
 < 0, 6? (6) 
 
 reg. lor 
 reg. 4e, ^utV 
 
 The dat. and ace. plur. of ty& and < have sometimes the accent on 
 the first syllable, as T?/UI/, ^as, etc., instead of ^julv, etc. 
 
 182. Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 V/ULTpOS | UyU(fa, ij, 
 
 S. e>(k, 1$, ^ (reg.) 
 
 P. 7]jULTpOS J a/iOS, ij, 
 
 D. vta'iTtpos-, 17, o/ 
 
 y, ?J, e6v ; 5$, yj, 6V 
 
 183. Demonstrative and Relative Pronouns. 
 
 The article which Homer frequently uses as a demon- 
 strative, has, besides its regular forms, also the following 
 Epic forms : 
 
 TO?O and rev for rov 
 roi and ral for ol and at 
 
 Tacoi> for r(av 
 
 ToTo-t for roTs 
 
 ra?(Tt, Tr)(Ti, rf)s, for rats 
 
 Tors5e(rt, TOisSefrrrt for roil 
 
 The relative : o for 09 ; oto, oou for ov ; e?y9 for ^9 ; ^^ 
 for afc. 
 
THE HOMERIC DIALECT. 177 
 
 184. Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns. 
 
 INDEF. Gen. reo, rev for nv6s 
 Dat. Tey, T<f for nvi 
 
 Gen. Twv for 
 Dat. To<ri for rri 
 
 nv<av 
 
 Neut. pi. to-o-a for rivd. 
 
 INTER. Gen. reo, reu, for rivos. Of cJo-rts Homer has the following 
 forms : 
 
 Nom. orxs, neut. om 
 Gen. oreu, orreo, orrev 
 Dat. #Te&', '6r(f 
 Ace. or^a, neut. ^TT* 
 
 Neut. ao-cra 
 Gen. ((recoj/ 
 Dat. dreotffi 
 
 Acc. 5T/ay, neut. a<r<ra 
 
 THE VERB. 
 Augment. Reduplication. 
 
 185. 1. Homer frequently omits the augment, as 
 A,0cre, e'Xe, for e'XiJcre, elXe. 
 
 2. He doubles the liquids and a- after the augment, as 
 ^, eacreve. 
 
 3. He prefixes the syllabic augment to verbs that have 
 fche digamma, as edvbave (also rfvbave and even e^ 
 from dvSdvco, please. 
 
 4. He puts epe%a for eppe%a\ the perfects p 
 
 e^^opa (jjieipofjiai), ecrcFv^ai (o-euw), for 
 
 5. He frequently prefixes the reduplication to the 2-i 
 A or. act. and mid., through all the moods, and sometimes 
 inserts it in the middle of the verb. Thus, 
 
 KKa/J.() for nd/JLO) (subj.) 
 \e\aftecr6ai for \a&4(rBa.i 
 
 tv-eviirov (Att. red. fr. i 
 rivi-ira-irei/ (from eViTTTo?) 
 T)pv-Ka-Kov (from epvKca) 
 
178 GREEK GftAMMAB. 
 
 Personal endings. 
 
 186. 1. In the singular of the subjunctive and in the pluperfect, 
 Homer uses the following endings : 
 
 Subjunctive. 1 pers. /UL ; as, I0&o>/u, Ti5xA" 
 
 2 pers. (T0a ; as, 60A#(r0a (also 30e\vi<rOa) 
 
 3 pers. <TI ; as, e0eA??<n, &d\r)<n (also 606A7)<rf, etc.; 
 
 Pluperfect. 1 pers. ea ; as, ireiroiQea for eir 
 
 2 pers. eas ; as, e'reflrjTreas for 
 
 3 pers. 6 ; as, tyeyAvcc for e'7 
 
 5s. In the dual of the historical tenses act. and mid., the endings TOV 
 and (T0ov are sometimes used instead of TTJI/ and aOw, and in the 1st pers. 
 dual and plur. mid. ad frequently instead of 9. Thus, 
 
 3. The 2d pers. sing. mid. ends in ecu (TJCU) or r/, eo or eu, ao or a>. The 
 endings e'eai and eeo (of verbs in u>) are lengthened into e?cu and e?u, or 
 one e is dropped. Thus, 
 
 ^iweai and aty'iv 
 
 7r&jAe?ai and TrcoA 
 eTrtoAeib and ^Trw 
 
 4. In the perf. and plperf. m. or p. the o- is sometimes thrown out, as 
 ,v,jii for j86#A?7<rat. In the 3d pers. plur. perf. and plpf. indie, m. or p., 
 
 and also in the optative mid., the endings area and aro are used for j/reu 
 and i/ro. Thus, 
 
 Ke/Crtfarou for KK\ivrat ^oraAaTO for eo-raAvro 
 
 )8ej8A?)aTcu " ^Je^Arjj'Tcu yevoiaro " ytvowro 
 
 5. In the subjunctive 77 and CD are often shortened into and o, and 
 qaav of the aorist passive, into ei>. Thus 'io^v for fo/iei>; (TTptyerai for 
 (rrpf^r/rat J rpacpe^ for erpd^ffav. 
 
 6. The infinitive ends in -f^fvai-, -fpev, and -ftr, as TvtyfpevcLi, ruil/f/xe^, 
 Tuil/cij/. But verbs in ao> and 6o>, and passive aorists have -fi^evcu. Thus, 
 
 vai for TVTTTJvat 
 l/mevai for QavTjvat 
 
 vai from 7 
 evat from 
 
 Notice also the inf. pres. TiOf-pcvai or Ti0-yuei>, i(rra-^ue^ai, 
 and 2d aor. ^t-^e*', S(i-/xi/ai, ar^-j/jLevai. 
 
HOME1UC DIALECT. 179 
 
 7. To denote a repeated or continued action, Homer uses in the 
 singular and 3d pers. plur. of the imperfect and 2d aor. indie, act. and 
 mid. the forms -eo-;co^, es, f, and -eovc-o/xr^, ov (eo, eu), TO, but -aaicov and 
 
 for the 1st aorist, usually without the augment. Thus, 
 0\-(TK-s for efleAes Xa.<r-a.(TK-ov for ^Aao"a 
 
 Verbs in aa> have df<ricov, CHTKOV, and aaanov ; verbs in e', <TKOV 
 (seldom ecncoj/), and deaKov. Verbs in <ta want the iterative form. 
 Thus, viK-davitov, /caA-eW/ce, TrcoA-eWeTO, for eVi/ca>j>, e'/caAe/, e*7r&?Aenr. 
 
 Notice, moreover, the forms ard-ffKe for eo-rrj, 7rapa@d-o-it for 
 iracfir), 86-ffice for eSw/ce ; Su-o-/ce for e5u. 
 
 Contract Verbs. 
 
 187. Verbs in -AH. In these verbs Homer uses 
 both the contracted and uncontracted forms. In the dual 
 of a few verbs, he contracts ae and ee into TJ instead of 
 a, e, as crv\riTr)V (cnA,aeo), a7rei\r)T7)i> (a?raXeV) . 
 
 Most frequently he resolves a into aa or aa, and <a into oo? or <wo> 
 (into aa and oo>, when the contracted syllable is preceded by a short 
 one, into aa and , when preceded by a long one). Thus, 
 
 Ind. S. (6pa-a>) 6pw 6p6o> Plur. i 
 
 (opa-ezs) opas 6 pa as 
 (opa-6/) opa opaa 
 
 Subj. (6pd-ys) 6pys 6 pa as 
 
 Opt. (dpd-OlfJLt) Op(j>[JLl 6 p6 to/A I 
 
 Imp. (opa-ere) dpare opa are 
 Pres. (Spa-oudt) 5pwo-t Spcacoffi Part. (^)8a-ouo-a) f}&w(ra rjfic&caffa 
 
 When a> is followed by vr, o is inserted before vr, as 
 
 e) Spare 6 pa arc 
 (opd-oucri) op&ffL^v) 6p6cj(Ti (/) 
 
 Inf. (6pa-eti/) <5pa> 6pdav 
 Part. (6pa-wr) ^pwv 6p6cay 
 
 (opa-outra) dpcaffa 6p6d)(Ta 
 
 188. Verbs in -Efl. When the e is followed by 
 u, or a long vowel, there is no contraction ; as, 
 
 When the e is followed by a short vowel, contraction may take 
 place or be omitted. When it takes place, eo is usually contracted 
 into ei, as ytvev for yevfo. The e is sometimes lengthened into ei. 
 
 aipevurjv for rjp 
 N2 
 
180 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 189. Verbs in -OH. They are either contracted 
 regularly (as ISpovvra for ISpoovra), or change the charac- 
 teristic o into ft> (as ISpcoovrai, vTrvcoovcra), or become 
 analogous to the verb opdco. Thus, 
 
 ap6o)(TL for apoovffi ItipAyiu. for I 
 
 Formation of the Tenses. 
 
 190. 1. Verbs in eco and aw make the future sometimes, 
 like the present, without a. Those in dco after dropping a- 
 insert a cognate vowel before the contracted one. Thus 
 /copeeis for fcop^rei^ /jLa%eovTai, for 
 
 Pres. e'Aaw, fut. ^Acwrw, Att. ^Aaa>, contr. eAw, Epic ^A(Jw. 
 Pres. Sa^aaj, fut. Sa/iaVet, Att. Sa^uaet, COntr. 5a/*a, Epic 5a/Aaa. 
 
 2. The liquid verbs /ee'XX&>, land; /cvpco, fall upon; 
 opvviJii, excite; fyOeipo), destroy ; /ceipco, shave; (frvpw, knead; 
 and a few others, have in the fut. and aor. aco and era, as 
 ), opera) (GO pa a), /cepaco^ etc. 
 
 3. The four verbs %e'ft>, pour out; aevco, shake; a 
 avoid; and /catco, burn, make the 1 aor. without <r; as, 
 e%eva (Att. e%ea), eVcreva, rfKevd^v^ e/crja and 
 
 4o The endings of the 2d aorist are sometimes used 
 instead of those of the first. Thus of /3atW, ayco, aet'&w, 
 and </>/>&>, 
 
 Ind. &4](rTO for ^^o-aro Imp. aeureo for &ei<rai 
 
 Inf. d|^/Aej> il &ai Imp. olfferca u olffdrw 
 
 5. In the 2d aor. a transposition of the consonant some- 
 times takes place. Thus of Sep/co/nai, TrepOco, SapOdvco, and 
 
 for eSap/coi' 
 
 for etiapOov 
 
THE HOMERIC DIALECT. 
 
 181 
 
 tf. The K in perfects of both pure and impure verbs is 
 often rejected, especially in the participle ; as /3e/3oo>9, 
 #6*7-6770)9, /ce%a/o?;co9, from /3a4'6j, /ca//,z>a>, and 
 
 Verbs in pi. 
 
 191. 1. In the 2d and 3d pers. sing, present and imperfect, verbs in 
 fit (from steins in e and o) are often contracted, like verbs in -eco and -6a> ; 
 as, ridels, i6j, SiSoTs. Irftfci, eS/Souy. etc. iiie 2d pers. sing. pres. mid. is 
 Often ridrjo-da, Qriffda* 5i5oio-0a. 
 
 2. The future of 8iSa>^t is sometimes reduplicated : 5t5e6<ro/xei/, 5i5(re*j>. 
 
 3. The endings -ea-a*>, -rjo-ai/, -oo-ai/, -axrai/, ana -,<rai/ (of the 3d pers. 
 plur. impf. and 2d aor.), are usually shortened in -ei/, -ov, -&v, and -\>v t 
 as, e/3aj/ (3aj/) for &r)<rav ; 
 
 for 
 
 for 60<ro 
 
 4. In the 2d pers. sing, imper. pres. and 2d aor. mid., the <r is often 
 dropped, and the open form retained, as aMco (for o-w06<ro), SatVuo (for 
 
 Saipudo), <^)ao (for <f)d(ro^. 
 
 Forms such as 5o?<n (or dup 
 eflif} (3d pers. sing. subj.). 
 
 iyo-i, etc., are often used for 5< , 
 
 5. The short stem-vowel is sometimes lengthened, according to the 
 demand of the verse, as rt^/uej/os, SfSwfl/, 5t8oG*/e, for nOepcvos, 
 etc. 
 
 192. Epic forms of the 2d aorist (subj. of the verbs 
 
 and 
 
 Sing. 1. 
 2. 
 
 3. (7TT7 
 
 Dual. 2. o-TTjToy 
 Plur. 1. ffTupcv 
 
 2. (TT7)T 
 n ~ f 
 
 Sing. 3 p. 5<, SCOT?, and 
 and Swcoo":. 
 
 tips, 061TJS 
 
 Sing. 1. 0w 
 
 ^. 07]S 
 
 3. 0g 
 
 Dual. 2. 0f)r 
 Plur. 1. 0^ 
 
 2. 077T 
 
 t ; Plur. 1. Sw/^i/ and 8c5o/x6i/, 3, 
 
 /X606/77 
 06/6TOV 
 
 deca/uev, 0etofj.fi> 
 
182 
 
 GliEEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 193. The verb e^X to be. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 8ul>j. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Parties. 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 ew, fjLeretti) 
 
 
 
 ffjL^e/uLfjL-^evai 
 
 WV 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 2. <r<n 
 3. 
 
 PI. 1. dfJL^ 
 
 tys (Ion.) 
 
 T7? f??^ ? 5<r, 
 and ety 
 
 W/JLV 
 
 eois 
 
 r<u 
 
 (T(TO 
 
 and 
 
 fJL(fJL/JL-^V 
 
 ^oucra 
 eoi' 
 
 
 2. 
 
 f]T 
 
 efre 
 
 
 
 
 
 3. 6d(7i(j/) 
 
 W(Tl 
 
 eiei' 
 
 
 
 
 IMPERF. 
 
 S. 1. ea, T^a, eoj/, etr/coi' Flur. 1. reg. 
 2. eTyo-^a 2. reg. 
 3. e^v, 7777^, ^e^, ecrAce 3. ecrav', efaro for ^J/TO (from 77/^77 /) 
 
 Fut. S. 1. (TOfJLaL and etrtrojuat, 2. eereai, 3. e<rercu and ecretrcu 
 
 194. The verb el^i, to go. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Partic. 
 
 H 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 
 
 
 f)a(i/>t//,-)e^ai, 
 
 
 to 
 
 w 
 
 2. elo-^a 
 
 lyvea 
 
 
 
 fyue?' and 
 
 
 CO 
 
 H 
 
 CM 
 
 3. 
 
 triffL ( i>) 
 
 Hot, lelrjj and 6^77 
 
 
 ttnevcu. 
 
 
 2 
 
 PI. 1. 
 
 fo/uc^and t&fjiev 
 
 
 
 
 
 b 
 
 S. 1. ri'Ca. (yeiv}, TJ'IOV PL 1. Tjo/iev 
 
 Fut. efcro/xat 
 
 
 H 
 
 2. ^es flfets), fes 2. 
 
 Aor. eicrdjULrfV and 
 
 AH 
 SJ 
 
 3. t7i'e (7761), te(v) 3. 7710^, ^i'o-a^ (^craj>) 
 
 ti<rdM 
 
 Ll 
 
 forai/ 
 
 
PROSODY. 183 
 
 APPENDIX III. 
 
 PROSODY. 
 
 METRES. The Metres are, for the most part, the same 
 in Greek as in Latin, and will be found sufficiently treated 
 of in the Prosody at the end of our Latin Grammar, to 
 which the learner is referred. We, accordingly, give here 
 only the rules of Quantity. 
 
 RULES OF QUANTITY. 
 
 General Rules. 
 
 195. I. A short or doubtful (a, t, v) vowel, followed 
 by another vowel or diphthong or a simple consonant, is 
 short ; as, 0eo9, ^0709, /-&%?;, <fcA,o9, (frvrj, 'delSco. 
 
 II. Long vowels, diphthongs, and all contracted and cir- 
 cumflexed syllables are long by nature , as, ^/o 
 ; 'diccoi> (for ae/eeoi>), erifid (for ert/iae), 
 
 III. A short or doubtful vowel followed by two con- 
 sonants or a double consonant (either in the same word or 
 in two successive words), is long by position ; as, 
 
 %elve. Exceptions are rare, such as vXtfeo-crd Zd/cvv- 
 009, ov&e 
 
 IV. A short vowel before a mute and liquid is common; 
 as 7rar/)09, T^</>Xo9, re/cvov, 'itcpiva (but not in 'e^-XetVa), 
 y (c-v/jLco, because in these words the mute and liquid belong 
 to different syllables). 
 
184 GKEEK GllAMMAtt. 
 
 EXCEPTIONS. 
 
 1. When several short syllables follow in succession, the first is often 
 made long for the sake of the verse. Thus, afla^d-ros, Ovyarepes, dird- 
 veeaOai. 
 
 2. A long vowel or diphthong in the middle of a word, before another 
 vowel, is sometimes (though rarely) made short ; as, &0\rjai, ^ren?, 
 
 TOloGrOS, f/JLTTOlOS. 
 
 3. A final long vowel or diphthong, followed by another vowel, usually 
 becomes short in the thesis, but remains long in the arsis or when the 
 word following has the digamma. Thus, 
 
 'HM*T- I pf) tv\ I ofay $ v | * Apyt'i \ Tr?A<*0i | irdrpris. II. o. 30. 
 
 4. A final short syllable is usually long in the arsis, when it is followed 
 by a liquid or a- or 5, or by a word with the digamma; e.g., aTrld 606i/|, 
 7j/ce | :=^Tc'#ci) ; Kal TreSi- 1 d A.o>- 1 Ttvvra.. 
 
 5. Homer not unf requently uses a short vowel long in the thesis when 
 it stands between two long syllables; e.g., e<r0' M \ S^I-\TJ. 
 
 FINAL SYLLABLES. 
 
 Final a. 
 
 196. Final a is short, 
 1. In nouns in r, gen. r)s ; as, /xouo-d, ~r)s ; A-catva, -175 ; 
 
 2. In nouns in pa, preceded by o or a diphthong (at> excelled) ; as, 
 (f>vpdj fr</)fpa, yUoTpd ; but aftpa ; 
 
 3. In polysyllables in eta, not derived from verbs in i5&> ; as, d 
 
 4. In the feminine ending of adjectives in vs and participles in cfo ; as, 
 
 .u,'<re?d, rerj'p-j^H ; 
 
 5. In compounds in oia ; as, e#/oid, &voia ; 
 
 6. In the vocative of nouns in rjs (g en - -ov) ; as, & vo\ir& i 
 
 7. In nominatives in a (instead 01 r/s) ; 6 Iirir6ra. (for 6 /mrlrqOt 
 
 8. In nouns in -rpm ; as, tyd\Tpta ; 
 
 9. In the nom. and ace. neuter ; as, rb <rjud, ra <r<5/iard, ra ScDpd ; 
 
 10. In the ace. sing. 3d decl., as, rV Aa^TraSd, in indeclinable words 
 and the endings of verbs ; as, ^j/*/ed, wapa, tru^d, reru^d. 
 
PROSODY. 
 
 197. Final a is long, 
 
 1. In nouns in a, gen. as ; as, <wefc, <7o<pi'a, <^AfcT, 
 
 2. In dissyllables in -cm, -010, -oa; as, Aeia, Tpold, xpei'a, 
 u-Ja ; 
 
 3. In polysyllables in em, derived from verbs in -eu&> ; as, 
 
 SouAeici, jSacnAeia (from ^cunAeuw, but /SatriAeia fr. jSacnAeus) ; 
 
 4. In the feminine of adjectives in os, a, oj/; as, 07*05, 07/5 ; 
 
 5. In the vocative of nouns in as ; as, 3> AtWd", & "ATAO $ 
 
 6. In the dual of the 1st decl. ; as, T& Movo-a ; 
 
 7. In the ace. sing. 3d decl. of words in et5s ; as, rbv j3ao-fAea. 
 
 Final av. 
 
 198. Final av is short; as, pova-av, yiydv, 
 \vaav, Xucra^, \vcreicw. 
 
 Exc. Final av is long, 
 
 1. In the accusative of &ouns in a and as ; as, 7-V x^P^ T ^ / 
 
 rbv vcavtav ; 
 
 2. In nouns in av (-avp?) ; as, Tirdv (-avos), Tratai/ (-avos) J 
 
 3. In those Doric forms in which av stands for yv or wv ; as, 6 
 
 TWV VV/Ji<f>aV (for TTOt/X^I/, VVfJifyWv} J 
 
 4. In the adjective Trav (but avpirav has a/ short). 
 
 Final a/3. 
 
 199. Final ap is short; as, 7ap, r/Tra/o, ve'/crap 
 Excepted are monosyllabic nouns, such as Ka/o, 
 
 Final a? 
 
 200. Final a? is short, 
 
 1. In all cases of the 3d declension ; as, T\ \auuras. i-ofo* o&6vra * 
 
 2 In the indie, and aorist of verbs ; as, erwj/as, reVu^as, T^eia 
 
186 GtlEEJC GRAMMAR. 
 
 Final a9 is long, 
 
 1. In the 1st declension ; as, rrjs Ovpds, 6 j/eai/fas, robs veavias, ras 
 ftouVas J 
 
 2. In the accus. plur. of nouns in evs ; as, rovs /faunAc'as (Ion. 
 
 /3a(nA?7as) J 
 
 3. In the nominative sing 1 , of nouns, adjectives, and participles in ay 
 (-ai/Toi-) ; as, 6 yiyds (-ai/ros), aSa/xds (-aj/ros), iras (irai/r^s) ; rityds (-avros) ; 
 fords (-aVros), #d? (#a*/Tos) ; 
 
 4. In the two words jut'Ads and raAds. 
 
 Final t, 49, w. 
 
 201 . Final , ^9, and 4z^ are short ; as, Xa/X7ra&, ypdcf)- 
 ov al, StScero-t, re/cvo(f)i ; 
 
 Exc. Final t, is, and t/, are long, 
 
 1. In the Attic suffix i ; as, ouroaf, i/ui/f, 65i (for S5e), Taurr (for ravro). 
 
 2. In monosyllables, as fs, /c7/, :! (according to some /as, ?/, /ct) ; but 
 the pronoun ris (both indefinite and interrogative) is short and has r in 
 all cases. 
 
 3. In nouns in is and iv that increase long ; as, o-^c^fs, -fSos ; #aA#7s, 
 -ISos ; ofms, -I^os j SeA^>7s or 
 
 4. In the pronouns ^/u*/ and fyuV (Epic ?/iti/, u/x<*/ ; Aeol. 6/x/tti/, ij^fjuv). 
 
 Final v , i>9, v^. 
 
 202. Final v, V9, and vv are short ; as, av, Sdpv, 
 (-#09), %Xa//.i$9 (-6809), /co/)U9 (-^09), of fc ; 
 
 E xj. Final u, us, and ui/, are long, 
 
 1. In oxy tones in us (-5os) ; as, lx^ (-5os), i'x^^ V C. *x0u. 
 
 2. In nouns that end both in us and uj>, as Wp^us or &6pKvv (-ui/os). 
 
 3. In verbs in -vfj.t ; as, t&tyvvv, efcvyvvs, t&vyvv. 
 
 NOTE. The quantity of a final syllable can often be ascertained from 
 the accent. 
 
 a) When the accent is on the antepenult, the final syllable is short ; as, 
 d 9 j8a<rtA6ia, queen. 
 
PROSODY. 
 
 187 
 
 b) When the penult has the circumflex, the final syllable is short by 
 nature, though it may be long by position ; as, irpay/jid, /cAi^a! (-a:os), 
 aAa| (-aK0s). 
 
 c) When the accent is on a penult that is long by nature, the final 
 syllable is long; as, 0u>pd (-a/cos), K7?pi>| (-u/cos), ofti (-a/cos). 
 
 INCREMENTS. 
 
 Increment a. 
 203. The increment a is long, 
 
 1. In monosyllables; as, ypavs, ypd6s ; Kap, KdpSs ; ij/ap, if/dp({s ; <*, 
 pdyo's ; )8Aa, jSAa/afs ; but 7rAa, TrAaWs. 
 
 2. In words in a>, -a*/os, and as, -avros ; as, Tirai/, TLTUVOS ; Trcuaj/, 
 Tramyos ; 7/yas (-avros), dat. pi. yiyddi. 
 
 3. In the feminine of participles in as ; as, At5<ras, fern. Aw<ra<ra. 
 
 4. In the Doric genitive in do and dwv of the 1st decl. ; as, 
 
 204. The increment a is short, 
 
 1. In the dative plur. of syncopated nouns ; as, TraTpdVi, ai/fy>a<n, affrpao-i. 
 
 2. In words in a, a/>, as, a|, and ai//, and also in aAs ('aA^s). Thus, 
 irpciyfj-d (-aros), 3}irdp (-ciroy), Aa/x-rras (-a5os), avAa| ( awos), /c^pa^ (-a/cos), 
 -A?^ia| (-d:ov), "Apa\|/ (-aj3os), AcuAaiJ/ (-aTros). 
 
 But long increase oWap (-aros), </>peap (Att. usu. -dros, Epic 0p6taros), 
 Kiepas (-dros, Hom. Kcpdtri) ; 0ci>pa|, tepa|, K*> 
 (-a/cos). 
 
 Increment t. 
 205. The increment t is long, 
 
 1. In monosyllables; as, ^ts, piv6s ; p^, ^I 
 
 A/Js ; rfs, rWs ; 0/>t|, rptx<k> and t 7 " 7 "^* ^/x^s, increase short. 
 
 2. In words in is, i>, and r| ; as, farts (or arzj/), -?/os; opm, -r0os ; 
 ai//7s, j(3aA/3fs, wrjAls, /cATj'/'s, Kpyiris, vyo-ls, ^rjtpls^ pd<pavis (-?5os) ; cr0a7ls, 
 Xetpfs (-i5os) ; jua<rTi, reVrrl (-lyos) ; 7rep5r|, 0ot/r| (-fffos), and others to 
 be learned by practice and observation. 
 
 The increment i is short in words in *s, /, and nf/, in which the t is 
 short (or long only by position) ; as, \wts, -ttios ; e/ns, -I5os ; xP^? -tros ; 
 
188 GREEK GRAMMAS. 
 
 Increment u. 
 206. The increment in v is long, 
 
 1. In monosyllables; as, yty (-OTro'y), ypty (-oWs). But TrCp, 7rtWs t 
 and 2, -vy6s, increase short. 
 
 2. In the dat. plur. of participles, as *vyvv<ri ; also {evyvvva. (part. 
 pres. fern.). 
 
 3. In words in 0>, us, and o|; as, &6pKvv (-Oi/oy), Scrytfy (-CSoy), /co^us 
 
 l, K'fjpv^ (-u/coy), KOKKV (-0"yos). 
 
 The increment w is short in KIWI/ (/ciWy), /co/>us (-f0os), ju.jp rvp or ^dprvs 
 (-Cpos), xa*- 1 "/' (-^ s ) an d in those in u| in which the u is long only by 
 position, as in opu|, upru|, Trrepuj- (-1)709) ; /caAu| (-i)/cos) ; i^u| (~^X OS ) 
 
 PENULTS. 
 A. 
 
 207. The a of the penult is long, 
 
 1. In words derived from verbs in -aw and -pdv ; as, 
 0ca-^ia, 0r)pa-rris, dvpoa-ri^s, ^d-<ns, ireipci-cris. 
 
 2. In proper names in -arrjs and -dvos ; as, Evtypdrris, 57rap-nar7?y, 
 rep ( a-ai/(^y, 'JouAi-di/Js. But short are: TaA-ar^s, 2,ap/u.-arr)s, and those in 
 
 s, as Sojwparyjs, etc. 
 
 3. In compounds in -dy^s (from &ya> and ^i/Oyut), as, Aoxa7<k, vauay6s, 
 and in the words 'a^p, Sd^p, Sdi/Js, Ad Jy, va6s, <f>a.v6s, 7rpdi5y, (T<pdyis, rpaxvs, 
 'deT<fs, av6d8rjs, <riayuv, ffivdiri, riapa, and the proper names, AaK'ttJ', "AjuLCLffiSj 
 "Apdros, 'lao-cov, DpidTros, 5apa7Tts. 
 
 208. The a of the penult is short, 
 
 1. In the endings -aAos, -duos, -ai/os, and -dvov ; as, Wo-o'aAos, Trord^u^s, 
 oupdWs, opydvov ', but -aAo? is long in the proper names 2ap8ai/a7rdAos, 
 s, and 
 
 2. In the words in -dms, as K^Aao-ts, a^ao-rao-t?, Trpo'rauns, 
 -ajSao'is. 
 
 3. In the endings -drrjp, -dpo?, -dros, and -dr/v >? ; as, tAd^ 
 
 >fdr^y, ypa/Ji/adriKOit. But long are arpdros, artd^^y, and 0Aid 
 
PROSODY. 189 
 
 I. 
 
 209. The i of the penult is long, 
 
 1. In dissyllabic oxy tones in -i\6s and -i><k, and in proparoxytones in 
 
 -IAos and -l\ov. Thus, v//tAJs, x*^s, Agio's, <i/iJs, o/Aos, ireSiAov. 
 
 2. In nouns in -lay (gen. -toj>os), in comparatives in -!&>*/, neut. -ior, and 
 in words in -ITTJS (fern. -Ins). Thus, Ki<av, ppaxiw (x"*^ snow, is usually 
 short), iroAZTTjs, TToAn-ts (but /cptr^s is short). Comparatives in i<av are 
 generally used short by Homer. 
 
 3. In verbs in -j3o>, -iyw, -iOw, -^w, -ty> J as* 0AZj3o>, TT^CO, /3/>z0o>, /cAzW, 
 i>/0 (but t in its derivatives, as i/tyas, i/r^Jets, etc.). 
 
 4. In the words Kpidr), K\IVTI, vZw^, 0-1777, o-TZ/S??, TI/XT7, 
 ftrt/xos, d|Z/77, eViTrr), eptflos, ^Ot>oy, Kaplvos, x-^ iv s i ^f 
 ^tAtas, xZ^tioi ; AtScc, Mfvws, Si5c6i/ } XZAwi/, 
 
 210. The t of the penult is short, 
 
 1. In the endings -i^cos, -i/xos, -tSr/s, and -teris ; as, 'Arrt/c^s, 
 Kptffis. 
 
 2. In adjectives in -w>s, especially in those denoting time .and 
 matter. Thus, dAVj^ti/os, fjLvptfvos (later Att. nvppivos}, tapiv6s, Q<.plv6s, 
 
 3. In several other words in -ivos ; as, TT^VOS, KapKivos^ /cJriVos, K6(f>"ivos. 
 
 T. 
 
 211. The f of the penult is long, 
 
 1. In nouns in -upa, -UTTJP, -VTTJS, and -UTOS, derived from verbs in va ; 
 as, KcoAO/ia, juLrjvvT'fjp, /uLrjvvTrjs, irpfffftvr'ris, KaKvrds, dSawpOros. 
 
 2. In verbs in -.W, -u^cy. -i5pw, and -uxw ; as, ep^/cw, 0v/&j, TTA^W, 
 
 opTWd) TTCtAuj'cw, Kvpoo. (bvpot)* Q,0up(t) upvoLLdit f&pu"y(t)* Tpv"ya, il/vxw ) also 
 
 in 7Tw0a>, <rTy<^w, and 
 
 3. In the words &pv-x$, ^Wi ^7*7, , , , , , , 
 
 7i)^s (adj.), fy>0ju<k (Horn. neut. Spi)/*ci), 0u/x<fo, /cu</)^s (adj.), 
 
 ' 
 
 , , , , , , , 
 
 ow, rpvytav ; AyKvpa, y<f>vpa, apapvyrf, oAoAt^, KapvKri, 
 , t'Au^s, /ceAu^os, Kivdvvos, Treiirupoy, &ruAo*/, iffxvpds (but ox^p^J and 
 
190 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 212. The v of the penult is short, 
 
 1. In words in -v/ma, -urr/p, -yrrjs, -UTOS, derived from verbs that 
 shorten the penult of the perfect pass. ; as, fpfyta, epih-ryp, evrijp, xtr-hp, 
 
 2. In verbs in -IT.O, in which the u is preceded by a vowel short by 
 
 nature ; as, di/uco, ;U0u&>, eWi/co, epueo. 
 
 3. The v is short in fyww, /cAucy, but long in 0u, |uw, rpuw, and 'j^w. 
 
 DERIVATIVES. 
 
 213. Derivatives follow the quantity of their primi- 
 tives. Thus, 
 
 &vj]dK(a (0cfj/-), eddvov, daiva.T&s, aOavaros, aBavaaia. 
 
 @u/xJs, OvfjLO'j*, advjjL'Js, aOu/nia, TrpoOv/AJs, TrpoOu^ia.^ ^ntQv^w^ (mOv/Aia, 
 
 , ^ua^r/r^s, afj.ad^s^ a^ua^to, i*a6r)(ris, 
 
 , rlfji.r)fjLa^ rip-riais, ^rZ/zos, drZ/ula, drZ/xafw, rl^ttos, 
 
SENTENCES. 191 
 
 READING LESSONS. 
 
 SENTENCES. 
 First Declension. 
 
 e7Tfc(jToXa9. KaX^ ypdtyco teat /^afcpav 
 tTTO\r)V. *A.pyta earl tca/covpyias ap^r}. 'H aperrj fca\r) 
 icmv. Sav/jid^co Trjv rfjs ftacriXeias crofyiav. <&euy TIJV 
 TOJV rjSovoyv Sov\iav. EZ/ce TTJ fiia KOI Ty avdyKr}. T?;z> 
 pep a&iiciav (frevye, rrjv 8e BuccuocrvPrjv Su&/C. Xatpere, 
 (f)i\ai aSe\(f)ai. Ol arpaTi&Tai row Xiycrra? 
 
 a> veaviai, roZ? ^evcnai^. Tq> veavia T 
 ev/cocr/jLia, TO) /cpirfj Si/caioavvr}. IloXXa/ct? /3/oa^eZa 
 
 ri/crei XvTrtjv. "A/cove, a> Secnrora. <$>evye veaviav 
 v. 'E.v Tfrevc-Twv ryi<yvQvrai /cXeyrTcu. At fjiepifjivai, 
 rrjv fcapSiav eaOiovaiv. 
 
 Second Declension. 
 
 <l>oy8o9 fcvpiov apx?j ffQ<p(as. r O Xctyo? TO TOV vov 
 /cdroTrrpdv earn/. 'H aperrj Swpdv ecm TOV Oeov. 
 MaXXoi' rrfv alcr^vvrjv (^oBovfiai r) TOV OdvaTOV. ^eO^e, 
 <$>i\e veavia, row? /catcovs eratpovs. KaXa Swpa TT}? croc^ta?. 
 Ol OrjpevTal TO69 Xa7a)9 evebpevovcnv. At/caiocrvvrjV 
 dor/cei teal 6/070) /cal Xdya). Ol veaviai ITTTTOIS ^aipovaiv. 
 
 'O crTpaTrjybs rou9 aTpaTidiTas ejrl rou9 7ToX6/*/bu9 ayei. 
 
 f O OdvdTos rou9 avffpcoTTOVS jjiepifJiVtov aTraXXarre^. 
 Tou9 (frpovifjiovs TWV avOpWTTcav al T&V Trovyp&v Te^vai ov 
 \av6dvovcr LV. TOP TTIGTQV $i\ov Oepdireve. Aico/ce /ca\a 
 epya. e O ^eo9 TOW avffpdyrrcw <f>povTi%i,. Ila/oe^e, & 
 
192 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 Third Declension. 
 
 TOD 
 V. - Ol 
 
 elcriv. ' ' Kp^y diravrtov /cal TeXo9 irolei Oeov. 
 Tots' yepovras ev ripa^ e%Te, 7raSe9. Tot? /crecrl rds 
 rpfyas KTevi^opev. eo9 e/cdcrra) OTT\OV n evei^e \eovcnv 
 a\/cr)V /cal ra^vrrjra^ ravpois tcepara, /xeXtWa^9 icevrpa, 
 avSpl \dyov /cal ao<f)iav. f O <jo</)O9 pa\\o 
 apery 7) rot9 ^pr^fjiao'i. Xa/o^9 X<ipw rt/cret, 
 
 rerrlyL </>t / Xo9 ecrrt, fjivp/jirjKi Se /jivp/jirj^. Xel/3 
 
 ra PpojfJLara \eaivopev. 
 
 v. Kepacrt, /cal <rd\7ri<y%iv ol a-Tpan&Tai arj^aivov- 
 aiv. 
 
 Comparison of Adjectives. 
 
 TL dpTrayicTTepov \VKOV ; 'O Odvaros KOWOS /cal 
 Xipi(TTOis /cal T069 y8eXrtcrT069. IIoXXol rcov 
 elo-l \a\io-repoL. 2/ea>7rra9, w Xwcrre. YvSy^ai TOJV 
 yepairepcov apeivovs elcrlv. *APap%(a? pel^ov ov/c eari 
 fca/cdv. 'O /cpo/cdSeL\o<> e^ eKa^iarov ytyverai />ieytcrT09. 
 QvSev OaTTOv ecrrt votf paras. 'Ecr^Xwz^ /ca/ciov$ 7roXXa/a9 
 evrv^earepoi elcnv. 'Ael /cpdriardv earn TO ao-<^a\eo-rarov. 
 . ^i/ceXia vijcrds ecrriv ev&aifjboveo-rdrr) re /cal evfyopwrdrr). 
 *H Xeye cnyrjs icpeirrova, 7) cnyrjv %e. A^a rovro Svo 
 &ra efto/jiev, ard/Jia Se ev y Iva vrXetft) pev d/covco/iev, rjrrova 
 Be \e<yco/J<V. 'H yf] e\drrcov earl rov rj\iov. 'O pivo- 
 icepcos rrjv Sopdv lor^vpordr^v e^ei. OvSev y\v/cvrepov rfjs 
 ?raTptSo9. Ao'^a d&Oevrjs d<y/cvpa, 7r\ovro$ en dvOev- 
 ecrrepa. 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 Ua25e9, 6 Trarrjp arepyei i/ta9. T^ / TOUT* ecrnv ; 
 ? H//,et9 vpiv a-vyxaipo/jiev. - 'H/i-efr V/A&V evrv^earepoi 
 v. *fl TraZ, d/cove pov. f H/i69 /J*ev 
 
SENTENCES. 193 
 
 e. - Ol TTOVypol aXX^Xoi/9 B\dvTTOVCri.V. 
 
 eavTOV /JLTJ /cpartov. Ol Trai&es V/JLCOV (or V/JL&V ol 
 cnrovSaLOi elcnv. 'QpeyeaOe, (f)i\oi veaviai, TT)? 
 a/3err)9, 779 ovbev ecrri (re^vorepov. Tiva Sdgav e^ei? Trepl 
 
 TOVT<DV ; - OlOV TO 6009 6/CaCTTOU, T0fc09 6 /3/09. - 'O 6/>taf- 
 
 TOI) aSe\(o9 (or 6 aSeX^)09 6 e/AafroO) TTCLVTODV apiarevei. 
 'lar/oe, Oepdirevaov creavrov. C H/X6^ ouSeV ecrnv ayaObv 
 aX> <*, e6 ^ oVXa /cai apery. 
 
 The verb e/^' 
 
 TOU eou ea/jiev. t9 e crv 
 e\evOepoi, vfjiels be ecrre SovXoi. Ai/Jiol KOI \ocfjiol 
 . "Ovo/jid CTOL ri eari; "AvSpes ecrre, (f>i\oi. 
 %apa- ecrrai vfMV, (f)L\raroL Tral&es. "Ecro^ra^ ol 
 Trpwroi. 'Ea^ 779 faXouaOrjs, eaet, 7ro\v/jLa0rjs. 
 v eirjv /cat ew <^>tXo9 ! Me/i^T/cro (remember) 
 &v, &)9 yepcov ecrrj Trore. <$>i\ct)v /jLe'/jivrjo'o teal Trapov- 
 /cal ctTTOvrcov. *Hv /3a)///o9 * A.6r]vas ev rrj vfjcrQ), teal 
 avtioias apyvpovs, /cal ev rate 7-779 Oeas ^epalv fjcrav 
 
 Regular Verbs. 
 (Active.) 
 
 vorjcrai ^aXevroV fypdaai Se aSvvarov. Ol 
 TVJV irarpiSa Kocrfjiria-ovcnv. ^i/jLcoviSr]? eXeyev on 
 peis 7roXXa/a9 /ierewT/cre, cncoTrijo-as Se ovSeTrore. 
 Trdvra ev rrj <pvcri dpicrra ^iarera^ev. 'Erat/oo? 
 Tna-Tevcrdrco. Ta /cpVTrra /JLTJ fatfyyvrfi <f>(\ov. 'H 
 77877 7roXXou9 o-$T]\ev. '- MrjSevl av^opav ovetSkry;, 
 jap 77 TV'XTJ. Beo9 rofc avOptoTrois TO pe\\ov /ce/cd- 
 . MT) Sv$%pdvr)S fjplv. UXouro^ eft&v TTJV xelpa 
 irevTjrevovcnv opej;oi>. MTJSe^a ra re/cva Trecfroveu/cvia 
 e%aipev. Ol (TTparitoTai, rrjv ek TO a&TV 68bv /ca- 
 Qrjpav. 
 
 o 
 
194 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 (Mid. and Pass.) 
 * Ayiao-OiJTO) TO ovo/jba eov. Hdvra vrro TOV eoi) 
 
 O~VVqp fJLOO-Tai,. 1 - 'O Xo'7O5 665 TTJV 7TO\LV SlGaTTapTO TOU5 
 
 TToXe/Aibf? mier)0f)vai. Adyiaai Trpb epyov. Ol 'A.07jvaioi 
 ael 0av/ji,ao'0ijo-ovTai. Tldvov /A6TaXXa^0eWo5 ol TTOVOL 
 7Xv/ce65. ' O (TTpaTrjybs TO? crTpaTiaiTais evereiXaro eVl 
 row? TroXe/uof? op/JirjaaL. C H ^7)0-05 /Jia/cpav TrapareraraL^ 
 
 ' PfjfjLa Trapa /ccupbv pifyOev averpetye 7ro\\d/cis ftiov. 
 HoXXa fjiev aveXTnara TT/oarrerat, TroXXa Se 7i \7rpa/cTai, 
 TroXXa Se 7rpa%0tfcrovTai. IloXXot fJt&y farrow TL^V f)%La> 
 Orjaav. ^icr^vvofjLrjv el VTTO TroXe/xtou e^rjTrarTJOrjv. 
 
 (Second Tenses.) 
 
 ^i^av TOV Tral&a JJLO\\OV rj fce/cpayevai 3 TrperreL. Ov/c 
 av pr) /cafJLODV evSai/JLOvoirjs. H\ovra) TreTroiOobs aSi/ca /JLTJ 
 TroirjO'Tjs . Tt K%r]vas^ & TTOL ; IIoXXol rcov 
 ra? ra^et? KareKiirov. Ol 7ro\efJLioi SiecrTrdprjcrav. 
 o /ca/OTTO? ovTTore <f)0apijo'Tai. ToO 
 Traaa 77 8u^a/xt? Bi(f)0dprj. O/ fidpftapoi, 
 airecfrvyov. Ot TroXe/ucu S^acrTrapeWe? 7rd\iv eT 
 
 'O ySacrfcXeu? t? TO^ 6<p0a\fji,bv 77X777665 ro^ev^an See- 
 <f)0dprj Tr\v opa(nv. O/ 7r/oo5 TT;^ &d 
 
 i. *Aa>W ei/ Oripais VTTO avbs 677X77777. 
 
 (Contracts.) 
 
 aSav eicivei \(dov$ re KOI SevSpa. Ol av0po)~ 
 Trot oiSe TOV aepa T065 opvio-iv icov Q e\ev0epov. MT) 
 TroXXa XaXet TOV TT\VTrjfcdTa pa/capi^e TOVS irpea- 
 ftvTepovs creftov Ovfiov /cpaTei. FeXa 6 /jucopos /cav TL firj 
 
 y\OCOV 77. - N066, KOI TOT6 7TpaTT. - Ol dv0pCO7TOL TO 
 
 TraKaibv V avTpoi? &KOVV. MTjSew (f)0dvi firj ica/cois 
 o>tXe6 0eov$ Tifia. II a5 avrjp aura) Trovel. eutcrro- 
 
 ov/c (q 6 TO 
 
 2 ) irapaTclvu. 8 ) Kpd 
 2 Perf . with present signification. 5> J 
 
SENTENCES. 195 
 
 TOV MiXrid&ov rpoTraiov. "A ov/c eare row TratSa? jroielv, 
 ravra avrol Troielre. Ol ^apSwoi TOW 77877 
 irarepcov 
 
 Miscellaneous Examples. 
 1. 
 
 Kav />coVo9 779, <f)av\ov /jL^re Xe'^779, p^re epydcrrj 
 
 s Trpwrov eavTov (f)t\dcro<f)ov wvo^aaev - ol 8e 
 crcxpol wvojJidcrOriaav. &{,oyVT]$ Xv^vov pcO* 
 a-v/ra?, dv6pa)7rov, (prjcrl, fyrco. Ta? r&v <f)av\cov 
 0X^709 ^poVo? &e\fcrez>. TIavcravtas etc Aa/ce- 
 (TTpaTr]<ybs VTTO *}?t\\r}va)v e|e7T/>t</)07; /jiera ei/coo-i 
 ve&v. 'AXe^a^S^o?, ore evi/crjcre kapelov, cnrecneiKe rots 
 r/ EXA,7;cr debv avrov -^nrjf^icraa'Oai. Ato^eV?;? l8a)V TO^OTTJV 
 a<f)vfj, jrapa rbv O-/COTTOV e/cdOio-ev, etVft)^, ti/a y^] </>X?/7a). 
 
 2. 
 
 SevcKfrcov rb tf/jLiav TOV (TTparev/jLaTOS KdTeXiTre (f)V\aTTiv 
 yo cTTpaTOTre&ov. A//cata Spdcras a-v/jL/jLa^ov Tev^ei 1 Oeov. 
 Tou9 TreXracrra? eSegavTO 2 ot fidp/Bapoi /cal efid^ovTO 
 677^9 ^craz^ ot oTrXtrat, eTpdirovTO /cal ol TreXracrrat 
 O^ <yiyavT$ ^KovTi^ov eh ovpavbv Trer/oa? 
 Av/co9 6Sft)i/ iroip,evas eaOiovTas ev 
 7rpd/3a,TOV, 771)9 r jrpo^e\6a)v^ 77X^09, <j>rj 9 Q av fjv 
 36pvf3o<$, el eja) TOVTO eTroiovv. Aaycooi Trore TroXe- 
 aerot9 irape/caXovv efc avpjjw)(tav a\d)7re/ca<; a/ Se 
 efforjOfoafJiev av vplv, el /JLTJ ySeiftev, 7 Tives ecrre ai 
 Tiat, TToXe/xetre. 
 
 3. 
 
 /xei' ra TrdpovTa, 1 tfyrei Be TCL /SeXrwo. f O 
 eXeyev, OTI ol fiev aXXot icvves 2 TOi>9 
 
 7 ) dvaiptw. 
 2. J ) Ti/7X'dy 
 7 ) o'6j,. & 1 ) 
 02 
 
196 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 $d/cvov<nv, 670) Se rou? </uXot>9, r iva 
 
 VTTO TOV Aw e ovpavov, oOev ^(0X09 eyevero.* 
 
 eZ /XT) o)pyi%dfjir]V. "A/o/ero? rt? vrore peydXcos e/eai^aro, 
 cb? <pi\av0pa)7rdTaTOV TrdvTcov earl T&V ^axov ^>ao"t 6 yap 
 ap/crov ve/cpbv /JLrjSev ftippdxriceiv. 'H Se a\d>7rr)!; a/covovaa 
 ravra e/JLeiBtacre, /cal TT/OO? avrrjv avre^r] etde rov9 ve/cpovs 
 s, KOI fjir) TOU9 fo)^ra9. 7 Ol iroXefuoi, 0^9 WO^TO 8 
 Trapfjcrav. 
 
 4. 
 
 ^9 cru /JLOVOV l ov irposicvveis. 
 
 Sov\ov ejjLaariyov ejrl /c\07rfj TOV Se t7roWo9 
 * JJLOL K\e^rai Kal Sapijvai, Zirjvcov e^. 3 <&i\r}- 
 v, o /c&>/u/co ; 9, eTTTa 7T/OO9 evevrj/covTo, err) yeyovcos,* /care- 
 Kiro 5 JAW ejrl K\ivr)<s rjpe/Ji(*)v Oeacrd/Jievos Se ovov ra 
 Trapecr/cevaafAeva avrq) avfca KarecrB iovra, Syp/jirjae ^ev ek 
 7eXft)ra, ^aXecra9 Se roz^ ol/cerrjv, /cal <rvv TroXXci) /cal aOpdw 
 y\a)TL etTTcov Trpos&ovvai 6 TOJ ova) a/cpdrov pofyelv, airo- 
 V7TO rov 7eXft)T09 cnreOavev. 1 'HSeW pev % ?r/oo9 
 8 ^ T0 ^ y8XrtcrT069. Tlvppos ev 'I 
 Svo /cal 
 
 5. 
 
 /ca\bv 
 
 v? @e/i6O'TO/cX^9 /cal 'ApicrTeiSr)? 
 e OVTC. 'E/x^o-^aicraTO r^9 6Wz> Tropev o/iez/09 ^'9 
 AeX(/)OV9. Kal ft>9 /cau/ia /caTrJTreiyev, VTTO Trjv crtciav TOV 
 ovov ztcdOiaev o /jii(T0coo-dfjLVO<; avTov. f O Se roO 6Vou Secr- 
 
 7TOT7/9 e/JLd%TO aUTft), \yQ)V OTL TOV OVOV CTOi 
 
 3 ) plTTTb). 4 ) ylyvO/ACLl. 5 ) for f/JLfJLaO'Tly<Ji)<rO. 6 ) <f>7}fJLt. 7 ) fdw. 8 ) o 
 
 4. !) ^6i/ov ou, nearly, almost, lit. "only not." 2 ) fj.eLpofjt.ai. 8 ) 
 4 ) ytyvofjiai. 5 ) /cardKei/xai. 6 ) 7rpos5^5a>/At. 7 ) dTro^v^or/cw. 8 ) 
 5. x ) Tpirw. 2 ) 
 
WITTICISMS. 197 
 
 ov^l /cal rrjv cnciav aurov. -*Hz; (TTrovSd^ys, Trdvra 
 TrepavOrjcreTai? 'AyaOois av6pa>7rois o/uXoiWe? jjidKicrr av 
 ev<f)pav6eiT. Toy TralBe VTTO rov avrov SiSao-/cd\ov evre- 
 
 ejrl TTJV oitciav, /jirjSev elsirco 4 
 tcaicdv o ovv xvpios TT}? 06/cta?, 6 Aioye'vrjs <j>rj, TTOV 
 
 WITTICISMS. 
 
 {Selected from Hierocles.} 
 1. 
 
 arpw crvvavTr)(ra$ crvy^coprjo-v /JLOI, 
 /cal fir) /JLQL fie/ji'^rj^ on OVK evdcrrjo-a. 
 
 2. 
 olfciav TrcoXw^, \i6ov CLTT avrr)? et? 
 
 3. 
 
 a)^^ STL 6 /cdpa% vTrep ra Sia/cdcna errj 
 %r), ayopd&as /cdpa/ca 669 aTrdireipav erpefyev. 
 
 
 
 os fear ovap 4 SOKWV rj\ov TreTrar^Kevaif rov 
 ie&r)o-aTO. 7 f/ Er/ob9 8e pa6<*)V 3 r^z/ ainav, 
 I yap avvTrd&i]TO$ KaOevSeis ; 
 
 5. 
 
 I 
 
 eo? aTropwv ra J3i-j3\.fa avrov eTTiirpacr/ce teal 
 <ypd(f)(t)v Trpbs rov irarepa e\ye crvy%aipe rjfiiv Trare/o, 
 yap 7) ads ra fti/SKia rpefyei. 
 
 fyLta)^ aSe\<j)a)V el? ereXevrrjcre. S^oXa0"n/co<> ovv cnrav- 
 jaas ra eozm, 8 rjptora av aireOaves 9 ^ o aSeX</)09 ^ou ; 
 
 3 ) irepalvw. 4 ) efset/xi. 5 ) 
 a ) fjL^/m(f)OfJLa.i. 2 ) ei's 5. as a sample. 3 ) navOavu. 4 ) /car' ^j/ap (indecl.), 
 a dream. 5 ) Trar^w. 6 ) JVap (indecl.) used adv. wj/ien awake. 7 ) 
 w. 8 ) fdw. 9 ) d7ro-^v^<r/cw. 
 
198 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 7. 
 
 S^oXacr'Utf 05 o-%o\acrTUcq) avvavTr)(Ta<; elirev epaOov 3 on 
 cnreOaves? Ka/ce^o?, 10 aXX' opas /i, ec^r;, 11 fw^ra. 8 Kcu 
 6 cr^oXacm/eo'? /cat ///^z/ o zi'jruyv fioi TroXXoi) crou a 
 roVe/005 V7rdp%ei,. 
 
 N 8> \ 
 
 S^oXao-T^o? vavayelv /-teXXft)^, invent (Sia yrei, 12 Iva 
 0ij/ca$ <ypd(j)r). Tou9 &e ol/ceras opwv aXyovvras Sia rov 
 KLVOVVOV, ec/)?;, 11 />t^ XuTreZa-^e, eXevOepw yap u/xS?. 
 
 9. 
 
 OeXcov rbv ITTTTOV dvTOV SiSdgai 13 />t 
 TroXXa, oi TrapefidXev avrq> rpotyds. ' KiroOavovros 9 8e roi) 
 LTTTTOV TO) X^/xo), eXe7e /Ae^a efyiJiicodrjv, ore yap e/JiaOe 3 /x^ 
 , rore aireOavev? 
 
 10. 
 
 Trepdo-ai Trora/Jibv avrjKOev 1 * e? 
 
 TO 7T\OLOV 6^>fc7r7T05. Hv00/JiVOV 15 Se T^Z^O? T^ alridV, (f)7), 11 
 
 11. 
 
 vocrovvra e7rto-/ce7TTO/A6^05, rjp&ra Trepl r^? 
 6 Se ou/c rj&vvaro 16 aTrotcpiOfjvai. 'QpyicyOels ovv, 
 t^a), e</>77, /ea/ie ' voa-rjo-ew /cal eXOdvri 17 aoi prj CLTTO- 
 KpivelcrOai. 
 
 12. 
 
 S^oXao-T6/co? oliciav Trpid/jievos, 18 r^5 OvpiSo? 
 r)p(0ra row? TraptoWa?, 19 et TrpeTrei avrq) f) ol/cia. 
 
 13. 
 
 co? K0\v/j,/3av ySouXo'/^ez^o?, ?ra/)^ /M/cpov 2 
 ouz^ /x^ a^rao-6ai^ i/Saro?, 6az^ /i 
 
 KO\VfJL/3dv. 
 
 3 ) (JLavOdvw. 8 ) ^iw. 9 ) awo-evfiffxw. 10 ) for 
 
 17 ) pxo;jicu. 18 ) Trp/a/uat, used only in the 2 aor. tirpid/juqv, I bought; see 
 82, 2 aor. mid. 19 ) 6 irapi&v, -6i/ros, a passer by, from u-4peuu, 85- 
 2) TT. p. nearly. 2l 6/xvu/xt, 95. 22 TTTW. 
 
FABLES. 199 
 
 14. 
 
 (rvvavTrjO'as, e/cpvprj. 22 TlvOo/jievov ^ 
 6e TWOS TTJV airiav, e</>7/ icaipov e^co ^ /jirj acrOevtfcras, teal 
 ala^vvo/Jiat ek oyfriv e\6elv^ TOV larpov. 
 
 FABLES. 
 1. 
 
 Av/cos apvlov eSitorcev. To Be e?9 n iepbv /care^vje, 
 Hpo<;Ka\ov/j,vov Se rov \VKOV TO apviov, KOI \eyovTos. 
 %TI Ovcrido'ei avTO 6 lepevs TW Oe&>, e/celvo e(f>rj ' a\\ v 
 lipT(i)Tep6v /jLOi (7TL 0(p Ovaiav elvat,, ^ VTTO crov Sia- 
 <f)0apfjvai. 
 
 f O \dyos Srj\ol, OTI o?9 eVt/cetrat TO cnroOavelv, /cpeiTTcor 
 o fjLeTa So'^?;? OdvaTOS. 
 
 2. 
 
 Twv opvfflcov /3ov\ov/j,VQ)v TTOifjo-at, ySacrt\ea, raw eavTov 
 LOV Sia TO /caXXo? ^eipoTOvelv. 1 A.ipovn,eva)v Be TOVTOV 
 
 6 /eoXoo? uTroXaySft)^ 2 <prj * aXX' el, crov 
 
 6 aero9 
 
 ov Sia 
 aXXa ical p(Ojjirjv KOI tppovrjaiv e/c^eyeaOai Sel. 
 
 3. 
 
 "O</>9 VTTO 7ro\\<t)v avO P&TTWV TraTOVfjievos TO) Ad' 1 eve- 
 Tvy%avev. 'O Se Zevs ?rpo9 CLVTOV elirev aXX' el TOV 
 TrpoTepov 'jraTrio'avTa 7r\rjas, OVK av o SevTepo? 
 TOVTO TTOLrjcrat,. 
 
 'O fJLV0os Sr/XoZ, OTI ol T069 TrpoTepov 
 
 <f>o/3epol yfyvovrat. 
 
 23 ) KpvTTTw. 24 ) lit. "I have had (and still have) a fair time of it in 
 not having been sick ;" see 148, 4. 
 
 2. !) see 145. NOTE 1. 2 ) foroXa/^dvw. 3. !) Zeus. 2 ) dat. pi. pres. 
 part. 8 ) 
 
200 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 4. 
 
 Yepcdv Trore %v\a /eo'-^ra9, ravra cfrepcov, 7ro\\rjv 6Boi> 
 e/3a&e, /cal Sia TOV TTO\VV /COTTOV cnroOefjievos 1 ev TOTTM 
 Tivl TOV (fcdpTOV, TOV OdvaTOv eVe/caXeZro. Tov Be OavaTov 
 irapovTOS 2 teal Trvvdavoaevov TTJV airiav Si r}v avrov e/ca 
 SetX^acra? 6 yepcov e<pr) iva /JLOV TOV fidprov apys? 
 
 f O ^0709 8r)\oi, on ?ra9 avOp&Tros <f)i\,da)os ev 
 /cav Sf9Tf^. 
 
 5. 
 
 copa, rwv CTITGOV /3pa%VTO)V) ol 
 
 \l/JL(OTT(0V TfTei dVTOVS TpO(f)r)V. Ol Be 
 
 elirov avrq*' Bia ri TO Oepos ov avvfjyes Tpofajv ; f O Be 
 ov/c ecr^oXao^, aXX' $Bov /xofcr^/ca)?. Ol Be ye\doavTes 
 aXX 5 e^ 6epovs Spat? ?;uXt9, xei/Jiwvos op%ov. 
 
 r O fAvdos 877X04, OTL ov Bet Tiva a/jLe\elv ev iravTl i 
 f iva /Jirj XvTTijOfj /cal KivBvvevcrr}. 
 
 6. 
 
 E/5 \VKOV aXcoTTT/^ eveireaev.^ 'ESu9ft)7T4 Se 0)9 ypavv 
 avTrjv ovcrav /JLTJ cnroKTelvai. 'O Be \v/cos efirj*- eav 
 677779 /^ot, aTroXf^cTT;. f H 
 
 ft-77 (704 (TVvvTrjcra, /ca /JLrja/JLtoS TTJ (pa TavTy r)<rais, /ca 
 TcaX.iv 
 
 ev TrepLo-Tdaei rt9 e^Treawv 1 /cal ra9 
 
 7. 
 
 -a rdctovaav /cat vopla-ax evBov 
 vTri? oy/cov xpvcriov elvai, KTeivas evprj/cev 1 ouoiav TMV 
 \OLTTMV opvi0a)v. 'O Se a6poov TT\OVTOV e\Tri(Tas evpr)(reiv, 1 
 /cal TOV uL/cpov eaTeprjTai e/ceivov. 
 
 'O uvOos S^Xot, crn Set rot9 Trapovcnv 2 aptcelcrOai /cal TTJV 
 iav (f>ev<yeiv. 
 
 4. !) aTTOTl6T)ni, 2 aor. mid. 2 ) irdpCLfJU. 3 ) af/)w. 6. 
 2 /cpUTrrw. 7. 1 ) evplffKu. 2 ) 
 
FABLES. 201 
 
 8. 
 
 Tavpos Biw/cdfjievos VTTO XeWro? /cartyvyev els (nrr)\aiov, 
 ev &) r\(jav alyes aypiat ' TVTrrd/Aevos Be VTT* avT&v 6 ravpos 
 /cal /cepaTt^d/jievoS) efyr) ov% v/JLas (f)0/3ovfjievo<> ave^ofjiai, a\\a 
 TOV Trpb TOV (T7rrj\aLOV ovra. 
 
 Ovrco 7ro\\ol Sia <j)d/3ov TWV /cpeiTTovow ra? e/c rwv 
 
 V7rOfJLVOV<TW. 
 
 9. 
 
 'A.\oi)7rr]!; fJLrjSeTrore OeacrafJievrj Xeoi^ra, CTreiSr] /card rtva 
 vTrrjvrrjo-ev avrw, TO ^ev irpwrov ISovaa l avrov, 
 e<f)0/3r)0r], G)? fja/cpov /cal aTroOavelv? 'E/t Sevrepov Se 
 avrS) crvvavTrjO'acra ec^oyS^?; pew, aXX* ov% w? TO Trpdrepov. 
 'E/c rplrov Be Oeaaa/JLevr) avrov ovrcos KareOdparjaev, &W /cat 
 
 'O fjivOos Srj\ol, on /cal ra <j)0/3epa r&v 
 Karairpavvei. 
 
 10. 
 
 Xi/jLcoTTOvaa ft)? eOedoraro ITTL TWOS a 
 efJba/jiei'ovs^ r)/3ov\i]dr] avT&v irepiyeveo-Oai^ /cal 
 ov/c fjbvvaTO ' a7ra\\aTTO/Ji,evr) Be Trpbs eavTrjv eljrev ' ofji(f)a/ces 
 
 QVTCD /cal TWV avOpa)7ra)v evioi, TCOV 
 ir) Bvvd/jievoi Bi aaOeveiav, rou? /caipovs 
 
 11. 
 
 a/covcras Trore ySar/oa^oi; /ce/cpayoTO?, 1 
 
 (DvrjV old/Jievos peya TL %wov elvai Trposfjieivas Be 
 fuii/cpbv %pdvov, ft)? eOedcraTO avTOV euro TT)? \i/jivr]$ efeX^oWa, 2 
 /caTeTraTrjcrev, elTrcbv prjBeva a/cor) TapaTTerco Trpb 
 
 f O Xoyo? ev/caipos TT/OO? avBpa <y\coo-(Ta)Br], ovBev 7r\eop 
 TOV \a\elv Bvvd/jievov. 
 
 9. *) 6pda>. 2 ) airoOvfiffKW. 3 ) rrposfyxo/icu. 10. 1 ) Kpeimdvvv/Jii, short- 
 ened pass, form /cp^ua^cu. 2 ) TT cpiyiy j/o/xai. 3 ) e</>t/cj>&>jueu. 11. 
 
202 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 12. 
 
 e/cd&rrjv 
 
 Ti/CTOVcrav. No/xtiracra 8e, ft)?, el TrXetou? 1 rrj SpmOc /cpidas 
 7rapaftd\oi, Sfc regerat 2 rfjs rjfjLepas, rovro TreTrofy/cev. 'H 
 Se opvts 7T/ieX?79 yevo/j,evr]f ovS* aTraj; TT)? rjnep 
 
 'O pvOos S?/XoZ, art ol Si 
 OV/JLOVVTCS /cal ra irapovra a7ro/3d\\ovcri. 
 
 13. 
 
 'AXcoTT?/^ 69 QiKiav \0ovcra l vTTOKpLTOV, /cal fcacrra rwv 
 avrov a/cevwv SiepevvwiJLevr}, evpe 2 /cal /c(f>a'\,r)V jmop/JioXv/ceiov 
 v<f>vo)S /carcr/cva(TiiJiVT)V, rjv /cal avaXa^ovaa^ rafc ^epcrlv 
 e<f>r) &> ota /ce<f)a\r) /cal <y/c(f)a\ov ov/c e%et. 
 
 'O fjivOos TTjOo? avSpas fAeyaXoTrpeTrets [lev TO) acof 
 Kara Se tyvxfjv a\o<yt<TTOVs. 
 
 14. 
 
 /cero. YevofJievos 1 8e Kara TOP NeZXcw Trora/ioV, \v/cov avrq* 
 S) $0 fir} dels avepr] 2 e?r/ T^ SevSpov TW Trora/xol 
 ipevov, /ca/cet 3 e/cpVTrrero. eacra/iet'o? 8e evravOa 
 
 /car avrov pxpftevov, eavrov e TOP Trora/nv /can/cev 4 
 
 uro^ /cpo/cdSet\o<; 
 'O Xo7O9 877X0?, cm rofe evayeat rcov av0p(i)7rcov ovre 77)9 
 
 15. 
 
 Av/co9 \i^(i)TT(i)v etyret rpocfrrjv. Tevopevos Se /card nva 
 TOTTOV, rj/covcre TTatSiov K\aiovTos teal 7pao9 Xeyovar)? auror 
 Travcrat rof) fcXafctv e 8e /XT;, T^ &/^a ravrrj 7rapa/3a\a) ere 
 TO) Xv/cft). Qlofievos Srj 6 Xu/co9, OT^ a\r)6evei rj ypavs, 
 7TO\\r)V copav Trpose/Jieivev. 1 f Ecr7rejpa9 Se <yevonevr]S, a/covet 
 Trd\iv T7)9 7/?ao9 /coXa/cevovcrrjs TO TraiSkv, /cal \e<yovar]S 
 aura)* eaz^ e\0y 2 6 Xu/co9 SeO/oo, $QvevcrQiLev, & re/cvov. 
 
 . 2 ) TKTW. 8 ) ylyvojjiai.. 13. J ) epxo/xat. 2 evplcricu. 
 . 14. *) yiyvofjiai. 2 ) dvapaLvw. 3 ) for /cai ^/ce?. 4 ) 
 
 2 
 
FABLES. 
 
 Tavra a/cover as o Xu/co9 eVopevero \eycov ev ravrrj rrj 
 7rav\ei aXXa fjiev Xeyovcriv, aXXa 8e Trpdrrovcnv. 
 
 'O fjivOos 7r/oo9 dv0p(i)7rovs, ogives ra epya row 
 ov/c e^ovaiv ojAoia. 
 
 16. 
 
 Aecoi/, /cal 6Vo9, /cal a\co7rrj^ Koivaviav Trovrj 
 
 7T/00? dypav. TloXkfjs ovv Oijpas <rv\\rj<f)0i(Tr}?, 1 
 o \ec0v TO) 6Vft> 8ieX*J> 2 avrois. f O Se rpefc 
 oirjcrd/jievos K TCOV lV&>z>, eK\e^aa6ai TOVTOVS 
 Trpovrpeirero. 8 Kal 6 Xe'ft)^ Ov/jLoiOels rbv ovov 
 Elra r^ d\6t)7TfCL fjiepi^eiv eic\evcrev. 'H S' e^9 
 Trdvra orwpevcraaa, eavrrj /Spa^v n /ccneXtTre. Kal 6 
 TT/OO? avrr)V rt9 ere, a> /SeXrio-T?/, biaipelv OVTW eSlSa^ev ; 5 
 'H S' elirev rj TOV ovov a-v/jucfropd. 
 
 f O fjivOos 877X0^, or^ o-oxfrpovKT/jbol <yfyvovTai rofc av 
 TO, T&V 7reXa9 
 
 17. 
 
 T69, /Ji\\c0v Kara\veiv TOV fifov, KOI 
 row eavrov Trai&as Trelpav \a/3elv l rt)9 yecopyias, 7r/oo9/caXe- 
 avrovs e(f>rj TraiSes epoi, eyco /JLCV ijSrj TOV ftiov 
 , u/xefc 8\ avrep ez/ r^ a/47re'Xa> /u-ot /ce'/cpVTTTai, r)Trj- 
 evprjcreTe irdvTa. Ol pev ovv oirjOevres Orjcravpbv e/cel 
 TTOV. KaTOpcopv^dat^ Traaav Trjv TTJS dfj,7re\ov yfjv /iera 
 Trjv aTrofiitocnv TOV iraTpbs /caTeo-fca^av /cal Orjaavpa) ftev 
 ov TrepieTW^ovf rj Be a//-7reXo9, /caX<5)9 a/cafaio-a, TroXXa- 
 7r\acriova TOV /capTrov dveSco/cev. 
 
 e O ffc0^o9 877X0?, OTL 6 tcd/jiaTOS 0T](7avp6<; ecrTi rofc av- 
 
 16. !) o-uXXa/UjStivw. 2 ) Siaip^w. 3 ) Trporp^Trw. 4 ) KarecrBta). 5 ) 
 17. J ) Xa/uipdva). 2 ) evplo-Ku. 8 ) ofo^at. 4 ) /caropurra;, Att. redupl. 
 
GREEK VOCABULARY 
 
 Which contains all the words that occur in the preceding 
 
 READING LESSONS 
 And in the Exercises 57, 60, and 63. 
 
 The number 3, after an adjective, denotes that it is an adjective of 
 three endings. Other numbers, placed after any word, denote the para- 
 graph () which ought to be consulted concerning that word. The letters 
 p. and M. denote the Passive and Middle voices respectively. All verbs 
 marked with the sign * are contained and ought to be looked for in 95 ; 
 when the verb is compounded (as Trpos-^xo/xcu, airo-dvf)<rKu, etc.), the latter 
 part of the compound (e/oxo^cu, 0^0-/cw) is to be looked for. 
 
 'A7a06s, 3, good, brave. 
 aya-rrdaj, to love. 
 
 w, to announce. 
 
 o, to hallow. 
 i), anchor. 
 
 w, to buy. 
 #7pa, 17, hunting, chase. 
 &7/OIOS, 3, wild. 
 #7w,* to lead. 
 d5eX0^, 17, sister. 
 d5eX06s, 6, brother. 
 d5i/c^o>, to injure. 
 d5i/c/a, ^, iniquity. 
 d"5r/cos, ov, wrong, unjust. 
 advi'dros, ov, impossible. 
 #5w (for de/5w), to sing. 
 "ASams, -i5os, 6, Adonis, 
 de/, adv. always. 
 der6s, 6, eagle, 
 difa, d^pos, 6, the air. 
 'A0r)va, -as, ^, Minerva. 
 'A^mi, -wj', at, Athens. 
 *A.0r)vaios, 3, Athenian. 
 
 3, crowded, immense, fre- 
 quent. 
 
 CU'AC^O/ACU, to outrage. 
 af, at'76s, 6, ^, goat. 
 alper6s, 3, desirable. 
 aJ/><?w,* to take. M. to choose, 
 afyw, to raise, lift up. 
 j, r;, disgrace. 
 
 to disgrace. M. to be 
 ashamed, 
 ir^w, to ask. 
 cause. 
 
 to accuse. 
 J, 17, hearing. 
 vrifa, to throw, hurl, 
 w,* to hear, listen. 
 
 s, oi/, unmixed, pure. 
 ^w, to grieve, be distressed. 
 
 os, 6, Alexander. 
 d\r}6ia, 17, truth. 
 
 i7w, to speak truth. 
 5, ^s, true. 
 17, strength. . 
 
 204 
 
YOC A.BULARZ. 
 
 205 
 
 dXXd, conj. but. 
 
 #XXos, 17, o, another. 
 
 0X6710-7-09, ov, silly, unreasonable. 
 
 dXoJTrry^, -e/cos, ^, fox. 
 djueX<?w, to be careless. 
 #//,7reXos, 17, vineyard. 
 dva-paivw,* to go up, climb. 
 d i/cry *cdw, to force. 
 dvdyKr), 17, necessity. 
 dvdyu, to carry up, raise. 
 dvadevdpds, -dos, 17, vine. 
 dva-dtdu/j.1, to give, yield. 
 av-ai.pu* to take away, kill. 
 dva-\x/u,f3dvu,* to take up. 
 d^a-Tra^w, to stop (trans.). M. to 
 
 cease, rest, 
 di/apx/a, r/, anarchy. 
 dva-rptTTu, to overturn, ruin. 
 dj>pids, 'di>ros, 6, statue. 
 dj>A.7rt0"ros, o*>, unlocked for. 
 di>-^/)%o y ucu,* to go up. 
 dy-^x w ?* to hold up. M. to endure. 
 dj>??p, dvSpbs, 6, man (w'r), 15. 
 dv6-t<rTT]iJLi, to resist, withstand. 
 AvdpuTTos, 6, man (homo). 
 dvTi-<pr)fjii, to reply, 84. 
 &vrpov, r6, cave, cavern. 
 dw7r677Tos, OP, barefoot, 
 d^rw, to accomplish. 
 di67Ti0-ros, ov, trustworthy, 
 d^ioo;, to deem worthy. 
 dTT-aXXdrrw, to set free, depart, 
 cur-cu/raw, to meet. 
 <5fora, once. 
 ^Tras, 3, all ( 23, 3). 
 ^Trei^i (d7r6, et>0, to be absent. 
 dTrXT/a-ria, 77, greediness. 
 d7r6, prep. 99. 
 d7To/3dXXw, to lose, throw away 
 
 ( 71, 5). 
 
 dTTo/StWis, -ews, ^, death. 
 dTro-^j/^a-Acw,* to die. 
 
 u, to answer. 
 , to kill. 
 dTroXtfw, to set free, let off. 
 dirbireipa, ^, trial. 
 d7ro7r^/x7rw, to send back. 
 
 a)) to choke. 
 to be in want (a priv., 
 
 a;, to send off. 
 L^ to lay down. 
 w, to flee from. 
 #TTTW, to kindle. M. to touch. 
 dpyta, 17, idleness. 
 dp^upous, a, GUI', of silver. 
 dperij, ^, virtue, prowess. 
 #/ot<rra, adv. in a perfect manner. 
 d/no-rdo;, to breakfast. 
 dpi(rrei5o;, to excel. 
 'ApKTTeidrjs, -ou, 6, Aristides. 
 dp/c^w, to suffice. P. to be contented 
 
 with. 
 
 &PKTOS, 6 and ^, bear. 
 dpviov, r6, lambkin. 
 &pira, -a7os, rapacious. 
 ?, r?* beginning. 
 W ^ to begin, rule. 
 , ^, weakness. 
 , to be weak, sickly. 
 , ^s, weak. 
 , to practise. 
 
 s, ^, shield. 
 u, -eos, r6, city. 
 aX^s, &, safe, secure. 
 , to play on the flute. 
 s, <?$, dull, awkward. 
 
 w, to go, walk. 
 /3dp/3apos, o^, foreign, barbarian. 
 jSdpos, -ous, r6, weight, burden. 
 jSao-tXe/d, 17, kingdom. 
 |3ao-/Xeia, ^, queen. 
 /SaaiXe^s, ^a>s, 6, king. 
 j8ao-iXei5io, to reign. 
 pdrpaxos, 6, frog. 
 /3/a, ^, violence. 
 , rd, book. 
 /cw,* to eat. 
 s, 6, life. 
 TTTw, to hurt. 
 >, to aid, help. 
 s, -uos, 6, bunch of grapes. 
 uX^, ^, will, intention. 
 
206 
 
 GREtiK GRAMMAR. 
 
 /3oi5Xo/iai,* to will, be willing. 
 
 i5si 3, short, little. 
 
 w, to wet, moisten. 
 /Spw/xa, -aroy, TO, food. 
 /3u>ju6s, 6, a stand, altar. 
 
 rd/>, conj. for. 
 
 7eXdo>, to laugh. 
 
 ye\olos (Att. 7Aoios), 3 and , 
 
 laughable. 
 
 7Aws, -WTOS, 6, laughter. 
 7^vos, -ous, TO, race, kind. 
 7epcu6s, 3, old. 
 
 ytp&v, -OPTOS, 6, old man, 21. 
 yewpyta, 17, agriculture. 
 7ewp76s, 6, farmer. 
 777, 7779, 77, the earth. 
 777pas, -OTOS, TO', old age. 
 'yrjpda-Kw,* to grow old. 
 7(705, -avTos, 6, giant. 
 7/71'o/icu,* to become. 2d Pf. to be. 
 7\u/ci5s, 3, sweet, dear. 
 7Xw<r<rc6577s, <?s, chattering. 
 7vc6/>t77, 77, opinion. 
 7paus, 7pads, 77, old woman. 
 7pd0o>, to write. 
 71^77", 7uvcu/c6s, 77, woman. 
 
 Ad/cpa>,* to bite. 
 
 Aapetos, 6, Darius. 
 
 6V, but (5^ never stands first). 
 
 Set, oportet, see 5^w 95. 
 
 et7/-ia, -aTos, TO', sample. 
 
 SetXidw, to be afraid. 
 
 AeX0o/, -wi/, ai, Delphi. 
 
 dtvdpov, TO', tree. 
 
 6Vpw, to flay, scourge, flog. 
 
 5e(T7r6T77s, -ou, 6, master, owner. 
 
 SeOpo, hither, here. 
 
 SeuTepos, 3, second. 
 
 5^xMai, to receive. 
 
 77", then, therefore. 
 
 77X60;, to show. 
 
 5cd, prep. 99. 
 
 5ta^rjK77, 77, a will. 
 
 it-aip^w,* to divide. 
 
 5taK6(7tot, two hundred. 
 
 foaX^yojucu, to converse. 
 StaXua), to dissolve. 
 diaairctpu), to spread, disperse, 
 5taTdcT(7w, to arrange. 
 5ia0^e/pw, to destroy, kill. 
 5i5d<r/caXos, 6, teacher. 
 
 (fut. -ci^w), to teach. 
 i, -wv, oi, twins. 
 vdw, to examine closely. 
 s, 3, just. 
 
 7, 77, justice. 
 s, -ous, 6, Diogenes. 
 (s, twice. 
 IWKW, to pursue, seek after. 
 
 to seem. 
 
 ^a, 77. renown, fame, opinion. 
 , 17, skin. 
 
 a, 77, servitude. 
 SoOXos, 6, slave. 
 5pdw, to do. 
 /oOs, 5pu6s, 77, oak. 
 
 * I can, am able. 
 eo>s, 77, power. 
 5i5o, two. 
 dvsrvxtu, to be unhappy. 
 
 <XTOS, TO', misfortune 
 ;, to be displeased. 
 J, to prevail upon. 
 Swpop, TO', gift. 
 
 'Ed^, conj. if. 
 
 &o>, to let, allow. 
 
 ^77i5s, adv. near. 
 
 ^7/c^0aXos, 6, brain. 
 
 60os, -ous, T6, custom, manner. 
 
 ef, if. 
 
 elSov, see opdw 95. 
 
 ef^e, would that I 
 
 efrcocri, twenty. 
 
 ef/coj, to give way, yield. 
 
 elpl, to be, 46. 
 
 clTTo^, see 077/xf 95. 
 
 e^s, prep. 99. 
 
 cfs, yufa, ^v, one. 
 
 , to go in, enter, 85. 
 
 i,* to go in, enter. 
 , then, afterwards. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 207 
 
 K (<?), prep. 99. 
 
 /cacrT05, 3, each. 
 
 <?/cei, there. 
 
 ^Keu/os, 77, o, that (ille) 
 
 txXtyw, to choose. 
 
 <?/c7r<?/x7rw, to send out. 
 
 tK-<pa.lvu, to reveal. 
 
 AaTTWj', oi>, comp. of /u/cp6s. 
 
 Aatfi'w,* to drive. 
 
 eXdx6o-ros, 3, superl. of fiLKp6s. 
 
 Ae^w, to pity. 
 
 tXevdepos, 3, free. 
 
 {\evdep6u, to free. 
 
 "EXXTji/, -TJI/OS, 6, Greek. 
 
 ATT^U;, to hope. 
 
 ^u6s, 3, my. 
 
 ^/x-TTiTTTw,* to fall in with. 
 
 ^f, prep. 99. 
 
 tvayrjs, &, cursed, outcast. 
 
 j>5o>, adv. within. 
 
 ej/5oos, ov, famous. 
 
 tvedpevu, to lie in wait. 
 
 evevrjKovra, ninety. 
 
 ej>toi, cu, a, some. 
 
 <?j>Ta00a, there. 
 
 61/rAXo/xai, to command. 
 
 ^-Tiryxaj'aj,* to meet, apply to. 
 
 or &c, prep. 99. 
 
 ^-(70?,* to bring or draw out. 
 
 tai<f>vr)s, adv. on a sudden. 
 
 ^-aTrardw, to deceive. 
 
 t-{pxo/j.cu,* to go or come out. 
 
 ^7r-ap/c^w, to help, protect. 
 
 eTrauXis, 6ws, ^, abode, stable. 
 
 ^?re/, after, when. 
 
 ^7rei5?7, when, since, after that. 
 
 &rf, prep. 99. 
 
 ^7ri-j3aiVw,* to attack. 
 
 ^7Ti7/3(0w, to inscribe, write upon. 
 
 t-mOviuLtw, to long for, desire. 
 
 ^Tri/caX^w, to call on. M. to call to 
 
 aid. 
 
 M-Ketfjiai, to impend, 89. 
 ^Tua-K^TrrofjLai^ to visit. 
 ^Trto-roX^, ^, epistle, 
 j, to turn. 
 w, to attempt. 
 
 ,* to follow. 
 , seven. 
 
 i, to work, do. 
 /, TO, work, deed. 
 s, -(5os, 77, quarrel, contention. 
 xat,* to go, come. 
 w, to ask, inquire. 
 & for eis, prep. 99. 
 taBlw,* to eat, corrode. 
 &r0X6s, 3, good, noble. 
 eo-TT^pa, r), evening. 
 ecrxaros, 3, last. 
 ercupos, 6, companion, friend. 
 ^repos, 3, the other, another. 
 en, adv. yet, still. 
 eros, -ous, TO, year. 
 e5, well. 
 
 ei)5ai/xo^a.', to succeed, prosper. 
 ei}5a//xwj>, o^, fortunate, wealthy. 
 eu0M, adv. forthwith, at once. 
 ewccupos, GJ/, opportune, fit. 
 
 la, T), orderly behavior. 
 w,* to find. 
 S, ^s, fortunate. 
 , ?;, happiness. 
 ei50opos, oi>, fertile. 
 eixfrpalvu, to delight, gladden. 
 ei)0uws, ingeniously, cleverly. 
 t<t>-iKv{o[j.ai,* to reach, arrive at. 
 e0i7T7ros, oi/, on horseback. 
 ^X^a^pw, to hate. 
 s, 3, hostile. 
 -i o? enemy. 
 exiy, -tos and -ews, 6, viper, ser- 
 
 pent. 
 exw,* to have, hold, keep. 
 
 Zdw, to live. 
 
 Zet?, Ai6y, 6, Jupiter, 22. 
 
 f?7X6w, to emulate. 
 
 6w, to damage, punish. 
 
 ^T^W, to seek. 
 fwop, TO', animal. 
 
 "H, than, or. 
 
 ri Tj, either or, 
 
208 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAtt. 
 
 ^6Vws, adv. gently, pleasingly. 
 
 T}O>, adv. already. 
 
 -fjdovfi, ^, pleasure. 
 
 ^Xkos, 3, how great. 
 
 ^Xi, -IKOS, like, comrade. 
 
 ^fXios, 6, the sun. 
 
 ?;Xos, 6, nail. 
 
 wtya, 97, day. 
 
 ^j/uo-us, 3, half. 
 
 j)v (for tdv), if. 
 
 77/>e/i<?w, to be still, quiet. 
 
 Tjo-i/xos, OP, still, quiet, silent. 
 
 ^TTWJ/, oi>, comp. less, lower, weaker. 
 
 *H0cu(TTos, 6, Vulcan. 
 
 Gd^aTos, 6, death. 
 
 p, ov, (see raxus, 29). 
 w, to wonder, admire. 
 x, -as, ?;, seeing, sight. 
 0ed, -as, 77, goddess. 
 0edo/jLai, to see. 
 0<?Xw, or e0Aw,* to will. 
 9e/zt<7To/cX?7s, -&>vs, 6, Thernistocles. 
 0eo s, 6, God. 
 
 0epa7reuw, to honor, serve, cure. 
 0^os, -ous, TO, summer. 
 a, 17, a hunting, game. 
 VT7)s, -oO, 6, hunter. 
 0770-aupos, 6, treasure. 
 6\tpw, to press, afflict. 
 06/>i5/3os, 6, noise, tumult. 
 0p^, T/>tx<^ ^, hair. 
 0u/>t6s, 6, mind, anger. 
 0vfji6a>, to provoke, enrage. 
 0u/n's, -/5os, 17, window. 
 0v<ria, ^, sacrifice, victim. 
 0i;o-tdfa>, to sacrifice. 
 
 'lar/oos, 6, physician. 
 iepevs, ^ws, 6, priest. 
 iep6r, TO, temple, 
 tjuefpw (poet.), to desire. 
 iW, conj. in order that. 
 I'TTTTOS, 6, horse, 
 fo-os, 3, equal. 
 foxvpfc, 3, strong, hard. 
 [TaX/a, ^, Italy. 
 
 Ka^a^pw, to clear, purge. 
 
 Ka0ap6s, 3, pure. 
 
 Ka0ev5u,* to sleep, lie down to 
 sleep. 
 
 /ca^w,* to sit down. 
 
 Ka0-iTfjfjL^ to let down, 86. 
 
 /ca/, and, also ; /ca/ ica^, both 
 and. 
 
 icatp6s, 6, the right time ; pi. the cir- 
 cumstances of the times. 
 
 /ca/c6i>, T6, an evil. 
 
 /ca/c6s, 3, bad, evil. 
 
 KdKovpyia, ^, wickedness. 
 
 KaX<?w,* to call. 
 
 KciXXos, -ous, T6, beauty. 
 
 /caX6?, 3, beautiful, noble. 
 
 AcaXuTTTw, to cover, conceal. 
 
 KaXcDs, well, fairly. 
 
 icd/iaTos, 6, labor, toil. 
 
 Kd/jLiH*),* to work hard at. 
 
 /cd/iTTTOj, to bend. 
 
 K&V (for /cat edf), even if, although. 
 
 icapdLa, ^, heart. 
 
 /cap7r6s, 6, fruit. 
 
 /card, prep. 99. 
 
 /caTa7eXdw, to mock at. 
 
 /caTaSiwKw, to pursue. 
 
 /caTa^apcr^w, to be bold. 
 
 Ka.Ta0oivda), to devour. 
 
 Kard-Keifjiai, to lie down. 89. 
 
 /caTa-XeiVw, to desert, leave. 
 
 KaraXvii}) to end. 
 
 /caTa-TraT^w, to tread on. 
 
 KaTa-7rX?J0-0-w, to strike down, as- 
 tound. 
 
 Kara-TrpcLvvo}, to mitigate. 
 
 KaTao-AfdTTTW, to dig. 
 
 KaTacrKevdfa, to prepare, adorn. 
 
 w, to overthrow. 
 vyo}, to flee to ... for 
 refuge. 
 
 T-eTrefyw, to press down, urge. 
 T-e<r0/w,* to eat up. 
 TOTTTpov, TO', mirror. 
 T-optTTw, to bury, hide in the 
 ground. 
 O/za, -aTos, T6, heat. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 209 
 
 i, to boast. 
 KfXeiyw, to order, command. 
 K^vrpov, TO, stiilg. 
 /exacts, -aro?, TO, horn, 21. 
 Keparifa, to butt. 
 /ce^aXi?, 17, head, chapter. 
 Kivdwevu, to risk, endanger. 
 Klvb'wos, 6, danger. 
 japlu;, to move. 
 icXa/w,* to weep. 
 /cX^TrrTys, -ou, 6, thief. 
 /cX^TTTw, to steal. 
 /cXj7, 17, couch, bed. 
 /cXoTr??, 17, theft. 
 /cotj/6s, 3, common. 
 KOLvuvia, 17, society. 
 KoXa/ceua;, to flatter. 
 /<oXoi6s, 6, jackdaw. 
 /coXu/x/Sdw, to swim. 
 KOTTOS, 6, toil, weariness. 
 
 /COTTTW, tO CUt. 
 
 /c6/m, a/cos, 6, raven. 
 
 Ko<7/^u>, to adorn. 
 
 K6<r/jios, 6, ornament, world. 
 
 Kpdfa, to croak, cry, shout. 
 
 /cpar^w, to control, subdue. 
 
 KpelTTuv, ov, comp. better, mightier. 
 
 K/o^ua/xat,* to hang. 
 
 Kpidr), i], barley. 
 
 KpiT-rjs, -oO, 6, judge. 
 
 /cpo/c65fiXos, 6, crocodile. 
 
 /cpv7TT6s, 8, hidden, secret. 
 
 KpviTTu, to hide, conceal. 
 
 KTelvw, to kill. 
 
 Kre/s, /creeds, 6, a comb. 
 
 KTevtfa, to comb. 
 
 /ctfptos, 6, lord, master. 
 
 /cuwi/, KUJ>OS, 6, dog. 
 
 KW/XIK65, 6, comedian. 
 
 s, 6, hare. 
 Xa7c6s, -a>, 6, hare. 
 
 w^, -oros, 17, Lacedaemon. 
 w, to talk, chatter, babble. 
 XaX6s, 6/, loquacious, babbling. 
 XapjSdiw,* to take. 
 \avddvu,* to lie hidden 
 
 Xea/fw, to grind. 
 
 X<fyw, to say, collect (see 70, 2)< 
 XefTrw, to leave. 
 X^wv, -orro?, 6, lion. 
 Xflo-TT^, -oO, 6, robber. 
 X/0os, 6, stone. 
 \l/j.vri, r), pool, pond, lake. 
 Xi^6s, 6, hunger, famine. 
 Xt/xwrrw, to be hungry. 
 \oyiofj.ai, to reflect, consider. 
 X67os, 6, speech, word, report, fable. 
 X67x??, ^7 spear. 
 Xoi/x6s, 6, pestilence. 
 Xoi?r6s, 3, remaining. 
 Xikos, 6, wolf. 
 XUTT^W, to grieve, distress. 
 Xi57r?7, 17, sorrow. 
 
 Xi^xros, 6, (plur. usu. neut.) light, 
 lamp. 
 
 iai, to be mad. 
 
 , to pronounce happy. 
 , adv. far. 
 (jLa.Kp6s, 3, long, 30. 
 /xdXa, adv. very, quite, right. 
 judXio-ra, most of all, esp^.ially. 
 /jia\\ov, rather, more. 
 fj.avOdi>(ji},* to learn, hear. 
 jmacTTLybw, to whip, scourge 
 fjidffTiZ, -*7os, 17, a whip. 
 ^tdxo^af,* to fight, contend- Dispute 
 /jLeyaXoTrpewris, ^s, magnificei?. f . 
 
 w9, adv. greatly, very much. 
 , -&\i), -a, great, 27. 
 w, to smile. 
 jiat,* to obtain. 
 ffa.^ i), bee. 
 v, TO, the future. 
 , to be about to. 
 , -ous, TO, song. 
 
 L, to blame, upbraid. 
 , indeed. 
 6V, truly but. 
 
 , to divide. 
 ju.4pifj.vd, 17, care. 
 /A^/HS, -i5os, 17, a share. 
 , prep. 99. 
 
210 
 
 G&EER GRAMMAR. 
 
 /ier-aXXdrrw, to change. 
 
 (jLeravotw, to repent. 
 
 nt, not. 
 
 u>;5a/xws, not at all, in no wise. 
 
 jH^fcicf, 17, Medea. 
 
 s, no one ( 31, 1). 
 
 e, never. 
 /U^P, truly, indeed. 
 /r^, /txT^s, 6, month. 
 /LC^TTWS, lest in any way, peradvent- 
 
 ure. 
 
 /U77T6 M^re, neither nor. 
 />uKp6s, 3, small, little, 30. 
 fuKpov, adv. nearly, almost. 
 MtXrtdS^s, -ou, 6, Miltiades. 
 /U/AJ^O-KW,* to remind. M. to re- 
 
 member. 
 /uo-06o>, to let or hire out. M. to 
 
 hire. 
 
 u, to remember, i. q. 
 
 w, to defile. 
 IL&VQV, adv. only. 
 /u6?>os, 3, alone. 
 
 \vK?ov^ r6, a mask. 
 s, harmoniously. 
 s, 3, bad, wretched. 
 /uD0os, 6, tale, fable. 
 ACOS, 6, ant. 
 s, 6, a fool. 
 
 Naucry&u, to go to wreck. 
 i/aus, vecis, ^, ship. 
 vatmK^, ^, fleet. 
 vcavlas, -ou, 6, youth. 
 NeTXos, 6, Nile. 
 veKp6s, 3, dead. 
 
 , to divide, fut. vcpQ and 
 
 , 3 (Att. 2), young. 
 
 , 17, island. 
 
 w, to conquer, overcome. 
 ), 17, victory. 
 ^as, -ou, 6, Nicias. 
 
 w, to wash. 
 >, to think. 
 
 , -arcs, ro, thought. 
 
 ro/*fw, to think. 
 i/6os, 6, mind, soul. 
 vofftu, to be sick. 
 
 S^os, 6, stranger, guest. 
 t f? t vo<pG)v, -WPTOS, 6, Xenophon. 
 ^uXo?', TO, wood ; plur. fagots. 
 
 "Oyjcos, 6, mass, bulk, weight. 
 
 656s, 17, way, road. 
 
 65oi5s, -6i/ros, 6, tooth. 
 
 80ev, whence. 
 
 ol5a, to know, 87. 
 
 oiK^rrjs, -ou, 6, house-slave, menial. 
 
 otKtw, to dwell, inhabit. 
 
 oMa, ^, house. 
 
 olws, 6, wine. 
 
 ofo/xat,* to think, believe. 
 
 ofos, 3, what ! such as. 
 , to run ashore. 
 , 3, Little. 
 w, to associate with. 
 
 6fjLi>vfu,* to swear. 
 
 6Vtotos, 3, like, resembling. 
 
 6/xoi6w, to assimilate. 
 
 6fjio\oy <?o>, to confess. 
 
 6/ji(t>a%, -a/cos, unripe, sour. 
 
 6Vap, TO', a dream (used only in the 
 nom. and ace. ; the rest from 
 6veipos, -ou, 6, plur. dveLpaTa, -WP). 
 
 dveiSlfa to reproach, upbraid. 
 
 6i>o/jLa, -aTos, TO', a name. 
 
 6>oyutfw, to call, name. 
 
 6Vos, 6, ass. 
 
 oTrX^T^s, -ou, 6, heavy-armed foot- 
 soldier. 
 
 oVXoi', TO', weapon, arms. 
 
 OTTO'TCI*', adv. when. 
 
 flpacm, -ews, 77, sight. 
 
 6/odw,* to see. 
 
 dpytfa, to make angry. P. to be 
 angry. 
 
 6X70;, to stretch. M. to seek for. 
 
 6p/xdw, to be eager, rush on or at, 
 go, depart. 
 
 tipvis, -I0os, 6, TJ, bird ; fern, a hen. 
 
 '0/>0ei5s, -<?ws, Orpheus. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 211 
 
 u, to dance. 
 6Ye, adv. when. 
 6Vt, conj. that. 
 ov (owe, oi)%), not. 
 ovdt, not, not even. 
 otf5<* ovdt, not even nor yet. 
 o5es, no one, 31, 1. 
 otf5<?7roTe, never, 
 oftp, therefore. 
 
 e, never. 
 
 s, 6, heaven, 
 ofa, wr6s, TO, the ear. 
 ovrt ovrt, neither nor. 
 OUTWS (and ourw), so, thus, 
 ovx^ (for ou), not. 
 6*00aX/x6s, 6, the eye. 
 60is, -ews, 6, serpent, 
 ft/as, -ews, ^, sight. 
 
 IIcu5ei;a>, to instruct. 
 
 ircudLov, TO, little child. 
 
 Tra^w, to play, sport. 
 
 TTCUS, -56s, 6, 17, child. 
 
 TTCUS, -56s, 6, boy, slave. 
 
 7raXcu6s, 3, old, ancient. 
 
 TrdXiy, adv. again. 
 
 Trapd, prep. 99. 
 
 Trapd /j.LKp6p, by a little, almost. 
 
 7rapa/3dXXu>, to throw to, 71, 5. 
 
 Trapa/caX^a;, to Call, call to aid. 
 
 Trapd/cei/xcu, to be (or lie) near, 89. 
 
 Trapao-Kevd^w, to prepare. 
 
 Traparelvu, to stretch, p. to extend. 
 
 rrdpei/JLL (irapa ei'/xQ, to be present. 
 
 jrdpcim, to pass by, 85. 
 
 Trap^xw,* to grant, afford. 
 
 iras, all, every ( 23, 3). 
 
 TTCIT&O, to tread on. 
 
 iraT^p, -Tp6s, 6, father (pi. fathers, 
 
 parents). 
 
 Trends, /5os, 17, one's fatherland. 
 Havoravtas, -ou, 6, Pausanias. 
 Tratfw, to stop (trans.), p. and M. 
 
 to stop, cease (intrans.). 
 Tre^w, to persuade. M. to obey ; 
 
 2d pf . to trust. 
 7i~t()a, i)^ trial. 
 
 TT^W, to comb. 
 
 TT Aas, adv. near -, 3 ir4\as, neighbor 
 TreXTcuTTifc, -oG, 6, light-armed foot- 
 soldier. 
 
 TrepT/Tetfuj, to be poor. 
 Trepa^w, to finish, accomplish. 
 Trepctw, to cross. 
 Trep^, prep. 99. 
 
 irepL-yiyvofjiai,* to get, reach. 
 TTcpiS^w, to tie or bind round. 
 7Tp[<7Ta(Tis, -ews, ^, peril, distress. 
 7T6pi-TU7xdva>,* to find, meet with. 
 7repi-0^pw,* to carry about. 
 Tr^Tpa, 17, rock. 
 TTi/xeX^s, e's, fat. 
 TTivaKidiov, TO', tablet. 
 
 TTlTTpdo-KW,* tO Sell. 
 
 TTKTTetfw, to trust. 
 TT/CTTIS, -ecos, 17, faith. 
 7rto-T6s, 3, faithful. 
 nXdTw//, -co^os, 6, Plato. 
 7rXeoj>em, 17, greediness ; pi. ad- 
 vantages. 
 
 7rX?7<r<rw, to strike, wound. 
 TrXotW, TO', ship. 
 TrXoGTos, 6, wealth, riches. 
 7ri//7w, to choke, p. to be drowned. 
 7rot<?w, to make. 
 7rot/cXXw, to variegate. 
 iroi/jL'f)v, -^i/os, 6, shepherd. 
 
 w, to be at war. 
 
 s, 6, enemy. 
 
 s, 6, war. 
 TTO'XIS, -ews, ^, city. 
 7roXXd/as, adv. often. 
 TroXXaTrXacr^wf, ov, manifold, many 
 
 times more. 
 TroXu^a^s, <?s, learned. 
 7roXi5s, 3, much, pi. many, 27. 
 TTOJ/^W, to toil, labor. 
 Troves, 3, wicked. 
 7r6i>os, 6, labor, toil. 
 Tropeuw, to convey, p. to go, travel- 
 7roTa/u6s, 6, river. 
 TTOT^, once, at some time. 
 TTOU ; where ? 
 TTOU, somewhere (enclit.). 
 
212 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 TTOUS, 7ro56s, 6, foot. 
 
 7rpa7/x,a, -arcs, TO, thing, affair. 
 
 TrpdTTW, to do, act. 
 
 /rp^Tret, it fits, becomes. 
 
 7r/-eo-/3uTe/>os, 3, elder. 
 
 Trpta/xcu, used only in the 2d aor. 
 
 t-rrpidwv, I bought, 82. 
 ?rpo', prep. 99. 
 Trpbparov, TO, sheep. 
 
 TTpO/CUTTTW, tO p66p OUt. 
 
 7rp6s, prep. 99. 
 
 TTposSldufjLi, to give besides, 82. 
 
 Trpos-epxoucu,* to go near, approach. 
 
 Trpos/caX^w, to call to. 
 TrposKiWw, to worship. 
 Trposyu^w, to remain, await. 
 7rposTd<r<ra>, to order, command. 
 irp6Tpov, adv. before, at first. 
 TrpdTepos, 3, before, first. 
 7rpoTp<?7ra>, to exhort, urge. 
 TrpwToj', adv. first. 
 Trpurros, 3, first. 
 
 s, -ou, 6, Pythagoras. 
 L,* to ask, inquire. 
 ?, 6, tower. 
 s, 6, Pyrrhus. 
 rwA&;, to sell. 
 TWS; how ? 
 
 a, -CITOS, TO', word, saying. 
 pivbKeptos, -WTOS, 6, the rhinoceros. 
 piVTw, to throw, let drop. 
 p67raAoj>, TO', club. 
 po0^w, to gulp down. 
 pw/x?7, ^, strength. 
 
 Sa\7ri7, -47705, ^, trumpet. 
 Sap5oi, 01, the Sardinians. 
 o-^/So/xat, to revere. 
 o-e/z^s, 3, august, grand, venerable. 
 vu, to give a signal. 
 
 ydw, to be silent. 
 
 7^, ^, silence. 
 
 iceX^a, 17, Sicily. 
 
 yuw^'S^s, -ou, 6, Simonides. 
 
 Tos, 6, wheat ; pi. TCI o-2Va, bread, 
 
 food. 
 
 (rtwTrdw, to keep silence 
 aiwiTTi, i), silence. 
 o-/cd7rTw, to dig. 
 0-Keuda>, to prepare. 
 <r/ceOos, -0^5, TO', implement. 
 (TKyvr), 17, a tent, 
 (r/cid, ^, shadow, shade. 
 (T/coTrds, 6, mark. 
 SKU^S, -ou, 6, Scythian. 
 
 cr/C^TTTW, tO J6St, SCOff. 
 
 o-o0a, 17, wisdom. 
 o-o0ds, 3, wise. 
 o-7ra^ws, adv. seldom. 
 o-7re/pw, to sow, scatter. 
 o-7r^5w, to pour out. 
 
 o, TO', cave, cavern. 
 
 w, to be zealous, in earnest. 
 
 os, 3, busy, earnest. 
 
 w, to quarrel, revolt. 
 
 j, to crucify. 
 
 , to love, 
 w, to deprive. 
 
 >, to crown. 
 o-T^0a>, to crown. 
 <TToixe?oi>, TO', an element. 
 (TTd/^a, -aTos, TO', mouth. 
 cTTpaTeu/xa, -CITOS, TO', army. 
 o-TpaT^ds, 6, general. 
 0*TpctTtc6TT7s, -ou, 6, soldier. 
 o-TpaTd7re5oz>, TO', camp, army. 
 o-i>77ei/77s, &, akin, kinsnian. 
 o-i;7-xa^pw,* to rejoice with. 
 o-u7-xwp^w, to grant, yield, par- 
 don. 
 
 (TVKOV, TO', fig. 
 
 <ruX-Aa/xj3d'a>,* to catch, seize. 
 (TviuL/jiaxta, TI, help, alliance. 
 s, 6, an ally. 
 , 17, misfortune. 
 vi>, prep. 99. 
 i;i'-d7w,* to gather. 
 u^-a^Tdw, to meet. 
 u^-dTTTw, to fasten together. 
 w-apindfai to arrange. 
 vvyOeLa., 7;, habit, custom, inti- 
 macy. 
 I <TvvovaLa, 77, intercourse. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 213 
 
 (rvs, (rvo's, 6, 77, swine, boar. 
 
 <r0ci$w (Att. -TTW), to kill, slay. 
 
 0r0dXXw, to deceive. 
 
 <TX<>Mfa, to have (be at) leisure. 
 
 o-xoXao-TiKds, 6, a simpleton. 
 
 <r<^w, to save (pf. p. o-^roxr/xai [Att. 
 
 <r&ro>/A(u] , 1 aor. eo-c6^r). 
 <TtDyu,a, -aros, TO, body. 
 ffupevu, to heap, pile up. 
 o-o>0poj>io>tds, 6, lesson, correction. 
 
 Tdty, -ews, 77, order, rank, 
 rapdrrw, to disturb, alarm, 
 rdo-o-w, to order, arrange. 
 TaOpos, 6, bull. 
 Tdxa, adv. soon, quickly. 
 
 s, 3, swift. 
 
 xfT?7S, -??TOS, ^, speed. 
 (us, raw, 6, peacock. 
 T^ /ca/, both and. 
 T^KVOV, TO, child. 
 TeXeuTdw, to end, die. 
 TAXw (poet.), to command. 
 TA.OS, -ovs, TO', end. 
 
 W, to delight, please. 
 
 s, -pa, four. 
 T<?TTI, -170?, 6, grasshopper. 
 T^xvy, ^ art ; pi. arts, wiles. 
 T^KTW,* to bring forth, lay. 
 TI/XCIW, to honor. 
 riyLtiJ, 17, honor. 
 TO?OS, 3, such. 
 TO&TTJS, -ou, 6, archer. 
 To'^eu/xa, -aTos, TO', arrow. 
 TO'TTOS, 6, place. 
 T0Ve, adv. then. 
 Tpets, Tp/a, three. 
 TpeTTw, to turn. 
 Tp^0w, to feed, nourish. 
 rplros, 3, third. 
 Tp6iraioi>, TO', trophy. 
 i7, 07, food. 
 
 T?7s, -oO, 6, a voluptuary, 
 w, to eat. 
 U7x<ij>w,* to obtain, meet with, 
 gam. 
 UTTTW, to strike. 
 
 Tl( X^ ^? fortune, chance. 
 
 "T/3pu, -ews, ^, insult, insolence. 
 
 vyleLo., f), health. 
 
 v5wp, uSaTos, TO', water. 
 
 vTr-aj/Taw, to meet. 
 
 uTrap, TO', indecl. awake. 
 
 L'TTO'PXW, to be. 
 
 U7r^et/xi, to go out, withdraw. 
 
 UTT^P, prep. 99. 
 
 VTTO', prep. 99. 
 
 uirooVxo/uat, to receive, catch. 
 
 uTTo/cpiT^s, -ou, 6, actor. 
 
 viro-\afji(3dv<*),* to answer. 
 
 viro^vw, to endure, submit to. 
 
 <ai/o>, to show. p. and 2d pf. t 
 
 appear. 
 
 0aOXos, 3, evil, bad. 
 0<?po>,* to bring, carry. 
 0ei/yw, to flee. 
 0i7/x^j* to say, 84. 
 00e/pw, to destroy. 
 00oi>&o, to envy. 
 <f>06vos, 6, envy. 
 
 7ros, o^, humane, kind, be- 
 nevolent. 
 
 >, -ovos, 6, Philemon. 
 s, o*', fond of one's life. 
 ?fc, ^s, studious. 
 os, 0^, laborious. 
 s, 6, a friend. 
 0/Xos, 3, dear. 
 0tXd<ro0os, 6, philosopher. 
 s, 3, fearful. 
 
 , to frighten ; M. to fear. 
 os, 6, fear. 
 uw, to kill, murder. 
 0dpTos, 6, load, burden. 
 0pd^w, to speak, declare, 
 ^pd^o-i?, -ews, 17, prudence. 
 0pdw/xos, ov, prudent. 
 0po/Ti^w, to care for. 
 0uXd>To>, to guard, watcli. 
 0i5(rts, -ews, 17, nature. 
 0uTeuw, to plant. 
 0w^, ^, sound, voice. 
 
214 
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR. 
 
 cUpw, to gape, yawn, look greedily 
 
 after. 
 
 to rejoice, delight, 
 's, 3, hard, difficult. 
 Xapd, T), joy. 
 X(/Hs, -tros, favor. 
 X^MWJ>, -u>j>os, 6, winter storm. 
 X^Pt xetptfc, 77, hand. 
 %et/30Toi'^w, to elect. 
 XeXtSw*/, -OPOS, ^, swallow. 
 X^/oa, ^, widow. 
 X^/>os, 3, bereft. 
 X/oao/xcu, to use, have intercourse 
 
 with. 
 
 X/o^/xa, -aros, r^, thing ; pi. riches. 
 X/x^os, 6, time. 
 Xpvo-lov, TO, gold. 
 Xpvffovs, TJ, oGf, golden. 
 XwX6s, 3, lame, 
 xwp^w, 1;o march, retire. 
 Xw/>/w, to sever, divide. 
 
 v, TO, region. 
 
 w, to clip, cut off. 
 w, to play on the harp 
 
 , ^, sand. 
 
 v5a}, to deceive. M. to lie. 
 vffTf}s, -ou, 6, a liar. 
 
 w (usu. -o/Aai), to vote. 
 ^X^? ^j soul, mind. 
 uxw, to dry. 
 
 s, 6, shoulder. 
 (JJi', r^, egg. 
 w'/oa, 17, time, hour. 
 ws, that, as, when. 
 wsre, that. 
 
 a, ^, profit, help. 
 >, to benefit, assist. 
 , -aros, TO', benefit, 
 s, OP, advantageous. 
 
YB 79104 
 
 M44296 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY